UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K/A

FORM 10-K

(Amendment No. 1)

(Mark One)

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended fiscal year ended December 31 2020, 2023

or OR

¨

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to

Commission File No. Number 001-39299

Alight, Inc.

 FOLEY TRASIMENE ACQUISITION CORP.

(Exact name of registrantRegistrant as specified in its charter)Charter)

Delaware

85-0545098

86-1849232

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

1701 Village Center Circle,Las Vegas,Nevada89134

4 Overlook Point

Lincolnshire, IL

60069

(Address of principal executive offices)

(zip code)Zip Code)

(702) 323-7330(224) 737-7000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Classeach class

Trading SymbolsSymbol(s)

Name of Each Exchangeeach exchange on Which Registeredwhich registered

Units, each consisting of one share of

Class A common stock
and one-third of one redeemable warrantCommon Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

WPF.U

ALIT

New York Stock Exchange

Class A common stock, par value $0.0001WPFNew York Stock Exchange
Redeemable warrants, each whole warrant exercisable
for one share of Class A common stock at an exercise price
of $11.50 per share
WPF.WSNew York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrantRegistrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes¨No ☑

Indicate by check mark if the registrantRegistrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨YES ☐ No ☑ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrantRegistrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrantRegistrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☑     No ¨ ☒ NO ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrantRegistrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrantRegistrant was required to submit such files). Yes  ☑    No ¨ ☒ NO ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company”company,” and "emerging“emerging growth company"company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated
filer

¨

     Accelerated
filer

¨

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

☑ 

Smaller reporting
company

¨

Emerging growth
company

☑ 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or

revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ¨

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b).

Indicate by check mark whether the registrantRegistrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☑     No ¨YES ☐ NO

The aggregate market value of Unitsthe voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2020, was $1,104,345,000Registrant, based on the closing price of $10.67 as reported bythe shares of common stock on the New York Stock Exchange. Exchange on June 30, 2023, was $3,152,296,204.

As of June 30, 2020,February 23, 2024, the registrant’s class A common stock was not publicly traded.

As of April 27, 2021, there were 103,500,000registrant had 547,740,219 shares of Class A common stock and 25,875,000Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 4,951,235 shares of Class B common stockB-1 Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 4,951,235 shares of Class B-2 Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 1,919,516 shares of Class V Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 2,988,649 shares of Class Z-A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 215,782 shares of Class Z-B-1 Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 215,782 shares of Class Z-B-2 Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant issued and outstanding.

EXPLANATORY NOTE

This Amendment No. 1 on Form 10-K/A (this “Amendment”) amends and restates certain items noted belowRegistrant's definitive Proxy Statement for its 2024 annual meeting of the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Foley Trasimene Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”) as of and for the period ended December 31, 2020, asstockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on February 26, 2021 (the “Original Form 10-K”). This Form 10-K/A amendsnot later than 120 days after the Original Filing to reflect the correction of an error in its unaudited interim financial statements as of and for the periods ended June 30, 2020 and September 30, 2020, its audited financial statements as of and for the period ended December 31, 2020 and its audited balance sheet as of May 29, 2020. The correction involves only non-cash adjustments.

On April 12, 2021, the Staffend of the SEC's DivisionCompany’s fiscal year are incorporated by reference into Part III, Items 10-14 of Corporation Finance ("Staff") issued a statement entitled “Staff Statement on Accounting and Reporting Considerations for Warrants Issued by Special Purpose Acquisition Companies.” In the statement, the SEC Staff, among other things, highlighted potential accounting implications of certain terms that are common in warrants issued in connection with the initial public offerings of special purpose acquisition companies such as the Company. As a result of the SEC Staff statement and in light of evolving views as to certain provisions commonly included in warrants issued by special purpose acquisition companies, the Company re-evaluated its accounting for its public warrants and private placement warrants issued in connection with the Company’s initial public offering (the “Warrants”) as well as for the forward purchase agreements entered into with certain anchor investors (the "FPAs"), and concluded that the Warrants and FPAs should be treated as derivative liabilities pursuant to ASC 815-40 rather than as components of equity as the Company previously treated the Warrants and FPAs.

As a result, the Company is restating in this Amendment its financial statements for the following periods: (i) as of and for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2020, (ii) as of and for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2020, (iii) as of and for the period ended December 31, 2020, and (iv) its audited balance sheet as of May 29, 2020, in each case to reflect the change in accounting treatment (the “Restatement”).

The Company’s accounting for the Warrants and FPAs as components of equity rather than as derivative liabilities did not have any effect on the Company’s previously reported operating expenses, cash flows or cash.

The Company has not amended its previously filed Quarterly ReportsAnnual Report on Form 10-Q for the periods affected by the Restatement. The financial information that has been previously filed or otherwise reported for these periods is superseded by the information in this Amendment, and the financial statements and related financial information contained in such previously filed reports should no longer be relied upon.10-K.


Table of Contents

This Amendment sets forth the Original Form 10-K in its entirety; however, this Amendment amends and restates only the following items of the Original Form 10-K and only with such modifications as necessary to reflect the Restatement.

·

Cover Page;

Page

·

Part I, Item 1A .

Explanatory Note

1

Disclaimer Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

1

Executive Summary of Risk Factors

·Part II, Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ;
·Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements;
·Part II, Item 9A, Controls and Procedures; and
·Part IV, Item 15 Exhibits

2

In order to preserve the nature and character of the disclosures set forth in the Original Form 10-K, this Amendment speaks as of the date of the filing of the Original Form 10-K and the disclosures contained in this Amendment have not been updated to reflect events occurring subsequent to that date, other than those associated with Restatement. Among other things, forward-looking statements made in the Original 10-K have not been revised to reflect events that occurred or facts that became known to the Company after the filing of the Original 10-K, and such forward looking statements should be read in their historical context. Currently dated certifications from the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer are also attached to this Amendment as Exhibits 31.1, 31.2, 32.1 and 32.2. This Amendment should be read in conjunction with the Company’s other SEC filings.

FOLEY TRASIMENE ACQUISITION CORP.

FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
Number

PART I

Item 1.

Business

1Business

4

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

15

8

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

44

24

Item 2.1C.

Properties

44Cybersecurity

25

Item 3.2.

Legal Proceedings

44Properties

26

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

26

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

44

26

PART II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

45

27

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

45[Reserved]

28

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

46

29

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative DisclosureDisclosures About Market Risk

50

42

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

51

F-1

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

51

F-44

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

51

F-44

Item 9B.

Other Information

52

F-47

Item 9C.

Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

F-47

PART III

PART III

Item 10.

Directors, and Executive Officers of the Registrantand Corporate Governance

57

F-48

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

57

F-48

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

58

F-48

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

59

F-48

Item 14.

Principal AccountingAccountant Fees and Services

60

F-48

PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits,Exhibit and Financial Statement Schedules

61

F-49

Item 16.16

Form 10-K Summary

62

F-51

Additional Information

Descriptions of agreements or other documents in this report are intended as summaries and are not necessarily complete. Please refer to the agreements or the other documents filed or incorporated herein by reference as exhibits. Please see "Item 15, Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules" in this report for a complete list of those exhibits.

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

Please see the note under "Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information" for a description of special factors potentially affecting forward-looking statements included in this report.

i


Explanatory Note

PART I

Item 1.Business 

Introductory Note

The following describes the business of Foley Trasimene Acquisition Corp. Except where otherwise noted, all references to “we,” “us,” “our,” “FTAC,” or the “Company,” are to Foley Trasimene Acquisition Corp.

Description of Business

The Company is a newly incorporated blank check company incorporated in Delaware on March 26, 2020. The Company was formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses (“Business Combination” or referred to throughout thisThis Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Report”(the "Annual Report") as our initial business combination).

Although the Company is not limitedincludes information pertaining to a particular industry or geographic region for purposes of consummating a Business Combination, the Company is focused on identifying a prospective target business in financial technology or business process outsourcing, which acts as an essential utilityperiods prior to industries that are core to the economy. The Company is an early stage and emerging growth company and, as such, the Company is subject to all of the risks associated with early stage and emerging growth companies.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity for the period from March 26, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 relates to the Company’s formation, our initial public offering (“Initial Public Offering” or "IPO"), which is described below, and identifying a target company for a Business Combination. The Company will not generate any operating revenues unless and until completion of a Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company generates non-operating income in the form of interest income from the proceeds derived from the Initial Public Offering.

During the period ended April 7, 2020, our sponsors, as defined below, paid in the aggregate $25,000, or approximately $0.001 per share, to cover certain of our offering costs in consideration of 21,562,500 shares of our Class B common stock, par value $0.0001. On May 26, 2020, we effected a stock dividend with respect to our Class B common stock of 4,312,500 shares thereof, resulting in our sponsors holding an aggregate of 25,875,000 shares of our Class B common stock (the "Founder Shares").

On May 29, 2020, the Company consummated the Initial Public Offering of 103,500,000 units (the “Units”), which includes the full exercise by the underwriters of the over-allotment option to purchase an additional 13,500,000 Units. Each Unit consists of one share of Class A common stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”), and one-third of one redeemable warrant of the Company, each whole warrant entitling the holder thereof to purchase one share of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per share (each whole warrant referred to as a “warrant” throughout this report). The Units were sold at a price of $10.00 per share, generating gross proceeds to the Company of $1,035,000,000.

Substantially concurrently with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the sale of 15,133,333 warrants (the “Private Placement Warrants”) at a price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant in a private placement to Trasimene Capital Management FT, LP (the “Trasimene Sponsor”), an affiliate of Trasimene Capital Management, LLC (“Trasimene Capital”), and Bilcar FT, LP (the “Bilcar Sponsor” and collectively with the Trasimene Sponsor, referred to throughout this report as sponsors), an affiliate of Bilcar Limited Partnership, a Florida limited partnership, generating gross proceeds of $22,700,000.

A total of $1,035,000,000 from the net proceeds of the sale of the Units in the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants was placed in a trust account (the “Trust Account”) and invested in U.S. government securities until the earlier of: (i) the completion of a Business Combination and (ii) the distribution of the funds in the Trust Account to the Company’s stockholders, as described below.

Company Common Stock and Warrants trade on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbols “WPF” and “WPF.WS,” respectively. Those Units not separated continue to trade on the NYSE under the symbol “WPF.U.”


The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummating a Business Combination. Under applicable rules of the NYSE, the Company must complete its initial Business Combination with one or more target businesses that together have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the net assets held in the Trust Account (excluding any deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the interest earned in the Trust Account) at the time the Company signs a definitive agreement in connection with a Business Combination. The Company will only complete a Business Combination if the post-Business Combination company owns or acquires 50% or more of the issued and outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target business sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully effect a Business Combination. 

Pending Business Combination

On January 25, 2021, we entered into a Business Combination Agreement (the “Business Combination Agreement”) with Tempo Holding Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Alight”), Acrobat Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation and our direct, wholly owned subsidiary (“Alight Pubco”), Acrobat SPAC Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Alight Pubco (“FTAC Merger Sub”), Acrobat Merger Sub, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and our direct, wholly owned subsidiary (“Tempo Merger Sub”), Acrobat Blocker 1 Corp., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Alight Pubco (“Blocker Merger Sub 1”), Acrobat Blocker 2 Corp., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Alight Pubco (“Blocker Merger Sub 2”), Acrobat Blocker 3 Corp., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Alight Pubco (“Blocker Merger Sub 3”), Acrobat Blocker 4 Corp., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Alight Pubco (“Blocker Merger Sub 4” and, together with Blocker Merger Sub 1, Blocker Merger Sub 2 and Blocker Merger Sub 3, the “Blocker Merger Subs”), Tempo Blocker I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Tempo Blocker 1”), Tempo Blocker II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Tempo Blocker 2”), Blackstone Tempo Feeder Fund VII, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Tempo Blocker 3”), and New Mountain Partners IV Special (AIV-E), LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“Tempo Blocker 4” and, together with Tempo Blocker 1, Tempo Blocker 2 and Tempo Blocker 3, the “Tempo Blockers”). The Business Combination Agreement contemplates the consummation of the following transactions (the “Pending Business Combination”): (i) FTAC Merger Sub will merge with and into FTAC, with FTAC being the surviving corporation in the merger and becoming a subsidiary of Alight Pubco (the “Pubco Merger”) and (ii) Alight Pubco will, through a series of mergers and related transactions, acquire equity interests in Alight and the Tempo Blockers. Following the Pending Business Combination, Alight Pubco will become a publicly traded entity under the name “Alight, Inc.” and symbol ALIT. Substantially all of the assets and business of Alight Pubco will be held by Alight and the combined companies’ business will continue to operate through the subsidiaries of Alight. The transaction reflects an implied pro-forma enterprise value for Alight Pubco of approximately $7.3 billion at closing and is expected to satisfy the conditions described above. 

Alight is a leading cloud-based provider of integrated digital human capital and business solutions. Leveraging proprietary artificial intelligence and data analytics, Alight optimizes business process as a service to deliver superior outcomes for employees and employers across a comprehensive portfolio of services. Alight allows employees to optimize their health, wealth and work while enabling global organizations to achieve a high-performance culture. Alight’s 15,000 dedicated colleagues serve more than 30 million employees and family members.

Consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement is subject to customary conditions, representations, warranties and covenants in the Business Combination Agreement, including, among others, approval by FTAC stockholders, the effectiveness of a registration statement on Form S-4 (the “Form S-4”) to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) in connection with the Pending Business Combination, and other customary closing conditions, including the receipt of certain regulatory approvals. The transaction is expected to close in the second quarter of 2021.

In connection with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, FTAC and Alight Pubco entered into certain Alight Pubco Class A common stock subscription agreements (the “Subscription Agreements”) with certain investment funds (the “PIPE Investors”) pursuant to which Alight Pubco has agreed to issue and sell to the PIPE Investors, in the aggregate, $1,550,000,000 of Alight Pubco Class A common stock (the “PIPE Investment”) at a purchase price of $10.00 per share. The closing of the PIPE Investment is conditioned on all conditions set forth in the Business Combination Agreement having been satisfied or waived and other customary closing conditions, and it is expected that the Pending Business Combination will be consummated immediately following the closing of the PIPE Investment.


In connection with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, we amended and restated (a) that certain letter agreement, dated May 29, 2020, with our sponsors and (b) that certain letter agreement, dated as of May 29, 2020, with each of our directors and officers, pursuant to which, among other things, our sponsors, directors and officers agreed (i) to vote any FTAC securities held by them in favor of the Pending Business Combination and other FTAC Stockholder Matters (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement), (ii) not"Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations"). Refer to seek redemptionNote 1 “Basis of any FTAC securitiesPresentation and notNature of Business” to transfer any FTAC securities for a period of 270 days following the closing date of the Pending Business Combination (or, if the volume weighted average price of the Alight Pubco Class A common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading day period following the closing date of the Pending Business Combination, 150 days thereafter), and (vi) to be bound to certain other obligations as described therein (the “Amended and Restated Sponsor Agreement”). Additionally, our sponsors and certain of our directors and officers who hold shares of our Class B common stock acknowledged and agreed that they would receive the consideration set forthconsolidated financial statements included in the Business Combination Agreement in lieu of the consideration they would otherwise have been entitled to under our certificate of incorporation.

The Business Combination Agreement and related agreements are further described in the Currentthis Annual Report on Form 8-K filed by the Company on January 27, 2021.

Other than as specifically discussed, this report does not assume the closing of the Pending Business Combination or the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement.

Strategy

Foley Trasimene Acquisition Corp. employs a fundamental, value-oriented acquisition framework that seeks a target with utility-like features, a defensible market position, reliable cash flows and low overall economic cycle risk. Our business strategy is to identify and complete our initial business combination with a company that complements the experience of our founder and can benefit from his operational expertise. Our selection process will leverage our founder’s broad and deep relationship network, unique industry experiences and proven deal sourcing capabilities to access a broad spectrum of differentiated opportunities. This network has been developed through our founder’s extensive experience and demonstrated success in both investing in and operating businesses across a variety of industries, and developing a distinctive combination of capabilities including:

 ·a track record of building industry-leading companies and proven ability to deliver stockholder value over an extended time period with above-market-average investment returns that are multiples greater than comparable benchmarks and peers;

 ·a prolific acquisition history, having completed hundreds transactions that have in sum contributed to such companies’ financial results and strategic position. This acquisition history has been executed using established proprietary deal sourcing and differentiated transaction execution/structuring capabilities;

 ·experience deploying a unique and broad value creation toolkit including identifying value enhancements, recruiting world-class talent and delivering elite operating efficiency by exceeding synergy targets in transactions across multiple industries; and an extensive history of accessing the capital markets across various business cycles, including financing businesses and assisting companies with the transition to public ownership.

Mr. Foley communicates with his networks of relationships to articulate the parameters for our search for a target company and a potential business combination and begin the process of pursuing and reviewing potential opportunities.


Acquisition Criteria

Our acquisition strategy leverages Mr. Foley’s network of proprietary deal sources where we believe a combination of a proactive outreach and receptivity to inbound ideas will provide us with a number of business combination opportunities. Additionally, we expect that relationships cultivated from years of transaction experience and management teams of public and private companies, investment bankers and other business associates will provide potential opportunities for the Company. Consistent with our strategy, we have identifiedyear ended December 31, 2023 for further information regarding the following general criteria and guidelines which we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses. We use these criteria and guidelines in evaluating acquisition opportunities, but we may decide to enter into our initial business combination with a target business that does not meet these criteria and guidelines. We intend to acquire one or more businesses that we believe:basis of presentation.

 ·have the opportunity to become an industry utility with a defensible market position that can benefit from Mr. Foley’s leadership and guidance;

 ·are at a critical strategic inflection point, such as requiring additional management expertise or access to capital to launch a new phase of growth or corporate/business model evolution;

 ·exhibit unrecognized value or other characteristics that we believe Mr. Foley can optimize over the long-run to produce outsized investor returns;

 ·exhibit unrecognized value or other characteristics, desirable returns on capital, and a need for capital to achieve the company’s growth strategy, which we believe have been misevaluated by the marketplace based on our analysis and due diligence review;

 ·will offer an attractive risk-adjusted return for our stockholders, similar to Mr. Foley’s historical achievements; and

 ·have been materially impacted by possible current market dislocations but are fundamentally sound businesses whose products and/or services are necessary to the continuing function of a core economic industry or service.

Disclaimer Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

These criteria are not intended to be exhaustive. Any evaluation relating toThis Annual Report contains forward-looking statements within the meritsmeaning of a particular initial business combination are based, to the extent relevant, on these general guidelines as well as other considerations, factors and criteria that our management may deem relevant. In the event that we decide to enter into our initial business combination with a target business that does not meet the above criteria and guidelines, we will disclose that the target business does not meet the above criteria in our stockholder communications related to our initial business combination, which would be in the form of tender offer documents or proxy solicitation materials that we would file with the SEC.

Initial Business Combination

In accordance with the rules of the NYSE, our initial business combination must occur with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the trust account (excluding the amount of deferred underwriting discounts held in trust and taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account) at the time of our signing a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination. If our board of directors is not able to independently determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA or an independent valuation or appraisal firm with respect to satisfaction of such criteria. Our stockholders may not be provided with a copy of such opinion nor will they be able to rely on such opinion. We do not intend to purchase multiple businesses in unrelated industries in conjunction with our initial business combination. Subject to this requirement, our management will have virtually unrestricted flexibility in identifying and selecting one or more prospective businesses, although we will not be permitted to effectuate our initial business combination with another blank check company or a similar company with nominal operations.

We anticipate structuring our initial business combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public stockholders own shares will own or acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure our initial business combination such that the post-transaction company owns or acquires less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the prior owners of the target business, the target management team or stockholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our stockholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock, shares or other equity interests of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our stockholders immediately prior to our initial business combination could own less than a majority of our issued and outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% of net assets test. If the business combination involves more than one target business, the 80% of net assets test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the target businesses and we will treat the target businesses together as the initial business combination for purposes of a tender offer or for seeking stockholder approval, as applicable.


To the extent we effect our initial business combination with a company or business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in such company or business. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all significant risk factors.

In evaluating a prospective target business, we conduct a thorough due diligence review which will encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and employees, document reviews, inspection of facilities, as well as a review of financial, operational, legal and other information which will be made available to us.

The time required to select and evaluate a target business and to structure and complete our initial business combination, and the costs associated with this process, are not currently ascertainable with any degree of certainty. Any costs incurred with respect to the identification and evaluation of a prospective target business with which our initial business combination is not ultimately completed will result in our incurring losses and will reduce the funds we can use to complete another business combination.

Our Acquisition Process

In evaluating any prospective target business, we conduct a thorough due diligence review which encompasses, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and employees, document reviews, inspection of facilities, as well as a review of financial, operational, legal and other information which will be made available to us.

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsors, founder, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsors, founder, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, will obtain an opinion that our initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view from either an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA or an independent accounting firm.

Members of our management team and officers and directors of entities affiliated with our sponsors may directly or indirectly own our common stock and/or private placement warrants, and, accordingly, may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination. Further, each of our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors is included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.

Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to another entity pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entity. Accordingly, if any of our founder, officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such other entity, subject to their fiduciary duties under Delaware law. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we renounce our interest in any business combination opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Company and it is an opportunity that we are able to complete on a reasonable basis.


Trasimene Capital externally manages Cannae Holdings, Inc. ("Cannae Holdings") pursuant to a management services agreement. Investment vehicles managed by Trasimene Capital, Bilcar Limited Partnership or their affiliates may be seeking acquisition opportunities and related financing at any time. We may compete with any one or more of them on any given acquisition opportunity.

Status as a Public Company

We believe our structure makes us an attractive business combination partner to target businesses. As an existing public company, we offer a target business an alternative to the traditional initial public offering through a merger or other business combination with us. In a business combination transaction with us, the owners of the target business may, for example, exchange their shares of stock, shares or other equity interests in the target business for our Class A common stock (or shares of a new holding company) or for a combination of our Class A common stock and cash, allowing us to tailor the consideration to the specific needs of the sellers. We believe target businesses will find this method a more expeditious and cost effective method to becoming a public company than the typical initial public offering. The typical initial public offering process takes a significantly longer period of time than the typical business combination transaction process, and there are significant expenses in the initial public offering process, including underwriting discounts and commissions, that may not be present to the same extent in connection with a business combination with us.

Furthermore, once a proposed business combination is completed, the target business will have effectively become public, whereas an initial public offering is always subject to the underwriters’ ability to complete the offering, as well as general market conditions, which could delay or prevent the offering from occurring or could have negative valuation consequences. Once public, we believe the target business would then have greater access to capital, an additional means of providing management incentives consistent with stockholders’ interests and the ability to use its shares as currency for acquisitions. Being a public company can offer further benefits by augmenting a company’s profile among potential new customers and vendors and aid in attracting talented employees.

While we believe that our structure and our management team’s backgrounds will make us an attractive business partner, some potential target businesses may view our status as a blank check company, such as our lack of an operating history and our ability to seek stockholder approval of any proposed initial business combination, negatively.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a)27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as modified by the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements ofamended, and Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved, If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B)21E of the Securities Exchange Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of the IPO, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the Market Value of our Class A common stock that are held by non-affiliates equals or exceeds $700.0 million1934, as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.


Effecting our Initial Business Combination

We intend to effectuate our initial business combination using cash from the proceeds of the IPO, the private placements of the private placement warrants, our equity, debt or a combination of these as the consideration to be paid in our initial business combination. We may seek to complete our initial business combination with a company or business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth, which would subject us to the numerous risks inherent in such companies and businesses.

If our initial business combination is paid for using equity or debt securities, or not all of the funds released from the trust account are used for payment of the consideration in connection with our initial business combination or used for redemptions of our Class A common stock, we may apply the balance of the cash released to us from the trust account for general corporate purposes, including for maintenance or expansion of operations of the post-transaction company, the payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in completing our initial business combination, to fund the purchase of other companies or for working capital.

Some of the members of our management team are employed by certain affiliates of Trasimene Capital. Trasimene Capital and Bilcar Limited Partnership are continuously made aware of potential business opportunities, one or more of which we may desire to pursue for a business combination.. We will not consider a business combination with any company that has already been identified to Trasimene Capital and Bilcar Limited Partnership as a suitable acquisition candidate for it.

Although our management will assess the risks inherent in a particular target business with which we may combine, we cannot assure you that this assessment will result in our identifying all risks that a target business may encounter. Furthermore, some of those risks may be outside of our control, meaning that we can do nothing to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely affect a target business.

We may need to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination, either because the transaction requires more cash than is available from the proceeds held in our trust account, or because we become obligated to redeem a significant number of our public shares upon completion of the business combination, in which case we may issue additional securities or incur debt in connection with such business combination. There are no prohibitions on our ability to issue securities or incur debt in connection with our initial business combination. We are not currently a party to any arrangement or understanding with any third party with respect to raising any additional funds through the sale of securities, the incurrence of debt or otherwise.

Sources of Target Businesses

Our process of identifying acquisition targets leverages Trasimene Capital, Bilcar Limited Partnership, our sponsors and our management team’s industry experiences, proven deal sourcing capabilities and broad and deep network of relationships in numerous industries, including executives and management teams, private equity groups and other institutional investors, large business enterprises, lenders, investment bankers and other investment market participants, restructuring advisers, consultants, attorneys and accountants, which we believe should provide us with a number of business combination opportunities. We expect that the collective experience, capability and network of our founder, Trasimene Capital and Bilcar Limited Partnership, our directors and officers, combined with their individual and collective reputations in the investment community, will help to create prospective business combination opportunities.

In addition, business candidates may be brought to our attention from various unaffiliated sources, including investment bankers and private investment funds. Target businesses may be brought to our attention by such unaffiliated sources as a result of being solicited by us through calls or mailings.amended (the "Exchange Act"). These sources may also introduce us to target businesses in which they think we may be interested on an unsolicited basis, since many of these sources will know what types of businesses we are targeting. Our officers and directors, as well as their affiliates, may also bring to our attention target business candidates of which they become aware through their business contacts as a result of formal or informal inquiries or discussions they may have, as well as attending trade shows or conventions.

We also receive a number of proprietary deal flow opportunities that would not otherwise necessarily be available to us as a result of the business relationships of our officers and directors. While we do not presently anticipate engaging the services of professional firms or other individuals that specialize in business acquisitions on any formal basis, we may engage these firms or other individuals in the future, in which event we may pay a finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation to be determined in an arm’s length negotiation based on the terms of the transaction. We will engage a finder only to the extent our management determines that the use of a finder may bring opportunities to us that may not otherwise be available to us or if finders approach us on an unsolicited basis with a potential transaction that our management determines is in our best interest to pursue. Payment of finder’s fees is customarily tied to completion of a transaction, in which case any such fee will be paid out of the funds held in the trust account. In no event, however, will either of our sponsors or any of our existing officers or directors, or any entity with which they are affiliated, be paid any finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation by the company prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the completion of our initial business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is). None of our sponsors, executive officers or directors, or any of their respective affiliates, will be allowed to receive any compensation, finder’s fees or consulting fees from a prospective business combination target in connection with a contemplated acquisition of such target by us.


Lack of Business Diversification

For an indefinite period of time after the completion of our initial business combination, the prospects for our success may depend entirely on the future performance of a single business. Unlike other entities that have the resources to complete business combinations with multiple entities in one or several industries, it is probable that we will not have the resources to diversify our operations and mitigate the risks of being in a single line of business. By completing our initial business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may:

 ·subject us to negative economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact on the particular industry in which we operate after our initial business combination;and

 ·cause us to depend on the marketing and sale of a single product or limited number of products or services. 

Limited Ability to Evaluate the Target’s Management Team

Although we intend to closely scrutinize the management of a prospective target business when evaluating the desirability of effecting our initial business combination with that business, our assessment of the target business’s management may not prove to be correct. In addition, the future management may not have the necessary skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company. Furthermore, the future role of members of our management team, if any, in the target business cannot presently be stated with any certainty. The determination as to whether any of the members of our management team will remain with the combined company will be made at the time of our initial business combination. While it is possible that one or more of our directors will remain associated in some capacity with us following our initial business combination, it is unlikely that any of them will devote their full efforts to our affairs subsequent to our initial business combination. Moreover, we cannot assure you that members of our management team will have significant experience or knowledge relating to the operations of the particular target business.

We cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain in senior management or advisory positions with the combined company. The determination as to whether any of our key personnel will remain with the combined company will be made at the time of our initial business combination.

Following a business combination, we may seek to recruit additional managers to supplement the incumbent management of the target business. We cannot assure you that we will have the ability to recruit additional managers, or that additional managers will have the requisite skills, knowledge or experience necessary to enhance the incumbent management.


Limitation on Redemption upon Completion of Our Initial Business Combination If We Seek Stockholder Approval

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in the IPO, which we refer to as the “Excess Shares.” We believe this restriction will discourage stockholders from accumulating large blocks of shares, and subsequent attempts by such holders to use their ability to exercise their redemption rights against a proposed business combination as a means to force us or our management to purchase their shares at a significant premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. Absent this provision, a public stockholder holding more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold could threaten to exercise its redemption rights if such holder’s shares are not purchased by us, our sponsors or our management at a premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. By limiting our stockholders’ ability to redeem no more than 15% of the shares sold without our prior consent, we believe we will limit the ability of a small group of stockholders to unreasonably attempt to block our ability to complete our initial business combination, particularly in connection with a business combination with a target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash.

However, we would not be restricting our stockholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our initial business combination.


Redemption of Public Shares and Liquidation if no Initial Business Combination

Our sponsors, officers and directors have agreed that we will have only 24 months from the closing of the IPO to complete an initial business combination. If we have not completed an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our taxes, if any (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of the then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to our warrants, which will expire worthless if we do not complete an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO.

Our sponsors, directors and each member of our management team have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have waived their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to their founder shares if we do not complete an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO. However, if our sponsors, directors or members of our management team acquire public shares, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to such public shares if we do not complete an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO.

Our sponsors, executive officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO, unless we provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our taxes, if any (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses) divided by the number of the then outstanding public shares. However, we may not redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). If this optional redemption right is exercised with respect to an excessive number of public shares such that we cannot satisfy the net tangible asset requirement, we would not proceed with the amendment or the related redemption of our public shares at such time. This redemption right shall apply in the event of the approval of any such amendment, whether proposed by our sponsors, any executive officer, director or director nominee, or any other person.


We expect that all costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, as well as payments to any creditors, will be funded from amounts remaining out of the approximately $1,000,000 of proceeds held outside the trust account plus up to $100,000 of funds from the trust account available to us to pay dissolution expenses, although we cannot assure you that there will be sufficient funds for such purpose.

If we were to expend all of the net proceeds of the IPO the sale of the private placement warrants and the forward purchase securities, other than the proceeds deposited in the trust account, and without taking into account interest, if any, earned on the trust account, the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders upon our dissolution would be approximately $10.00. The proceeds deposited in the trust account could, however, become subject to the claims of our creditors which would have higher priority than the claims of our public stockholders. We cannot assure you that the actual per-share redemption amount received by stockholders will not be substantially less than $10.00. Under Section 281(b) of the DGCL, our plan of dissolution must provide for all claims against us to be paid in full or make provision for payments to be made in full, as applicable, if there are sufficient assets. These claims must be paid or provided for before we make any distribution of our remaining assets to our stockholders. While we intend to pay such amounts, if any, we cannot assure you that we will have funds sufficient to pay or provide for all creditors’ claims.

Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers (other than our independent auditors), prospective target businesses and other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public stockholders, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements or even if they execute such agreements that they would be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account including but not limited to fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain an advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the trust account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative. Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. Credit Suisse and BofA Securities will not execute agreements with us waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason. In order to protect the amounts held in the trust account, our sponsors have agreed that they will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to us (other than our independent registered public accounting firm), or a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amounts in the trust account to below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account if less than $10.00 per share, due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest that may be withdrawn to pay our taxes, if any, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party or prospective target business that executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the trust account nor will it apply to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. In the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our sponsors will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third party claims. However, we have not asked our sponsors to reserve for such indemnification obligations, nor have we independently verified whether our sponsors have sufficient funds to satisfy their indemnity obligations and we believe that our sponsors’ only assets are securities of our company. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our sponsors would be able to satisfy those obligations. None of our officers or directors will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

In the event that the proceeds in the trust account are reduced below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account if less than $10.00 per share, due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay our taxes, if any, and our sponsors assert that they are unable to satisfy their indemnification obligations or that they have no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our sponsors to enforce their indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our sponsors to enforce their indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment may choose not to do so in any particular instance. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that due to claims of creditors the actual value of the per-share redemption price will not be less than $10.00 per share.


We will seek to reduce the possibility that our sponsors will have to indemnify the trust account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers (other than our independent auditors), prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the trust account. Our sponsors will also not be liable as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. We will have access to up to approximately $1,000,000 from the proceeds of the IPO and the sale of the private placement warrants with which to pay any such potential claims (including costs and expenses incurred in connection with our liquidation, currently estimated to be no more than approximately $100,000). In the event that we liquidate and it is subsequently determined that the reserve for claims and liabilities is insufficient, stockholders who received funds from our trust account could be liable for claims made by creditors, however such liability will not be greater than the amount of funds from our trust account received by any such stockholder. In the event that our offering expenses exceed our estimate of $1,000,000, we may fund such excess with funds from the funds not to be held in the trust account. In such case, the amount of funds we intend to be held outside the trust account would decrease by a corresponding amount. Conversely, in the event that the offering expenses are less than our estimate of $1,000,000, the amount of funds we intend to be held outside the trust account would increase by a corresponding amount.

Under the DGCL, stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against a corporation to the extent of distributions received by them in a dissolution. The pro rata portion of our trust account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO may be considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law. If the corporation complies with certain procedures set forth in Section 280 of the DGCL intended to ensure that it makes reasonable provision for all claims against it, including a 60-day notice period during which any third-party claims can be brought against the corporation, a 90-day period during which the corporation may reject any claims brought, and an additional 150-day waiting period before any liquidating distributions are made to stockholders, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution.

Furthermore, if the pro rata portion of our trust account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO, is not considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law and such redemption distribution is deemed to be unlawful (potentially due to the imposition of legal proceedings that a party may bring or due to other circumstances that are currently unknown), then pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, the statute of limitations for claims of creditors could then be six years after the unlawful redemption distribution, instead of three years, as in the case of a liquidating distribution. If we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account that may be released to us to pay our taxes, if any (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any) and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. Accordingly, it is our intention to redeem our public shares as soon as reasonably possible following our 24th month and, therefore, we do not intend to comply with those procedures. As such, our stockholders could potentially be liable for any claims to the extent of distributions received by them (but no more) and any liability of our stockholders may extend well beyond the third anniversary of such date.

Because we will not be complying with Section 280, Section 281(b) of the DGCL requires us to adopt a plan, based on facts known to us at such time that will provide for our payment of all existing and pending claims or claims that may be potentially brought against us within the subsequent 10 years. However, because we are a blank check company, rather than an operating company, and our operations will be limited to searching for prospective target businesses to acquire, the only likely claims to arise would be from our vendors (such as lawyers, investment bankers, etc.) or prospective target businesses. As described above, pursuant to the obligation contained in our underwriting agreement, we will seek to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account. As a result of this obligation, the claims that could be made against us are significantly limited and the likelihood that any claim that would result in any liability extending to the trust account is remote. Further, our sponsor may be liable only to the extent necessary to ensure that the amounts in the trust account are not reduced below (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account, due to reductions in value of the trust assets, in each case net of the amount of interest withdrawn to pay taxes and will not be liable as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. In the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims.


If we file a bankruptcy or winding-up petition or an involuntary bankruptcy or winding-up petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy or insolvency law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our stockholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, we cannot assure you we will be able to return $10.00 per share to our public stockholders. Additionally, if we file a bankruptcy or winding-up petition or an involuntary bankruptcy or winding-up petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by stockholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy or insolvency laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy or insolvency court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our stockholders. Furthermore, our board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, and thereby exposing itself and our company to claims of punitive damages, by paying public stockholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons.

Our public stockholders will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account only (i) in the event of the redemption of our public shares if we do not complete an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO, (ii) in connection with a stockholder vote to amend our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO or (B) with respect to any other provisions relating to the rights of holders of our Class A common stock, or (iii) if they redeem their respective shares for cash upon the completion of the initial business combination. Public stockholders who redeem their shares of our Class A common stock in connection with a stockholder vote described in clause (ii) in the preceding sentence shall not be entitled to funds from the trust account upon the subsequent completion of an initial business combination or liquidation if we have not completed an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO, with respect to such shares of our Class A common stock so redeemed. In no other circumstances will a stockholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the trust account. In the event we seek stockholder approval in connection with our initial business combination, a stockholder’s voting in connection with the business combination alone will not result in a stockholder’s redeeming its shares to us for an applicable pro rata share of the trust account. Such stockholder must have also exercised its redemption rights described above. These provisions of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, like all provisions of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, may be amended with a stockholder vote.

Competition

In identifying, evaluating and selecting a target business for our initial business combination, we may encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including other blank check companies, private equity groups and leveraged buyout funds, public companies and operating businesses seeking strategic acquisitions. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Moreover, many of these competitors possess greater financial, technical, human and other resources than us. Our ability to acquire larger target businesses will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of a target business. Furthermore, our obligation to pay cash in connection with our public stockholders who exercise their redemption rights may reduce the resources available to us for our initial business combination and our outstanding warrants, and the future dilution they potentially represent, may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses. Either of these factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating an initial business combination.


Human Capital Resources

We currently have four executive officers. These individuals are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters but they intend to devote as much of their time as they deem necessary to our affairs until we have completed our initial business combination. The amount of time they will devote in any time period will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for our initial business combination and the stage of the business combination process we are in. We do not intend to have any full time employees prior to the completion of our initial business combination.

We believe that our management team is well positioned to identify attractive risk-adjusted returns in the marketplace and that its contacts and transaction sources, ranging from industry executives, private owners, private equity funds, and investment bankers, will enable us to pursue a broad range of opportunities. Our management believes that its ability to identify and implement value creation initiatives will remain central to its differentiated acquisition strategy.

Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information

Some of the statements contained in this report constitute “forward-looking statements” for purposes of the federal securities laws. Our forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements that relate to expectations regarding future financial performance, and business strategies or expectations for our business, or our management team’s expectations, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regardingstrategic portfolio review. Forward-looking statements can often be identified by the future. In addition, any statements that refer to projections, forecasts or other characterizationsuse of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements. The words such as “anticipate,” “appear,” “approximate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “foresee,” “intends,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “seek,” “should,” “would” andor similar expressions may identifyor the negative thereof. These forward-looking statements but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. Forward-looking statements in this report may include, for example, statements about:

 ·our ability to complete the business combination with Alight or any other initial business combination;
 ·our success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, our officers, key employees or directors following our initial business combination;
 ·our officers and directors allocating their time to other businesses and potentially having conflicts of interest with our business or in approving our initial business combination;
 ·the proceeds of the forward purchase securities being available to us;
 ·our potential ability to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination;
 ·our pool of prospective target businesses if our transaction with Alight is not successfully consummated;
 ·the ability of our officers and directors to generate a number of potential investment opportunities;
 ·our public securities’ potential liquidity and trading;
 ·the limited history of a market for our securities;
 ·the use of proceeds not held in the trust account or available to us from interest income on the trust account balance;
 ·the trust account not being subject to claims of third parties;
 ·our financial performance; or​
 ·the outcome of any known and unknown litigation and regulatory proceedings.

The forward-looking statements contained in this report are based on ourinformation available as of the date of this report and the Company’s management’s current expectations, forecasts and beliefs concerning future developmentsassumptions, and their potential effects on us. There can be no assurance that future developments affecting us will be those that we have anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of judgments, known and unknown risks and uncertainties (someand other factors, many of which are beyond our control) or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance tooutside the control of the Company and its directors, officers and affiliates. Accordingly, forward-looking statements should not be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but arerelied upon as representing the Company’s views as of any subsequent date. The Company does not limited to, those factors described under the section of this report entitled “Risk Factors.” Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or shouldundertake any of our assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update, add or reviseotherwise correct any forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect events or circumstances after the date they were made, whether as a result of new information, future events, inaccuracies that become apparent after the date hereof or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.

A number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results reflected in these forward-looking statements are identified under “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A. of this Annual Report. These statements are based on assumptions that may not come true and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties.

Additional Information

1


Summary of Risk Factors

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section titled “Risk Factors,” that represent challenges that we face in connection with the successful implementation of our strategy and growth of our business. The Company’s Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to reports filed pursuant to Sections 13(a) and 15(d)occurrence of one or more of the Exchange Act,events or circumstances described in the section titled “Risk Factors,” alone or in combination with other events or circumstances, may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects. A summary of the principal factors that create risk in investing in our securities and might cause actual results to differ is set forth below:

declines in economic activity in the industries, markets, and regions our clients serve, including as a result of macroeconomic factors beyond our control, heightened interest rates or changes in monetary and fiscal policies;
risks associated with competition;
cyber-attacks and security vulnerabilities and other significant disruptions in the Company’s information technology systems and networks that could expose the Company to legal liability, impair its reputation or have a negative effect on the Company’s results of operations;
our handling of confidential, personal or proprietary data;
actions or proposals from activist stockholders;
changes in applicable laws or regulations;
an inability to successfully execute on operational and technological enhancements designed to drive value for our clients or drive internal efficiencies;
issues relating to the use of new and evolving technologies, such as Artificial Intelligence (“AI”) and Machine Learning (“ML”);
claims (particularly professional liability claims), litigation or other proceedings against us;
the inability to adequately protect key intellectual property rights or proprietary technology;
past and prospective acquisitions, including the failure to successfully integrate operations, personnel, systems, technologies and products of the acquired companies, adverse tax consequences of acquisitions, greater than expected liabilities of the acquired companies and charges to earnings from acquisitions;
the success of our strategic partnerships with third parties;
the possibility of a decline in continued interest in outsourced services;
our inability to retain and attract experienced and qualified personnel;
recovery following a catastrophic event, disaster or other business continuity problem;
our inability to deliver a satisfactory product to our clients;
damage to our reputation;
our reliance on third-party licenses and service providers;
our handling of client funds;
changes in regulations that could have an adverse effect on the Company’s business;
the Company’s international operations, including varying taxation requirements;
the profitability of our engagements due to unexpected circumstances;
our ability to achieve sustainable cost savings for our clients;
the success of our restructuring program;
changes in accounting principles or treatment;

2


the impact of goodwill or other impairment charges on our earnings;
contracting with government clients;
the significant influence of our sponsors;
the incurrence of increased costs and becoming subject to additional regulations and requirements as a result of being a public company;
our obligations under our Tax Receivable Agreement (as defined below);
changes to our credit ratings or interest rates which could affect our financial resources, ability to raise additional capital, generate sufficient cash flows, or generally maintain operations; and
other risks and uncertainties indicated in this report and our other public filings, including those set forth under the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report.

These risk factors do not identify all risks that we face, and our business, financial condition and results of operations could also be affected by factors, events or uncertainties that are filednot presently known to us or that we currently do not consider to present material risks.

Website and Social Media Disclosure

We use our website (www.alight.com) and our corporate Facebook (http://www.facebook.com/AlightGlobal), Instagram (@alight_solutions), LinkedIn (www.linkedin.com/company/alightsolutions), X (formerly known as Twitter) (@alightsolutions), and YouTube (www.youtube.com/c/AlightSolutions) accounts as channels of distribution of Company information. The information we post through these channels may be deemed material. Accordingly, investors should monitor these channels, in addition to following our press releases, filings made with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"). and public conference calls and webcasts. The information on our website is not part of this Annual Report.

The Company is subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and files or furnishes reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov.

Our website address is www.foleytrasimene.com. We makemakes available free of charge on its website or through ourprovides a link on its website ourto the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, and allany amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as soon as reasonably practicable after such material isthose reports are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. However,To access these filings, go to the Company’s website and under the “Investors” heading, click on “Financials.”

3


PART I

Item 1. Business.

Throughout this section, references to “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to Alight and its consolidated subsidiaries as the context so requires.

Alight delivers human capital management solutions to many of the world’s largest and most complex companies. This includes the implementation and administration of both employee wellbeing (e.g. health, wealth and leaves benefits) and global payroll solutions. In addition, the Company implements and runs human capital management software platforms on behalf of third-party providers. Alight’s numerous solutions and services are utilized year-round by employees and their family members in support of their overall health, wealth and wellbeing goals. Participants can access their solutions digitally, including through a mobile application on Alight Worklife®, our intuitive, cloud-based employee engagement platform. Through Alight Worklife, the Company believes it is defining the future of employee wellbeing by providing an enterprise level, integrated offering designed to drive better outcomes for organizations and individuals.

We aim to be the pre-eminent employee experience partner by providing personalized experiences that help employees make the best decisions for themselves and their families about their health, wealth and wellbeing. At the same time, we help employers tackle their biggest people and business challenges by helping them understand prevalence, trends and risks to generate better outcomes for the future, such as improved employee productivity and retention, while also realizing a return on their people investment. Our data, analytics and AI allow us to deliver actionable insights that drive measurable outcomes, such as healthcare claims savings, for companies and their people. We provide solutions to manage health and retirement benefits, tools for payroll and HR management, as well as solutions to manage the workforce from the cloud.

Principal Services and Segments

We currently operate under two reportable segments, Employer Solutions and Professional Services, which accounted for approximately 87% and 13% of revenue, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2023.

Employer Solutions are driven by our Alight Worklife platform, and include total employee wellbeing, integrated benefits administration, healthcare navigation, financial wellbeing, leave of absence management, retiree healthcare and payroll. We leverage data across all interactions and activities to improve the employee experience, reduce operational costs and better inform management processes and decision-making. Our clients' employees benefit from an integrated platform and user experience, coupled with a full-service customer care center, helping them manage the full life cycle of their health, wealth, and wellbeing.

Professional Services includes our project-based cloud deployment and consulting offerings that provide expertise with both human capital and financial platforms. Specifically, this includes cloud advisory and deployment, and optimization services for cloud platforms such as Workday, SAP SuccessFactors, Oracle, and Cornerstone OnDemand.

We deliver our solutions through a set of proprietary and partner technologies, a well-developed network of providers and a structured approach to instill and sustain enterprise-wide practices of excellence. Our solutions are supported through a secure and scalable cloud infrastructure, together with our core benefits processing platforms and consumer engagement tools and integrated with over 350 external platforms and partners. This includes our Alight Marketplace, a diverse network of third-party providers supporting additional wellbeing programs and needs of participants. Our data and access across the breadth of human capital solutions provides us with comprehensive employee records to enable AI-driven, omnichannel engagement and a personalized, integrated experience for our clients’ employees. Through the use of predictive analytics and omnichannel engagement, Alight is able to tailor an employee experience that is unique to each individual’s needs and circumstance.

We generate primarily all of our revenue, which is highly recurring, from fees for services provided from contracts across all solutions, which is primarily based on a contracted fee charged per participant per period (e.g., monthly or annually, as applicable). Our contracts typically have three to five-year terms for ongoing services with mutual renewal options. The majority of our revenue is recognized over time when control of the promised services is transferred, and the clients simultaneously receive and consume the benefits of our services. Payment terms are consistent with industry practice.

We use annual revenue retention rates as an important measure to manage our business. We calculate annual revenue retention on a gross basis by identifying the clients from whom we generate revenue in the prior year and determining what percentage of that revenue is generated from those same clients for the same solutions in the subsequent year.

4


Technology

We deliver our solutions through a set of proprietary and partner technologies, a well-developed network of providers and a structured approach to instill and sustain enterprise-wide practices of excellence. With this in mind, there are four layers to our technology strategy, all reinforced with a critical security framework:

Omnichannel customer experience layer that drives a personalized approach for customers within our front-end user interface.
AI and analytics layer that uses data from our transactional systems, combined with client and third-party data to drive insights for clients.
Core transaction layer that records participant decisions and powers our health, wealth and payroll systems.
Infrastructure layer to provide security, stability and performance across our application landscape.

Seasonality

Due to buying patterns and delivery of certain products in the markets we serve, particularly given the timing of annual benefits enrollment, our revenues tend to be higher in the third and fourth quarters of each year.

Licensing and Regulation

As a public company with global operations, our business activities are subject to licensing requirements and extensive regulation under the laws of countries in which we operate, including United States (“U.S.”) federal and state laws. See the discussion contained in "Risk Factors" in Item 1A. of this Annual Report for information foundregarding how actions by regulatory authorities or changes in legislation and regulation in the jurisdictions in which we operate may have an adverse effect on our website is not partbusiness.

Clients

We serve a broad range of clients, including Fortune 500 companies and mid-market businesses, and seek to establish high-quality, strong, long-term relationships with our clients. We are well-diversified with strong representation across myriad key market sectors. We proactively solicit client feedback through ongoing surveys and client councils held throughout the year, and we use this or any other report.

Our executive offices are located at 1701Village Center Circle, Las Vegas, NV 89134critical feedback to inform our research and development, enhance our client services and correct course when necessary. Through these surveys, we have learned that clients value the strength and depth of our relationships, scale and breadth of our solutions and our telephonecommitment to innovation and continuous improvement.

Competition

The markets for our solutions are competitive, rapidly evolving and fragmented. Our business faces competition from other global and national companies. The market for our solutions is subject to change as a result of economic, regulatory and legislative changes, technological developments, shifting client needs, and increased competition from established and new competitors.

We do not believe there is any single competitor with the breadth of our solutions, and thus our competitors vary for each of our solutions. Our primary competitors include Accenture, Accolade, ADP, bswift, Businessolver, Cognizant, Conduent, Deloitte, Empower, Fidelity, Included Health, HealthEquity, Mercer, OneSource Virtual, Quantum Health, SD Worx, Voya, WTW, and Workday.

We compete primarily on the basis of product and service quality, technology, breadth of offerings, ease of use and accessibility of technology, data protection, innovation, trust and reliability, price and reputation.

Human Capital Management

As of December 31, 2023, we employed more than 18,000 colleagues, approximately 63% of whom were located in the Americas, 17% were located in Europe, and 19% were located in Asia. In the United States, 67% of our colleagues identified as female and 43% of our colleagues self-identified as a minority group. We believe that our relations with our colleagues in all locations are positive.

5


Attracting, developing, and retaining talent is critical to executing our strategy and our ability to compete effectively. We believe in the importance of creating a diverse and inclusive work environment for our colleagues, supporting their wellbeing with fair and market-competitive pay and benefits, and investing in their growth and development.

We also value feedback from our colleagues and regularly survey them to understand how they feel about the company and subsequently take appropriate actions, if necessary, and employ employee engagement best practices to improve their work experience. Our efforts have resulted in being recognized as a Great Place to Work® for the sixth consecutive year and being listed among the top 100 companies for remote workers by Flexjobs.

Inclusion and Diversity

At Alight, we know that we cannot improve others’ lives without first enriching our own employees’ wellbeing. Diversity, equity, and inclusion ("DE&I") is essential to creating a sense of belonging in the workplace, and to making Alight a place where all colleagues can feel happy and fulfilled while serving our clients and their people with excellence. Our people bring a diverse range of backgrounds and perspectives to the table, and that diversity is what helps us better serve the needs of all our clients. This includes race, ethnicity, age, citizenship status, education, income, skills, gender identity, sexual orientation, nationality, physical or cognitive ability, beliefs, upbringing, and lived experiences. We are committed to developing these diverse talents so we can become stronger and brighter together. To increase cross-cultural sharing and appreciation, we prioritize global recognition of cultures and heritage and provide inclusion training.

In addition, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of our Board of Directors reviews and makes recommendations regarding the composition and size of our Board of Directors to ensure, among other things, that our Board of Director membership consists of persons with sufficiently diverse and independent backgrounds.

Total Rewards

Our benefits are designed to help colleagues and their families stay healthy, meet their financial goals, protect their income and help them balance their work and personal lives. These benefits include health and wellness, paid time off, employee assistance, competitive pay, career growth opportunities, paid volunteer time, and a culture of recognition.

Growth and Development

We understand that developing our talent is both critical for continuing success in a rapidly evolving environment and for colleague engagement and retention, and we are committed to actively fostering a learning culture and investing in ongoing professional and career development for our colleagues. We empower managers and employees with collective accountability for developing themselves and others, and promote ongoing dialogue, coaching, feedback, and improvement through our continuous performance management practices. We offer employees an extensive number of programs and tools for their personal and professional development including instructor-led training courses, leadership development programs, on-demand virtual learning, individual development planning, roles-based functional and technical training, compliance training, peer learning opportunities, and tuition reimbursement programs. We also aligned our talent and succession planning framework at that locationa global level for our Director-level and above roles to support the development of our internal talent pipeline for current and future organizational needs, and to provide an overall health gauge of our global talent pool. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of our Board of Directors oversees and approves the management continuity planning process.

Intellectual Property

Our intellectual property portfolio is (702) 323-7330.primarily comprised of various copyrights (including copyrights in software) and trademarks, as well as certain trade secrets or proprietary know-how of our business. Our success has resulted in part from our proprietary methodologies, process and other intellectual property, such as certain of Alight's platforms. However, any of our proprietary rights could be challenged, invalidated or circumvented, or may not provide significant competitive advantages.

Our business relies on software provided by both internal development and external sourcing to deliver its services. With respect to internally developed software, we claim copyright on all such software, registering works where appropriate. We require all employees and contractors to assign to us the rights to works developed on our behalf. In addition, we rely on maintaining source code confidentiality to maintain our market competitiveness. With respect to externally sourced software, we rely on contracts to allow for continued access for its business usage.


6


In the United States, trademark registrations may have a perpetual life, subject to continuous use and renewal every ten years, and may be subject to cancellation or invalidation based on certain use requirements and third-party challenges, or on other grounds. We vigorously enforce and protect our trademarks.

Information about our Executive Officers

The executive officers of the Company as of February 29, 2024 were as follows:

Name

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

 Age

Position

Stephan D. Scholl

53

Chief Executive Officer

Katie J. Rooney

45

Global Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer

Gregory R. Goff

52

Chief Technology & Delivery Officer

Michael J. Rogers

42

Chief Human Resources Officer

Dinesh V. Tulsiani

50

Chief Strategy Officer

Martin T. Felli

56

Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary

Gregory A. George

53

Chief Commercial Officer, North America

Stephan D. Scholl has served as Alight’s Chief Executive Officer since April 2020. Mr. Scholl has more than 25 years of experience in the industry. Prior to joining Alight, Mr. Scholl served as President of Infor Global Solutions from April 2012 to July 2018. Prior to that, from 2011 until 2012, Mr. Scholl served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Lawson Software. In addition, Mr. Scholl served in various senior roles at both Oracle and Peoplesoft for more than a decade, including leading Oracle’s North America Consulting Group and leading its Tax and Utilities Global Business unit. Mr. Scholl has served on the board of 1010 Data, a leader in analytical intelligence and alternative data, since September 2018 and he served on the board of Avaya Holdings Corp. (NYSE:AVYA) from September 2018 to April 2023. Mr. Scholl holds a bachelor’s degree from McGill University in Montreal.

InKatie J. Rooney has served as Alight’s Global Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer since July 2023. Prior to that, Ms. Rooney served as our Chief Financial Officer since May 2017. Ms. Rooney has more than 20 years of experience in the courseindustry. Prior to joining Alight, Ms. Rooney served as the Chief Financial Officer for Aon Hewitt from January 2016 to May 2017. Prior to that, she served across various financial roles within Aon Hewitt and Aon from January 2009 to December 2015, including Chief Financial Officer of conducting ourthe Outsourcing business, operations, we are exposedthe Finance Chief Operating Officer and Assistant Treasurer for Aon. Before joining Aon, Ms. Rooney worked in Investment Banking at Morgan Stanley. Ms. Rooney serves on the Board of Trustees for Window to the World Communications, Inc., a not-for-profit organization and the owner of WTTW and WFMT public broadcasting service. Ms. Rooney holds a B.B.A. in Finance from the University of Michigan.

Gregory R. Goff has served as Alight’s Chief Product and Technology Officer since May 2020. Mr. Goff has more than 15 years of experience in the industry. Prior to joining Alight, Mr. Goff served as Chief Product Officer of Uptake since 2015. Mr. Goff served as Chief Technology Officer of Morningstar from 2011 through 2015. Prior to that, Mr. Goff served in a number of technology roles at Nielsen and Accenture. Mr. Goff serves on the board of directors of InMoment, a consumer experience provider. Mr. Goff holds a Bachelor of Science degree in electrical engineering from the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.

Michael J. Rogers has served as Alight’s Chief Human Resources Officer since June 2020. Mr. Rogers has more than 15 years of experience in the industry. Prior to joining Alight, Mr. Rogers served as Chief People Officer of NGA Human Resources. Prior to that, Mr. Rogers held key human resources roles across a variety of risks, somecompanies, including Vistaprint, where he played a key role in driving its rapid growth across Europe, and Travelocity (lastminute.com). Mr. Rogers holds a degree in Business with first-class honors from the University of which are inherentBrighton, Brighton, England.

Dinesh V. Tulsiani has served as Alight’s Chief Strategy Officer since October 2020. He previously served as Alight’s Head of Strategy and Corporate Development. Prior to joining Alight, from 2013 to 2017, Mr. Tulsiani led corporate development for Aon’s HR solutions segment and served in our industryvarious other key strategic roles with Aon, including Senior Vice President, Corporate Strategy and othersVice President, Corporate Development and Strategy at Hewitt Associates. Prior to that, he worked at IHS Markit from 2007 to 2010 and Ernst & Young LLP from 1999 to 2005. Mr. Tulsiani holds a B.B.A. in Finance and Economics from Delhi University and an M.B.A. from Wake Forest University. Mr. Tulsiani is also a Chartered Financial Analyst.

Martin T. Felli has served as Alight’s Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary since January 2023. Mr. Felli has more than 27 years of which are more specificlegal experience. Prior to our own businesses. The risk factors summarized below could materially harm our business, operating results and/or financial condition, impair our future prospects and/or causejoining Alight, Mr. Felli served as Executive Vice President, Chief Legal and Chief Administrative Officer at Blue Yonder Holding, Inc., a Blackstone Inc. (“Blackstone”) and New Mountain Capital (“New Mountain”) sponsored company, from 2018 to April 2022. Prior to that, Mr. Felli held other key legal leadership roles at Blue Yonder from 2013 to 2018, was General Counsel and Corporate Counsel at Ecotality, Inc., from 2011 to 2013, and held additional senior legal positions across a broad range of organizations including Clear Channel Outdoor, Inc., from 2006 to 2011, and HBO, from 2000 to 2004. In 2014, Mr. Felli voluntarily filed for personal bankruptcy under Chapter 7 in connection with certain real estate investments made from 2006-2008, and the pricebankruptcy was discharged on December 30, 2014. Mr. Felli holds a juris doctor degree from the University of our common stockPennsylvania Law School and a B.A. magna cum laude from Baruch College.

7


Gregory A. George has served as Alight’s Chief Commercial Officer at Alight since June 2023. Prior to decline. These risks are discussed more fully followingjoining Alight, Mr. George served as senior vice president and head of sales of Ceridian, from January 2021 to June 2023. In this summary. Material risks that may affect our business, operating results and financial condition include, but are not necessarily limited to,role, Mr. George oversaw the following:

·We are a recently incorporated company with no operating history and no revenues, and you have no basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective.
·Past performance by Trasimene Capital and Bilcar Limited Partnership, or their respective affiliates (including the founder and our management team), including the businesses referred to herein, may not be indicative of future performance of an investment in us or in the future performance of any business that we may acquire.
·Your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination may be limited to the exercise of your right to redeem your shares from us for cash.
·If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, our initial stockholders, members of our management team, Cannae Holdings and THL FTAC have agreed to vote in favor of such initial business combination, regardless of how our public stockholders vote.
·The ability of our public stockholders to redeem their shares for cash may make our financial condition unattractive to potential business combination targets, which may make it difficult for us to enter into a business combination with a target.
·The requirement that we complete an initial business combination within 24 months after the closing of the IPO may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating a business combination and may limit the time we have in which to conduct due diligence on potential business combination targets as we approach our dissolution deadline, which could undermine our ability to complete our initial business combination on terms that would produce value for our stockholders.
·We may not be able to complete an initial business combination within 24 months after the closing of the IPO, in which case we would cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up and we would redeem our public shares and liquidate, in which case our public stockholders may only receive $10.00 per share, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, and our warrants will expire worthless.
·Legal proceedings in connection with the business combination, the outcomes of which are uncertain, could delay or prevent the completion of the business combination.
·The recent coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic and the impact on business and debt and equity markets could have a material adverse effect on our search for a business combination, and any target business with which we ultimately complete a business combination.
·If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, our initial stockholders, directors, executive officers, advisors and their affiliates may elect to purchase shares or public warrants from public stockholders, which may influence a vote on a proposed business combination and reduce the public “float” of our Class A common stock.


·You will not have any rights or interests in funds from the trust account, except under certain limited circumstances. Therefore, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.
·The NYSE may delist our securities from trading on its exchange, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.
·You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of many other blank check companies.
·Because of our limited resources and the significant competition for business combination opportunities, it may be more difficult for us to complete our initial business combination. If we do not complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public stockholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.
·If the net proceeds are insufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 24 months, it could limit the amount available to fund our search for a target business or businesses and complete our initial business combination, and we will depend on loans from our sponsors or management team to fund our search and to complete our initial business combination.
·If we have not completed an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO, our public stockholders may be forced to wait beyond such 24 months before redemption from our trust account.
·The grant of registration rights to our initial stockholders may make it more difficult to complete our initial business combination, and the future exercise of such rights may adversely affect the market price of the shares of our Class A common stock.
·We are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent accounting or investment banking firm, and consequently, you may have no assurance from an independent source that the price we are paying for the business is fair to our stockholders from a financial point of view.
·Our executive officers and directors will allocate their time to other businesses thereby causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.
·Our officers and directors presently have, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities, including another blank check company, and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating their time and determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.
·Our executive officers, directors, security holders and their respective affiliates may have competitive pecuniary interests that conflict with our interests.
·We may engage in a business combination with one or more target businesses that have relationships with entities that may be affiliated with our sponsors, executive officers, directors or existing holders which may raise potential conflicts of interest.
·Since our sponsors, executive officers and directors will lose their entire investment in us if our initial business combination is not completed (other than with respect to public shares they may acquire), a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a particular business combination target is appropriate for our initial business combination.
·Our management may not be able to maintain control of a target business after our initial business combination. Upon the loss of control of a target business, new management may not possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to profitably operate such business.
·The other risks and uncertainties disclosed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully allgrowth of the risks described below, together withcompany’s HCM platform and was responsible for Ceridian’s go to market strategy and worked alongside the leadership team to execute the company’s transformation strategy. From June 2007 to January 2021, Mr. George worked in a number of capacities at Oracle, where he most recently serviced as group vice president, responsible for national sales operations for the company’s enterprise resource planning, enterprise performance management, and supply chain management business units. Mr. George holds a bachelor’s degree from Butler University and has completed executive education programs at the University of Michigan’s Ross School of Business, IESE Business School University of Navarra, Barcelona, Spain, and the George Mason University School of Business in Virginia.

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

RISK FACTORS

In addition to the other information contained in this report. If anyAnnual Report, the following risk factors should be considered carefully in evaluating our Company and our business. Any of the following events occur,risks could materially and adversely affect our business financial condition and operating results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

An overall decline in economic activity could adversely affect the financial condition and results of operations of our business.

The results of our business are generally affected by the level of business activity of our clients, which in turn is affected by the level of economic activity in the industries, markets and regions these clients serve. The level of economic activity may be materially adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our securities could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment. Additional risk factors relating to the Business Combination will be included in the Form S-4 to be filed with the SECaffected by Alight Pubco.

The Pending Business Combination is subject to the satisfaction of certainunforeseen events, such as adverse weather conditions, which may not be satisfied on a timely basis, if at all.

The consummation of the Pending Business Combination is subject to customary closing conditions for transactions involving special purpose acquisition companies, including, among others:

·approval of the Business Combination Proposal, FTAC Charter Amendment Proposal and the NYSE Proposal by Company stockholders;
·the expiration or termination of the waiting period under the HSR Act;
·receipt of other required regulatory approvals;
·no order, statute, rule or regulation enjoining or prohibiting the consummation of the Pending Business Combination being in effect;
·the Company having at least $5,000,001 of net tangible assets as of the closing of the Pending Business Combination;
·the Form S-4 having become effective and no stop order being in effect;
·the Alight Charter having been filed with the Delaware Secretary of State; and
·customary bring down conditions.

Additionally, the obligations of Tempo Holdings and the Tempo Blockers to consummate the Pending Business Combination are conditioned upon, among other things, (i) the Available Cash Amount being at least $2,600,000,000 as of the closing of the Business Combination and (ii) each of the covenants of the parties to the Sponsor Agreement having been performed as of or prior to the closing of the Pending Business Combination in all material respects, and none of such parties to the Sponsor Agreement having threatened (orally or in writing) that the Sponsor Agreement is not valid, binding and in full force and effect, that Alight is in breach of or default under the Sponsor Agreement or to terminate the Sponsor Agreement. Alight’s and the Company’s obligation to close the Pending Business Combination is also conditioned on the receipt of written consents from the requisite equityholders of Tempo Holdings and the Tempo Blockers approving the Pending Business Combination and adopting the Business Combination Agreement.

We are a recently incorporated company with no operating history and no revenues, and you have no basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective.

We are a recently incorporated company incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware with a limited history of operating results. Because we have a limited operating history, you have a limited basis upon which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective of completing our initial business combination with one or more target businesses. We have a Pending Business Combination and but may be unable to consummate the transaction. If we do not complete our initial business combination, we will never generate any operating revenues.

Past performance by Trasimene Capital and Bilcar Limited Partnership, or their respective affiliatesnatural disasters (including the founder and our management team), including the businesses referred to herein, may not be indicative of future performance of an investment in us or in the future performance of any business that we may acquire.

Information regarding past performance of Trasimene Capital and Bilcar Limited Partnership, their respective affiliates, or our management team is presented for informational purposes only. Any past experience and performance of Trasimene Capital and Bilcar Limited Partnership, their affiliates, our founder, our management team or the other companies referred to herein is not a guarantee either: (1) that we will be able to successfully identify a suitable candidate for our initial business combination or complete such business combination or (2) of any results with respect to any initial business combination we may complete. You should not rely on the historical record of Trasimene Capital and Bilcar Limited Partnership, their affiliates, our founder, our management team’s performance or the performance of the other companies referred to herein as indicative of the future performance of an investment in us or the returns we will, or are likely to, generate going forward. An investment in us is not an investment in Trasimene Capital and Bilcar Limited Partnership or their affiliates nor the other companies referred to in this report.

Your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination may be limited to the exercise of your right to redeem your shares from us for cash.

At the time of your investment in us, you will not be provided with an opportunity to evaluate the specific merits or risks of one or more target businesses. Since our board of directors may complete a business combination without seeking stockholder approval, public stockholders may not have the right or opportunity to vote on the business combination, unless we seek such stockholder vote. Accordingly, your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination may be limited to exercising your redemption rights within the period of time (which will be at least 20 business days) set forth in our tender offer documents mailed to our public stockholders in which we describe our initial business combination.


If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, our initial stockholders, members of our management team, Cannae Holdings and THL FTAC have agreed to vote in favor of such initial business combination, regardless of how our public stockholders vote.

Our initial stockholders will own, on an as-converted basis, 20% of our outstanding shares of our Class A common stock immediately following the completion of the IPO. In addition, Cannae Holdings and THL FTAC have each agreed to purchase Class A common stock in an aggregate share amount equal to 15,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock (or a total of 30,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock), plus an aggregate of 5,000,000 redeemable warrants (or a total of 10,000,000 redeemable warrants) to purchase one share of our Class A common stock at $11.50 per share. Our initial stockholders and members of our management team also may from time to time purchase Class A common stock prior to our initial business combination. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provide that, if we seek stockholder approval of an initial business combination, such initial business combination will be approved if we receive the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares voted at such meeting, including the founder shares. When we submit our initial business combination to our public stockholders for a vote, pursuant to the terms of a letter agreement entered into with us, our sponsors and members of our management team have agreed to vote their founder shares and any shares purchased during or after the IPO, in favor of our initial business combination. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the forward purchase agreements, Cannae Holdings and THL FTAC have each agreed to vote any shares purchased during or after the IPO, in favor of our initial business combination. As a result, in addition to our initial stockholders’ founder shares, we would need 38,812,501, or 37.5%, of the 103,500,000 public shares to be voted in favor of an initial business combination in order to have our initial business combination approved (assuming all issued and outstanding shares are voted and the over-allotment option is not exercised). Accordingly, when we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, the agreement by our initial stockholders, each member of our management team, Cannae Holdings and THL FTAC to vote in favor of our initial business combination will increase the likelihood that we will receive the requisite stockholder approval for such initial business combination.

In evaluating a prospective target business for our initial business combination, our management will rely on the availability of all of the funds from the sale of the forward purchase securities to be used as part of the consideration to the sellers in the initial business combination. If the sale of the forward purchase securities fails to close, we may lack sufficient funds to complete our initial business combination.

We have entered into the forward purchase agreements pursuant to which Cannae Holdings and THL FTAC have each agreed to purchase the forward purchase shares in a private placement to occur concurrently with our initial business combination. The funds from the sale of forward purchase securities may be used as part of the consideration to the sellers in our initial business combination, expenses in connection with our initial business combination or for working capital in the post-transaction company. The obligations under the forward purchase agreements do not depend on whether any public stockholders elect to redeem their shares and provide us with a minimum funding level for the initial business combination. However, if the sale of the forward purchase securities does not close by reason of the failure by either Cannae Holdings or THL FTAC to fund the purchase price for their respective forward purchase securities, for example, we may lack sufficient funds to complete our initial business combination. Additionally, the obligation of Cannae Holdings and THL FTAC to purchase the forward purchase securities are subject to termination prior to the closing of the sale of the forward purchase securities by mutual written consent of the Company and Cannae Holdings or THL FTAC, respectively, or, automatically: (a) if the IPO is not completed on or prior to May 8, 2022, which has occurred; (b) if the initial business combination is not completed within 24 months of the closing of the IPO or such later date as may be approved by the Company’s shareholders; (c) if William P. Foley, II dies; (d) if William P. Foley, II, the sponsors or the Company become subject to any voluntary or involuntary petition under the United States federal bankruptcy laws or any state insolvency law, in each case which is not withdrawn within sixty (60) days after being filed, or a receiver, fiscal agent or similar officer is appointed by a court for business or property of William P. Foley, II, the sponsors or the Company, in each case which is not removed, withdrawn or terminated within sixty (60) days after such appointment; or (e) if William P. Foley, II is convicted in a criminal proceeding for a crime involving fraud or dishonesty. The obligation of Cannae Holdings and THL FTAC, respectively, to purchase the forward purchase securities is subject to fulfillment of customary closing conditions and other conditions as set forth in the forward purchase agreements, including: (a) the initial business combination shall be consummated substantially concurrent with, and immediately following, the purchase of the forward purchase securities; and (b) the Company must have delivered to Cannae Holdings and THL FTAC, respectively, a certificate evidencing the Company’s good standing as a Delaware corporation, as of a date within ten (10) business days of the closing of the sale of the forward purchase shares. In the event of any such failure to fund by either Cannae Holdings or THL FTAC, any obligation is so terminated or any such condition is not satisfied and not waived by Cannae Holdings or THL FTAC, we may not be able to obtain additional funds to account for such shortfall on terms favorable to us or at all. Any such shortfall would also reduce the amount of funds that we have available for working capital of the post-business combination company. While Cannae Holdings and THL FTAC have each represented to us that each has sufficient funds to satisfy its respective obligations under the respective forward purchase agreement, we have not obligated Cannae Holdings or THL FTAC to reserve funds for such obligations.


The ability of our public stockholders to redeem their shares for cash may make our financial condition unattractive to potential business combination targets, which may make it difficult for us to enter into a business combination with a target.

We may seek to enter into a business combination transaction agreement with a prospective target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. If too many public stockholders exercise their redemption rights, we would not be able to meet such closing condition and,those as a result of climate change), catastrophic events, war (including the ongoing conflict between Russia and Ukraine), terrorism or public health conditions. Additionally, substantial changes to trade, inflation rates, interest rates, currency exchange rates, monetary and fiscal policies, political conditions, employment rates (including as a result of an increasingly competitive job market), limitations on a government's spending and/or ability to issue debt, and constriction and volatility in the credit markets, may occur and would not be ableaffect our business. For example, rising interest rates and challenging credit markets may adversely impact our clients’ ability to proceedgrow their business and contract with the business combination. Furthermore,us. Economic downturns in no event will we redeemsome markets may cause reductions in technology and discretionary spending by our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules) or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirementclients, which may be containedresult in reductions in the agreement relating togrowth of new business as well as reductions in existing business. If our initial business combination. Consequently, if accepting all properly submitted redemption requests would causeclients become financially less stable, enter bankruptcy, liquidate their operations or consolidate, our net tangible assets torevenues and/or collectability of receivables could be less than $5,000,001 or such greater amount necessary to satisfy a closing condition as described above, we would not proceed with such redemption andadversely affected. Our contracts also depend upon the related business combination and may instead search for an alternate business combination. Prospective targets will be aware of these risks and, thus, may be reluctant to enter into a business combination transaction with us.

The ability of our public stockholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares may not allow us to complete the most desirable business combinationclients’ employees or optimize our capital structure.

At the time we enter into an agreement for our initial business combination, we will not know how many stockholders may exercise their redemption rights, and therefore will need to structure the transaction based on our expectations as to the number of shares that will be submitted for redemption.participants in our clients’ employee benefit plans. If our business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cashclients become financially less stable, change their staffing models, enter bankruptcy, liquidate their operations or consolidate, that could result in the trust account to pay the purchase price,layoffs or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, we will need to reserve a portion of the cashother reductions in the trust account to meet such requirements, or arrange for third party financing. In addition, if a larger number of shares are submitted for redemption than we initially expected, we may need to restructure the transaction to reserve a greater portion of the cash in the trust account or arrange for additional third party financing. Raising additional third party financing may involve dilutive equity issuances or the incurrence of indebtedness at higher than desirable levels. The above considerations may limit our ability to complete the most desirable business combination available to us or optimize our capital structure. The amount of the deferred underwriting commissions payable to the underwriters will not be adjusted for any shares that are redeemed in connection with an initial business combination. The per-share amount we will distribute to stockholders who properly exercise their redemption rights will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commission and after such redemptions, the amount held in trust will continue to reflect our obligation to pay the entire deferred underwriting commissions.

The ability of our public stockholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares could increase the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful and that you would have to wait for liquidation in order to redeem your shares.

If our initial business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the trust account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful is increased. If our initial business combination is unsuccessful, you would not receive your pro rata portion of the trust account until we liquidate the trust account. If you are in need of immediate liquidity, you could attempt to sell your shares in the open market; however, at such time our shares may trade at a discount to the pro rata amount per share in the trust account. In either situation, you may suffer a material loss on your investment or lose the benefit of funds expected in connection with our redemption until we liquidate or you are able to sell your shares in the open market.

The requirement that we complete an initial business combination within 24 months after the closing of the IPO may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating a business combination and may limit the time we have in which to conduct due diligence on potential business combination targets as we approach our dissolution deadline, which could undermine our ability to complete our initial business combination on terms that would produce value for our stockholders.

Any potential target business with which we enter into negotiations concerning a business combination will be aware that we must complete an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO. Consequently, such target business may obtain leverage over us in negotiating a business combination, knowing that if we do not complete our initial business combination with that particular target business, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination with any target business. This risk will increase as we get closer to the timeframe described above. In addition, we may have limited time to conduct due diligence and may enter into our initial business combination on terms that we would have rejected upon a more comprehensive investigation.


We may not be able to complete an initial business combination within 24 months after the closing of the IPO, in which case we would cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up and we would redeem our public shares and liquidate, in which case our public stockholders may only receive $10.00 per share, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, and our warrants will expire worthless.

Our sponsors, officers and directors have agreed that we must complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO. We may not be able to find a suitable target business and complete an initial business combination within 24 months after the closing of the IPO. Our ability to complete our initial business combination may be negatively impacted by general market conditions, volatility in the capital and debt markets and the other risks described herein. If we have not completed an initial business combination within such applicable time period, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our taxes, if any (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rightsparticipants in our clients’ employee benefit plans. We may also experience decreased demand for our services as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law;a result of postponed or terminated outsourcing of human resource (“HR”) functions. Reduced demand for our services could increase price competition and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.

Legal proceedings in connection with the business combination, the outcomes of which are uncertain, could delay or prevent the completion of the business combination.

In connection with the Business Combination, it is not uncommon for lawsuits to be filed against companies involved and/or their respective directors and officers alleging, among other things, that the proxy statement/prospectus contains false and misleading statements and/or omits material information concerning the Business Combination. Although no such lawsuits have yet been filed in connection with the Business Combination or the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, it is possible that such actions may arise and, if such actions do arise, they generally seek, among other things, injunctive relief and an award of attorneys’ fees and expenses. Defending such lawsuits could require the Company to incur significant costs and draw the attention of the Company’s management team away from the Business Combination. Further, the defense or settlement of any lawsuit or claim that remains unresolved at the time the Business Combination is consummated may adversely affect the combined company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Such legal proceedings could delay or prevent the Business Combination from becoming effective within the agreed upon timeframe.

The recent coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic and the impact on business and debt and equity markets could have a material adverse effect on our search for a business combination,financial condition or results of operations.

We face significant competition and any target business with which we ultimately complete a business combination.

In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus (COVID-19) was reportedour failure to have surfaced in Wuhan, China, which has and is continuing to spread throughout China and other parts of the world, including the United States and Europe. On January 30, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of the coronavirus a “Public Health Emergency of International Concern.” On January 31, 2020, U.S. Health and Human Services Secretary Alex M. Azar II declared a public health emergency for the United States to aid the U.S. healthcare community in responding to the coronavirus, and on March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization characterized the outbreak as a “pandemic.” A significant outbreak of the coronavirus has resulted in a widespread health crisis that adversely affected the economies and financial markets worldwide, business operations and the conduct of commerce generally andcompete successfully could have a material adverse effect on the financial condition and results of operations of our business.

Our competitors may have greater resources, larger client bases, greater name recognition, stronger presence in certain geographies and more established relationships with their clients and suppliers than we have. In addition, new competitors, alliances among competitors or mergers of competitors could result in our competitors gaining significant market share and some of our competitors may have or may develop a lower cost structure, adopt more aggressive pricing policies or provide services that gain greater market acceptance than the services that we offer or develop. Large and well-capitalized competitors may be able to respond to the need for technological changes (including the implementation of AI and ML) and innovate faster, or price their services more aggressively. They may also compete for skilled professionals, finance acquisitions, fund internal growth and compete for market share more effectively than we do. If we are unable to compete successfully, we could lose market share and clients to competitors, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations. To respond to increased competition and pricing pressure, we may have to lower the cost of our solutions or decrease the level of service provided to clients, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

We rely on complex information technology systems and networks to operate our business. Any significant system or network disruption could expose us to legal liability, impair our reputation or have a negative impact on our operations, sales and operating results and could expose us to litigation and negatively impact our relationships with clients.

We rely on the efficient, uninterrupted and secure operation of complex information technology systems, and networks and data centers, some of which are within our business and some of which are outsourced to third-party providers, including cloud

8


infrastructure service providers such as Amazon Web Services (AWS) and Microsoft Azure Cloud. We do not have control over the operations of such third parties. We also may decide to employ additional offsite data centers in the future to accommodate growth. Problems faced by our data center locations, with the telecommunications network providers with whom we or they contract, or with the systems by which our telecommunications providers allocate capacity among their clients, including us, could adversely affect the availability and processing of our solutions and related services and the experience of our clients. If our data centers are unable to keep up with our growing needs for capacity, this could have an adverse effect on our business and cause us to incur additional expense. In addition, any financial difficulties faced by our third-party data center’s operator or any of the service providers with whom we or they contract may have negative effects on our business, the nature and extent of which are difficult to predict. These facilities are vulnerable to damage or interruption from catastrophic events, such as earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, fires, cyber security attacks (including "ransomware" and phishing attacks), terrorist attacks, power losses, telecommunications failures and similar events. The risk of cyber-attacks could be exacerbated by geopolitical tensions, including the ongoing Russia-Ukraine conflict, or other hostile actions taken by nation-states and terrorist organizations. While we have adopted, and continue to enhance, business continuity and disaster recovery plans and strategies, there is no guarantee that such plans and strategies will be effective, which could interrupt the functionality of our information technology systems or those of third parties. The occurrence of a natural disaster (or other extreme weather as a result of climate change or otherwise) or an act of terrorism, a decision to close the facilities without adequate notice, or other unanticipated problems could result in lengthy interruptions in our services and solutions. The facilities also could be subject to break-ins, computer viruses, sabotage, intentional acts of vandalism and other misconduct. Any errors, failures, interruptions or delays experienced in connection with these third-party technologies and information services, or our own systems could negatively impact our relationships with clients and adversely affect our business and could expose us to third-party liabilities. Any errors, defects, disruptions or other performance problems with our information technology systems including any changes in service levels at our third-party data center could adversely affect our reputation and may damage our clients’ stored files or result in lengthy interruptions in our services. Interruptions in our services might reduce our revenues, subject us to potential liability or other expenses or adversely affect our renewal rates.

In relation to our third-party data centers, while we may own, control and have access to our servers and all of the components of our network that are located in these centers, we do not control the operation of these facilities. The operators of our third-party data center facilities have no obligation to renew their agreements with us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we are unable to renew these agreements on commercially reasonable terms, or if the data center operators are acquired, we may be required to transfer our servers and other infrastructure to new data center facilities, and we may incur costs and experience service interruption in doing so.

Improper access to, misappropriation, destruction or disclosure of confidential, personal or proprietary data as a result of employee or vendor malfeasance or cyber-attacks could result in financial loss, regulatory scrutiny, legal liability or harm to our reputation.

One of our significant responsibilities is to maintain the security, including cybersecurity, and privacy of our employees’ and clients’ confidential and proprietary information and the confidential information about clients’ employees’ health, financial and wellbeing information and other personally identifiable information. However, all information technology systems are potentially vulnerable to damage or interruption from a variety of sources, including but not limited to cyber-attacks, computer viruses, malware, hacking, fraudulent use attempts, “ransomware” and phishing attacks and security breaches. Our systems are also subject to compromise from internal threats such as improper action by employees, vendors and other third parties with otherwise legitimate access to our systems. Despite our efforts, from time-to-time, we experience attacks and other cyber-threats to our systems and networks and have from time-to-time experienced cyber security incidents such as computer viruses, unauthorized parties gaining access to our information technology systems and similar matters, which to date have not had a material impact on our business. These attacks can seek to exploit, among other things, known or unknown vulnerabilities in technology included in our information systems or those of third-party providers. Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access are constantly changing and becoming increasingly more sophisticated and often are not recognized until launched against a target, business with which we complete a business combination. Furthermore, weor our third-party providers may be unable to completeanticipate these techniques or implement sufficient preventative measures. If we are unable to efficiently manage the vulnerability of our systems and effectively maintain and upgrade our system safeguards, we may incur unexpected costs and certain of our systems may become more vulnerable to unauthorized access. For example, there has been a stark increase in new financial fraud schemes akin to ransomware attacks on large companies whereby a cybercriminal installs a type of malicious software, or malware, that prevents a user or enterprise from accessing computer files, systems, or networks and demands payment of a ransom for their return. Cyber criminals may also attempt to fraudulently induce employees, clients or other users of our systems to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to our data or that of our clients or users. In addition, while we have certain standards for all vendors that provide us services, our vendors, and in turn, their own service providers, have experienced and in the future may continue to become subject to the same types of security breaches. In the future, these types of incidents could result in intellectual property or other confidential information being lost or stolen, including client, employee or business combination if continueddata. In addition, we may not be able to detect breaches in our information technology systems or assess the severity or impact of a breach in a timely manner.

9


We have implemented various measures to manage our risks related to system and network security and disruptions, but an actual or perceived security breach, a failure to make adequate disclosures to the public or law enforcement agencies following any such event or a significant and extended disruption in the functioning of our information technology systems could damage our reputation and cause us to lose clients, adversely impact our operations, sales and operating results and require us to incur significant expense to address and remediate or otherwise resolve such issues.

We maintain policies, procedures and technological safeguards designed to protect the security and privacy of this information. These include, for example, the appropriate encryption of information, the use of anti-virus, anti-malware and other protections. Nonetheless, we cannot eliminate the risk of human error or inadequate safeguards against employee or vendor malfeasance or cyber-attacks that could result in improper access to, misappropriation, destruction or disclosure of confidential, personal or proprietary information and we may not become aware in a timely manner of any such security breach. Such unauthorized access, misappropriation, destruction or disclosure could result in the loss of revenue, reputational damage, indemnity obligations, damages for contract breach, civil and criminal penalties for violation of applicable laws, regulations or contractual obligations, and significant costs, fees and other monetary payments for remediation. Furthermore, our clients may not be receptive to services delivered through our information technology systems and networks following an actual or perceived security breach due to concerns regarding transaction security, user privacy, the reliability and quality of internet service and other reasons. The release of confidential information as a result of a security breach could also lead to litigation or other proceedings against us by affected individuals or business partners, or by regulators, and the outcome of such proceedings, which could include penalties or fines, could have a significant negative impact on our business. Additionally, in order to maintain the level of security, service and reliability that our clients require, we may be required to make significant additional investments in our methods of delivering services.

In many jurisdictions, including North America and the European Union, we are subject to laws and regulations relating to the coronavirus restrict travel, limitcollection, use, retention, security and transfer of information including the abilityHealth Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended (“HIPAA”) and the HIPAA regulations governing, among other things, the privacy, security and electronic transmission of individually identifiable protected health information, the Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act (“PIPEDA”) and the European Union General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”). California also enacted legislation, the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018 (“CCPA”) and the related California Privacy Rights Act (“CPRA”), that afford California residents expanded privacy protections and a private right of action for security breaches affecting their personal information. Virginia and Colorado have similarly enacted comprehensive privacy laws, the Consumer Data Protection Act and Colorado Privacy Act, respectively, both laws of which emulate the CCPA and CPRA in many respects. We anticipate federal and state regulators to continue to consider and enact regulatory oversight initiatives and legislation related to privacy and cybersecurity. These and other similar laws and regulations are frequently changing and are becoming increasingly complex and sometimes conflict among the various jurisdictions and countries in which we provide services both in terms of substance and in terms of enforceability. This makes compliance challenging and expensive. Our failure to adhere to or successfully implement processes in response to changing regulatory requirements in this area could result in legal liability or impairment to our reputation in the marketplace. Further, regulatory initiatives in the area of data protection are more frequently including provisions allowing authorities to impose substantial fines and penalties, and therefore, failure to comply could also have meetingsa significant financial impact.

Our business or stock price could be negatively affected as a result of actions of activist stockholders.

Our Board of Directors and management value constructive input from our stockholders and are committed to acting in the best interests of all our stockholders. However, we may be subject to actions or proposals from stockholders or others that may not align with potential investorsthe Company’s business strategies or the target company’s personnel, vendorsinterests of our other stockholders.

The Company recently received a notice from Starboard Value and services providers are unavailableOpportunity Master Fund Ltd. (“Starboard”) of its intention to negotiatenominate director candidates for election to our Board of Directors at the Company’s 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Responding to these actions by Starboard and complete a transactionpotential actions by other activist stockholders could be costly and time-consuming, disrupt the Company's operations and divert the attention of our Board of Directors, management and employees. In addition, activist stockholder initiatives could result in a timely manner. The extentperceived uncertainties as to the Company’s future direction, strategy or leadership, which may result in the coronavirus impacts our search for aloss of potential business combination andopportunities, harm our ability to execute a transaction will dependattract new investors, customers, employees and other strategic partners and cause our stock price to experience periods of volatility.

Changes in regulation, including changes in regulations related to health and welfare plans, healthcare navigation, fiduciary rules, retirement plan and pension reform, payroll and data privacy and data usage, their application and interpretation could have an adverse effect on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new information which may emerge concerningour business.

In addition to the severitycomplexity of the coronavirus pandemiclaws and regulations themselves, the development of new laws and regulations, changes in application or interpretation of laws and regulations and our continued operational changes and development into new jurisdictions and new service offerings also increases our legal and regulatory compliance complexity as well as the type of governmental oversight to which we may be subject. These changes in laws and regulations could mandate significant and costly changes to the way we implement our services and solutions or could impose additional licensure requirements or costs to our operations and services, or

10


limit our ability to mitigate risk. Furthermore, as we enter new jurisdictions or lines of businesses and other developments in our services, we may become subject to additional types of laws and policies and governmental oversight and supervision. In all jurisdictions, the applicable laws and regulations are subject to amendment or interpretation by regulatory authorities. In addition, new regulatory or industry developments could create an increase in competition that could adversely affect us. These potential developments include:

changes in regulations relating to health and welfare plans including potential challenges or changes to the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, expansion of government-sponsored coverage through Medicare or the creation of a single payer system;
changes in regulations relating to defined contribution and defined benefit plans, including retirement plan and pension reform that could decrease the attractiveness of certain of our retirement products and services to retirement plan sponsors and administrators or have an unfavorable effect on our ability to earn revenues from these products and services;
changes in regulations relating to payroll processing and payments or withholding taxes or other required deductions;
additional requirements respecting data privacy and data usage in jurisdictions in which we operate that may increase our costs of compliance and potentially reduce the manner in which data can be used by us to develop or further our product offerings;
changes in regulations relating to fiduciary rules;
changes in federal or state regulations relating to marketing and sale of Medicare plans, Medicare Advantage and Medicare Part D prescription drug plans;
changes to regulations of producers, brokers, agents or third-party administrators such as the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2021, that may alter operational costs, the manner in which we market or are compensated for certain services or other aspects of our business; and
additional regulations or revisions to existing regulations promulgated by other regulatory bodies in jurisdictions in which we operate.

For example, there have been, and likely will continue to be, legislative and regulatory proposals at the federal and state levels directed at addressing the availability of healthcare and containing or lowering the cost of healthcare. Although we cannot predict the ultimate content or timing of any healthcare reform legislation, potential changes resulting from any amendment, repeal or replacement of these programs, including any reduction in the future availability of healthcare insurance benefits, could adversely affect our business and future results of operations. Further, the federal government from time to time considers retirement plan and pension reform legislation, which could negatively impact our sales of defined benefit or defined contribution plan products and services and cause sponsors to discontinue existing plans for which we provide administrative or other services. Certain tax-favored savings initiatives that have been proposed could hinder sales and persistency of our products and services that support employment-based retirement plans.

Our services are also the subject of ever-evolving government regulation, either because the services provided to or business conducted by our clients are regulated directly or because third parties upon whom we rely to provide services to our clients are regulated, thereby indirectly impacting the manner in which we provide services to those clients. Changes in laws, government regulations or the way those regulations are interpreted in the jurisdictions in which we operate could affect the viability, value, use or delivery of benefits and HR programs, including changes in regulations relating to health and welfare plans (such as medical), defined contribution plans (such as 401(k)), defined benefit plans (such as retirement plans or pensions) or payroll delivery, may adversely affect the demand for, or profitability of, our services.

In addition, as we, and the actionsthird parties upon whom we rely, implement and expand direct-to-consumer sales and marketing solutions, we are subject to containvarious federal and state laws and regulations that prescribe when and how we may market to consumers (including, without limitation, the coronavirus or treat its impact, among others. IfTelephone Consumer Protection Act (the “TCPA”) and other telemarketing laws and the disruptions posedMedicare Communications and Marketing Guidelines issued by the coronavirus Center for Medicare Services of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Service). The TCPA provides for private rights of action and potential statutory damages for each violation and additional penalties for each willful violation. We have in the past and may in the future become subject to claims that we have violated the TCPA and/or other matters of global concern continuetelemarketing laws. Changes to these laws could negatively affect our ability to market directly to consumers or increase our costs or liabilities.

11


Our business performance and growth plans could be negatively affected if we are not able to effectively apply technology in driving value for an extensive period of time,our clients or gaining internal efficiencies. Conversely, investments in innovative product offerings may fail to yield sufficient return to cover their costs.

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to develop and implement new or revised solutions that anticipate and keep pace with rapid and continuing changes in technology, industry standards and client preferences. We may not be successful in anticipating or responding to these developments on a timely and cost-effective basis, and our ideas may not be accepted in the marketplace. Additionally, the effort to gain technological expertise and develop new technologies requires us to incur significant expenses.

If we cannot offer new technologies as quickly as our competitors or if our competitors develop more cost-effective technologies, it could have a material adverse effect on our ability to obtain and complete client engagements. Innovations in software, cloud computing or other technologies that alter how our services are delivered could significantly undermine our investments in our business if we are slow or unable to take advantage of these developments or experience any unanticipated consequences from the deployment of such technologies.

We are continually developing and investing in innovative and novel service offerings, including a recent transition to a business combination, or the operations ofprocess as a target business withservice (“BPaaS”) offering, which we ultimately completebelieve will address needs that we identify in the markets. In some cases, our BPaaS offerings may require new or unique pricing structures, which may include performance guarantees or fees at risk that differ significantly from our historical practices. These initiatives carry the risks associated with any new solution development effort, including cost overruns, delays in delivery and implementation and performance issues. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in developing, marketing and selling new solutions or enhancements that meet these changing demands, that we will not experience difficulties that could delay or prevent the successful development, implementation, introduction and marketing of these solutions or enhancements, or that our new solutions and enhancements will adequately meet the demands for the marketplace and achieve market acceptance. Any of these developments could have an adverse impact on our future revenue and/or business prospects. Nevertheless, for those efforts to produce meaningful value, we are reliant on a number of other factors, some of which are outside of our control, to deem them suitable, and whether those parties will find them suitable will be subject to their own particular circumstances.

Issues relating to the use of new and evolving technologies, such as Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning, in our offerings may result in reputational harm and liability.

A quickly evolving social, legal and regulatory environment may cause us to incur increased operational and compliance costs, including increased research and development costs, or divert resources from other development efforts, to address potential issues related to usage of AI and ML. We are increasingly building AI and ML into many of our offerings. As with many cutting-edge innovations, AI and ML present new risks and challenges, and existing laws and regulations may apply to us in new ways, the nature and extent of which are difficult to predict. The risks and challenges presented by AI and ML could undermine public confidence in AI and ML, which could slow its adoption and affect our business. We incorporate AI and ML into our offerings for use cases that could potentially impact civil, privacy, or employment benefit rights. Failure to adequately address issues that may arise with such use cases could negatively affect the adoption of our solutions and subject us to reputational harm, regulatory action, or legal liability, which may harm our financial condition and operating results. Potential government regulation related to AI, including relating to ethics and social responsibility, may also increase the burden and cost of compliance and research and development. Employees, clients, or clients’ employees who are dissatisfied with our public statements, policies, practices, or solutions related to the development and use of AI and ML may express opinions that could introduce reputational or business combination.harm, or legal liability.

We are subject to professional liability claims against us as well as other contingencies and legal proceedings relating to our delivery of services, some of which, if determined unfavorably to us, could have an adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

We assist our clients with outsourcing various HR functions. Third parties may allege that we are liable for damages arising from these services in professional liability claims against us. Such claims could include, for example, the failure of our employees or sub-agents, whether negligently or intentionally, to correctly execute transactions. It is not always possible to prevent and detect errors and omissions, and the precautions we take may not be effective in all cases. In addition, we are or may be subject to other types of claims, litigation and other proceedings in the ordinary course of business. Claimants may seek damages, including punitive damages, in amounts that could, if awarded, have a material adverse impact on our financial position, earnings and cash flows. In addition to potential liability for monetary damages, such claims or outcomes could harm our reputation or divert management resources away from operating our business. While we maintain insurance to cover various aspects of professional liability and other claims, such coverage may not be adequate or applicable for certain claims or in the event of an adverse outcome related to such claims. In such circumstances, we would be responsible for payment of amounts that are not covered by insurance and that could have a material adverse impact on our business. In some cases, due to other business considerations, we may elect to pay or settle professional liability or other claims even where we may not be contractually or legally obligated to do so.

12


Accruals for exposures, and related insurance receivables, when applicable to us, have been provided to the extent that losses are deemed probable and are reasonably estimable. These accruals and receivables are adjusted from time to time as developments warrant and may also be adversely affected by disputes we may have with our insurers over coverage. Amounts related to our settlement provisions are recorded in other general expenses in our statements of income.

The ultimate outcome of these claims, lawsuits and other proceedings cannot be ascertained, and liabilities in indeterminate amounts may be imposed on us. It is possible that our future results of operations or cash flows for any particular quarterly or annual period could be materially affected by an unfavorable disposition of these matters.

We may become involved in claims, litigation or other proceedings that could harm the value of our business.

We are subject to, and may become a party to, various claims, lawsuits or other proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of our business. Our business is subject to the risk of litigation or other proceedings involving current and former employees, clients, partners, suppliers, shareholders or others. For example, participants in our clients’ benefit plans could claim that we did not adequately protect their data or secure access to their accounts. Regardless of the merits of the claims, the cost to defend these claims may be significant, and such matters can be time-consuming and divert management’s attention and resources. The outcomes of such matters in the ordinary course of our business are inherently uncertain, and adverse judgments or settlements could have a material adverse impact on our financial position or results of operations. In addition, we may become subject to future lawsuits, claims, audits and investigations, or suits, any of which could result in substantial costs and divert our attention and resources. Any claims or litigation, even if fully indemnified or insured, could damage our reputation and make it more difficult to compete effectively or to obtain adequate insurance in the future.

Our failure to protect our intellectual property rights, or allegations that we have infringed on the intellectual property rights of others, could harm our reputation, ability to compete effectively and financial condition.

To protect our intellectual property rights, we rely on a combination of trademark laws, copyright laws, patent laws, trade secret protection, confidentiality agreements and other contractual arrangements with our affiliates, employees, clients, strategic partners and others. However, the protective steps that we take may be inadequate to deter misappropriation of our proprietary information and technology. In addition, we may be unable to detect the unauthorized use of, or take appropriate steps to enforce, our intellectual property rights. Further, effective trademark, copyright, patent and trade secret protection may not be available in every country in which we offer our services or competitors may develop products similar to our products that do not conflict with our related intellectual property rights. Failure to protect our intellectual property adequately could harm our reputation and affect our ability to compete effectively.

In addition, to protect or enforce our intellectual property rights, we may initiate litigation against third parties, such as infringement suits or interference proceedings. Third parties may assert intellectual property rights claims against us, which may be costly to defend, could require the payment of damages and could limit our ability to use or offer certain technologies, products or other intellectual property. Any intellectual property claims, with or without merit, could be expensive, take significant time and divert management’s attention from other business concerns. Successful challenges against us could require us to modify or discontinue our use of technology or business processes where such use is found to infringe or violate the rights of others, or require us to purchase licenses from third parties (which may not be available on terms acceptable to us, or at all), any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We might not be successful at acquiring, investing in or integrating businesses, entering into joint ventures or divesting businesses.

We may not successfully identify additional suitable investment opportunities. We expect to continue pursuing strategic and targeted acquisitions, investments and joint ventures to enhance or add to our skills and capabilities or offerings of services and solutions, or to enable us to expand in certain geographic and other markets. For example, on February 21, 2024, we announced that we are working on a strategic portfolio review with the assistance of outside financial advisors. There can be no assurance that such review will result in any transactions or arrangements, and even if we do consummate a transaction or arrangement, there is no guarantee that such development will be accretive to our financial condition or results of operations. For more information on recent acquisitions, see Note 4, "Acquisitions" within the Consolidated Financial Statements and for more information regarding the strategic portfolio review, see “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in Part II, Item 7 of this Annual Report.

Furthermore, we face risks in successfully integrating any businesses we have acquired, might acquire, or that we have created or may create through a joint venture or similar arrangement. Ongoing business may be disrupted, and our management’s attention may be diverted by acquisition, investment, transition or integration activities. In addition, we might need to dedicate additional management and other resources, and our organizational structure could make it difficult for us to efficiently integrate acquired businesses into our ongoing operations and assimilate and retain employees of those businesses into our culture and operations. The potential loss of key executives, employees, clients, suppliers and other business partners of businesses we acquire may adversely impact the value of the assets, operations or businesses. Furthermore, acquisitions or joint ventures may result in significant costs and

13


expenses, including those related to retention payments, equity compensation, severance pay, early retirement costs, intangible asset amortization and asset impairment charges, assumed litigation and other liabilities, and legal, accounting and financial advisory fees, which could negatively affect our profitability. We may have difficulties as a result of entering into new markets where we have limited or no direct prior experience or where competitors may have stronger market positions.

We might fail to realize the expected benefits or strategic objectives of any acquisition, investment or joint venture we undertake. We might not achieve our expected return on investment or may lose money. We may be adversely impacted by liabilities that we assume from a company we acquire or in which we invest, including from that company’s known and unknown obligations, intellectual property or other assets, terminated employees, current or former clients or other third parties. In addition, we may fail to identify or adequately assess the magnitude of certain liabilities, shortcomings or other circumstances prior to acquiring, investing in or partnering with a company, including potential exposure to regulatory scrutiny and sanctions or liabilities resulting from an acquisition target’s previous activities, internal controls and security environment. If any of these circumstances occurs, they could result in unexpected legal or regulatory exposure, unfavorable accounting treatment, unexpected increases in taxes or other adverse effects on our business. Litigation, indemnification claims and other unforeseen claims and liabilities may arise from the acquisition or operation of acquired businesses. If we are unable to complete the number and kind of investments for which we plan, or if we are inefficient or unsuccessful at integrating any acquired businesses into our operations, we may not be able to achieve our planned rates of growth or improve our market share, profitability or competitive position in specific markets or services.

In the future, we may also issue our securities in connection with corporate activity, such as investments or acquisitions. The amount of shares of our Class A Common Stock issued in connection with an investment or acquisition could constitute a material portion of our then outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock. The market price of our Class A Common Stock could drop significantly if we or if other significant stockholders sell shares or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them.

We periodically evaluate, and have engaged in, the disposition of assets and businesses. Divestitures could involve difficulties in the separation of operations, services, products and personnel, the diversion of management’s attention, the disruption of our business and the potential loss of key employees. After reaching an agreement with a buyer for the disposition of a business, the transaction may be subject to the satisfaction of pre-closing conditions, including obtaining necessary regulatory and government approvals, which, if not satisfied or obtained, may prevent us from completing the transaction. Divestitures may also involve continued financial involvement in or liability with respect to the divested assets and businesses, such as indemnities or other financial obligations, in which the performance of the divested assets or businesses could impact our results of operations. Any divestiture we undertake could adversely affect our results of operations.

Our growth depends in part on the success of our strategic partnerships with third parties.

We enter into strategic partnerships with third parties to enhance and extend the capabilities of our solutions in the ordinary course of our business. In order to continue to grow our business and enhance and extend our capabilities, we anticipate that we will continue to depend on the continuation and expansion of our strategic partnerships with third parties. Identifying partners, and negotiating and documenting relationships with them, requires significant time and resources.

If we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining our relationships with third parties, if we fail to comply with material terms (such as maintaining any required certifications) or if our strategic partners fail to perform as expected, our ability to compete in the marketplace or to grow our revenues could be impaired, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Even if we are successful, we cannot assure you that these relationships will result in increased client usage of our solutions or increased revenues.

Our business is dependent on continued interest in outsourcing.

Our business and growth depend in large part on continued interest in outsourced services. Outsourcing means that an entity contracts with a third party, such as us, to provide services rather than perform such services in-house. There can be no assurance that this interest will continue, as organizations may elect to perform such services themselves and/or the business process outsourcing industry could move to an as-a-service model, thereby eliminating traditional outsourcing tasks. A significant change in this interest in outsourcing could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Our success depends on our ability to raise equityretain and debt financingattract experienced and qualified personnel, including our senior management team and other professional personnel.

We depend upon the members of our senior management team who possess extensive knowledge and a deep understanding of our business and our strategy. The unexpected loss of any of our senior management team could have a disruptive effect adversely impacting our ability to manage our business effectively and execute our business strategy. Competition for experienced professional personnel is intense, particularly for technology professionals in the areas in which we operate, and we are constantly working to retain and attract these professionals. If we cannot successfully do so, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected. We must develop our personnel to provide succession plans capable of maintaining continuity in the midst of the

14


inevitable unpredictability of personnel retention. While we have plans for key management succession and long-term compensation plans designed to retain the senior employees, and continue to review and update those plans, if our succession plans do not operate effectively, particularly in an increasingly competitive job market, our business could be adversely affected.

Our inability to successfully recover should we experience a catastrophic event, disaster or other business continuity problem could cause material financial loss, loss of human capital, regulatory actions, reputational harm or legal liability.

Our operations are dependent upon our ability to protect our personnel, offices and technology infrastructure against damage from business continuity events that could have a significant disruptive effect on our operations. Should we or a key vendor or other third party experience a local or regional disaster or other business continuity problem, such as an earthquake, fire, flood, hurricane, or other weather event, terrorist attack, pandemic, security breach, power loss, telecommunications failure, software or hardware malfunctions or other natural or man-made disaster, our continued success will depend, in part, on the availability of our personnel, office facilities and the coronavirus pandemicproper functioning of existing, new or upgraded computer systems, telecommunications and other related systems and operations. In events like these, while our operational size, the multiple locations from which we operate and our existing back-up systems provide us with some degree of flexibility, we still can experience near-term operational challenges with regard to particular areas of our operations. We could potentially lose access to key executives and personnel, client data or experience material adverse interruptions to our operations or delivery of services to our clients in a disaster recovery scenario.

We regularly assess and take steps to improve upon our existing business continuity plans and key management succession. However, a disaster on a significant scale or affecting certain of our key operating areas within or across regions, or our inability to successfully recover should we experience a disaster or other business continuity problem, could materially interrupt our business operations and cause material financial loss, loss of human capital, regulatory actions, reputational harm, damaged client relationships or legal liability.

If our clients are not satisfied with our services, we may face additional cost, loss of profit opportunities and damage to our reputation or legal liability.

We depend, to a large extent, on our relationships with our clients and our reputation to understand our clients’ needs and deliver solutions and services that are tailored to satisfy those needs. If a client is not satisfied with our services, it may be damaging to our business and could cause us to incur additional costs and impair profitability. Many of our clients are businesses that band together in industry groups and/or trade associations and actively share information among themselves about the quality of service they receive from their vendors. Accordingly, poor service to one client may negatively impact our relationships with multiple other clients. Moreover, if we fail to meet our contractual obligations, we could be subject to legal liability or loss of client relationships.

Damage to our reputation could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our reputation is a key asset of our business. Our ability to raise adequate financing.

If we seek stockholder approvalattract and retain clients is highly dependent upon the external perceptions of our initiallevel of service, trustworthiness, business combination,practices, financial condition and other subjective qualities. Negative perceptions or publicity regarding these matters could erode trust and confidence and damage our initial stockholders, directors, executive officers, advisorsreputation among existing and their affiliates may electpotential clients, which could make it difficult for us to purchase sharesattract new clients and maintain existing ones as mentioned above. Negative public opinion could also result from actual or public warrantsalleged conduct by us or those currently or formerly associated with us in any number of activities or circumstances, including operations, regulatory compliance, and the use and protection of data and systems, satisfaction of client expectations, and from public stockholders, which may influence a vote on a proposed business combination and reduceactions taken by regulators or others in response to such conduct. This damage to our reputation could further affect the public “float”confidence of our Class A common stock.clients, rating agencies, regulators, stockholders and the other parties in a wide range of transactions that are important to our business having a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

We depend on licenses of third-party software to provide our services. The inability to maintain these licenses or errors in the software we license could result in increased costs, or reduced service levels, which would adversely affect our business.

IfOur applications incorporate certain third-party software obtained under licenses from other companies. We anticipate that we seek stockholder approvalwill continue to rely on such third-party software and development tools from third parties in the future. Although we believe that there are commercially reasonable alternatives to the third-party software we currently license, this may not always be the case, or it may be difficult or costly to replace. In addition, integration of the software used in our applications with new third-party software may require significant work and require substantial investment of our initialtime and resources. To the extent that our applications depend upon the successful operation of third-party software in conjunction with our software, any undetected errors or defects in this third-party software could prevent the deployment or impair the functionality of our own applications, delay new application introductions, result in a failure of our applications and injure our reputation. Our use of additional or alternative third-party software would require us to enter into license agreements with third parties.

15


We rely on third parties to perform key functions of our business combinationoperations and to provide services to our clients. These third parties may act in ways that could harm our business.

As we continue to focus on reducing the expense necessary to support our operations, we have increasingly used outsourcing strategies for a significant portion of our information technology and business functions. We rely on third parties, and in some cases subcontractors, to provide services, data and information such as technology, information security, funds transfers, data processing, and administration and support functions that are critical to the operations of our business. We expect to continue to assess and potentially expand such relationships in the future. As we do not conduct redemptionsfully control the actions of these third parties, we are subject to the risk that their decisions may adversely impact us and replacing these service providers could create significant delay and expense. A failure by the third parties to comply with service level agreements or regulatory or legal requirements, in a high quality and timely manner, particularly during periods of our peak demand for their services, could result in economic and reputational harm to us. In addition, these third parties face their own technology, operating, business and economic risks, and any significant failures by them, including the improper use or disclosure of our confidential client, employee, or business information, could cause harm to our reputation. An interruption in or the cessation of service by any service provider as a result of systems failures, capacity constraints, financial difficulties or for any other reason could disrupt our operations, impact our ability to offer certain products and services, and result in contractual or regulatory penalties, liability claims from clients and/or employees, damage to our reputation and harm to our business.

Our business is exposed to risks associated with the handling of client funds.

Our business handles payroll processing, retirement and health plan administration and related services for certain clients. Consequently, at any given time, we may be holding or directing funds of our clients and their employees, while payroll or benefit plan payments are processed. This function creates a risk of loss arising from, among other things, fraud by employees or third parties, execution of unauthorized transactions or errors relating to transaction processing. A single significant incident of fraud could result in financial and reputational damage to us, which could reduce the use and acceptance of our products and services or cause our clients and/or partners to cease doing business with us. We are also potentially at risk in the event the financial institution in which these funds are held suffers any kind of insolvency or liquidity event or fails, for any reason, to deliver their services in a timely manner. The occurrence of any of these types of events in connection with this function could cause us financial loss and reputational harm.

We are subject to extensive governmental regulation, which could reduce our initialprofitability, limit our growth, or increase competition.

Our business combination pursuantis subject to extensive legal and regulatory oversight throughout the tender offer rules, our initial stockholders, directors, executive officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase shares or public warrants in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completionworld including a variety of our initial business combination, where otherwise permissible under applicable laws, rules, and regulations although theyaddressing, among other things, licensing, data privacy and protection, wage and hour standards, employment and labor relations, occupational health and safety, environmental matters, anti-competition, anti-corruption, language requirements, economic sanctions, currency, reserves and government contracting. This legal and regulatory oversight could reduce our profitability or limit our growth by increasing the costs of legal and regulatory compliance; by limiting or restricting the products or services we sell, the markets we enter, the methods by which we sell our services, the prices we can charge for our services, and the form of compensation we can accept from our clients and third parties; or by subjecting our business to the possibility of legal and regulatory actions or proceedings. For example, when federal, local, state or foreign minimum wage rates increase, we may have to increase the wages of both minimum wage employees and employees whose wages are under no obligationabove the minimum wage. We may also face increased operating costs resulting from changes in federal, state or local laws and regulations relating to do so. However, other than as expressly stated herein, they have no current commitments, plans or intentionsemployment matters, including those relating to engage in such transactionsthe classification of employees, employee eligibility for overtime and have not formulated any terms or conditionssecure scheduling requirements, which often incorporate a premium pay mandate for any such transactions. None of the funds in the trust account will be used to purchase shares or public warrants in such transactions.scheduling deviations.

Such a purchase may include a contractual acknowledgment that such stockholder, although still the record holderThe global nature of our shares is no longeroperations increases the beneficial owner thereofcomplexity and therefore agrees notcost of compliance with laws and regulations, including training and employee expenses, adding to exercise its redemption rights. In the event that our initial stockholders, directors, executive officers, advisors or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public stockholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling stockholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. The purposecost of any such purchases of shares could be to vote such shares in favor of the business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining stockholder approval of the business combination or to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our initial business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. The purpose of any such purchases of public warrants could be to reduce the number of public warrants outstanding or to vote such warrants on any matters submitted to the warrant holders for approval in connection with our initial business combination. Any such purchases of our securities may result in the completion of our initial business combination that may not otherwise have been possible. Any such purchases will be reported pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent such purchasers are subject to such reporting requirements.


doing business. In addition, if such purchases are made,many of these laws and regulations may have differing or conflicting legal standards across jurisdictions, increasing further the public “float”complexity and cost of our Class A common stock or public warrantscompliance. In emerging markets and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, possibly making it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

If a stockholder fails to receive notice of our offer to redeem our public shares in connectionother jurisdictions with our initial business combination, or fails to comply with the procedures for tendering its shares, such sharesless developed legal systems, local laws and regulations may not be redeemed.established with sufficiently clear and reliable guidance to provide us adequate assurance that we are operating our business in a compliant manner with all required licenses or that our rights are otherwise protected.

We will comply withIn addition, certain laws and regulations, such as the proxy rules or tender offer rules, as applicable, when conducting redemptionsForeign Corrupt Practices Act in connection withthe United States and similar laws in other jurisdictions in which we operate, could impact our initial business combination. Despite our compliance with these rules, if a stockholder fails to receive our proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, such stockholder may not become awareoperations outside of the opportunity to redeem its shares. In addition,legislating country by imposing requirements for the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, that we will furnish to holdersconduct of our public sharesoverseas operations, and in connection with our initial business combination will describe the various procedures that must be complied with in order to validly redeem or tender public shares. For example, we may require our public stockholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether theya number of cases, requiring compliance by foreign subsidiaries. We are record holders or hold their shares in “street name,” to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent prior to the date set forth in the tender offer documents or proxy materials mailed to such holders, or up to two business days prior to the vote on the proposal to approve the business combination in the event we distribute proxy materials, or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically. In the event that a stockholder fails to comply with these or any other procedures, its shares may not be redeemed.

You will not have any rights or interests in funds from the trust account, except under certain limited circumstances. Therefore, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

Our public stockholders will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account only upon the earlier to occur of: (i) our completion of an initial business combination, and then only in connection with those shares of our Class A common stock that such stockholder properly elected to redeem,also subject to economic and trade sanctions programs, including those administered by the limitations described herein, (ii) the redemptionU.S. Treasury Department’s Office of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a stockholder vote to amend our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO or (B) with respect to any other provisions relating to the rights of our Class A common stock, and (iii) the redemption of our public shares if we have not completed an initial business within 24 months from the closing of the IPO, subject to applicable law and as further described herein. Public stockholders who redeem their Class A common stock in connection with a stockholder vote described in clause (ii) in the preceding sentence shall not be entitled to funds from the trust account upon the subsequent completion of an initial business combination or liquidation if we have not completed an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO, with respect to such Class A common stock so redeemed. In addition, if we do not complete an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO for any reason, compliance with Delaware law may require that we submit a plan of dissolution to our then-existing stockholders for approval prior to the distribution of the proceeds held in our trust account. In that case, public stockholders may be forced to wait beyond 24 months from the closing of the IPO before they receive funds from our trust account. In no other circumstances will a public stockholder have any right or interest of any kind in the trust account. Holders of warrants will not have any right to the proceeds held in the trust account with respect to the warrants. Accordingly, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

The NYSE may delist our securities from trading on its exchange,Foreign Assets Control ("OFAC"), which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

Our units, Class A common stock and warrants are listed on the NYSE. We cannot assure you that our securities will be, or will continue to be, listed on the NYSE in the future or prior to our initial business combination. In order to continue listing our securities on the NYSE prior to our initial business combination, we must maintain certain financial, distribution and share price levels. Generally, we must maintain a minimum market capitalization (generally $50,000,000), a minimum number of holders of our securities (generally 400 public holders) and a minimum share price of $1.


Additionally, our units will not be traded after completion of our initial business combination and, in connection with our initial business combination, we will be required to demonstrate compliance with the NYSE’s initial listing requirements, which are more rigorous than the NYSE’s continued listing requirements, in order to continue to maintain the listing of our securities on the NYSE. For instance, our share price would generally be required to be at least $4.00 per share and our stockholders’ equity would generally be required to be at least $4.0 million. We cannot assure you that we will be able to meet those initial listing requirements at that time.

If the NYSE delists our securities from trading on its exchange and we are not able to list our securities on another national securities exchange, we expect our securities could be quoted on an over-the-counter market. If this were to occur, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

·a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;

·reduced liquidity for our securities;

·a determination that our Class A common stock are a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our Class A common stock to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our securities;

·a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and

·a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, which is a federal statute, prevents or preempts the states from regulating the sale of certain securities, which are referred to as “covered securities.” Because our units and our Class A common stock and warrants are listed on the NYSE, our units, Class A common stock and warrants qualify as covered securities under the statute. Although the states are preempted from regulating the sale of our securities, the federal statute does allow the states to investigate companies if there is a suspicion of fraud, and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then the states can regulate or bar the sale of covered securities in a particular case. While we are not aware of a state having used these powers to prohibit or restrict the saletransactions or dealings with specified countries, their governments, and in certain circumstances, their nationals, and with individuals and entities that are specially designated, including narcotics traffickers and terrorists or terrorist organizations, among others.

The Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of securities issued by blank check companies, other than the State of Idaho, certain state securities regulators view blank check companies unfavorably and might use these powers, or threaten to use these powers, to hinder the sale of securities of blank check companies in their states. Further, if we were no longer listed on the NYSE, our securities would not qualify as covered securities under the statute, and we would be subject to regulation in each state in which we offer our securities.

You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of many other blank check companies.

Since the net proceeds of the IPO and the sale of the private placement warrants are intended to be used to complete an initial business combination with a target business that has not been selected, we may be deemed to be a “blank check” company under the United States securities laws. However, because we will have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,000 upon the successful completion of the IPO and the sale of the private placement warrants and will file a Current Report on Form 8-K, including an audited balance sheet demonstrating this fact, we are exempt from rules promulgated by the SEC to protect investors in blank check companies, such as Rule 419. Accordingly, investors will not be afforded the benefits or protections of those rules. Among other things, this means our units will be immediately tradable and we will have a longer period of time to complete our initial business combination than do2012 (“ITRA”) requires companies subject to Rule 419. Moreover, if the IPO were subject to Rule 419, that rule would prohibit the release of any interest earned on funds held in the trust account to us unless and until the funds in the trust account were released to us in connection with our completion of an initial business combination.

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, and if you or a “group” of stockholders are deemed to hold in excess of 15% of our Class A common stock, you will lose the ability to redeem all such shares in excess of 15% of our Class A common stock.

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as definedSEC reporting obligations under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking redemption rights with respectAct to the Excess Shares. However, we would not be restricting our stockholders’ ability to vote all ofdisclose in their shares (including Excess Shares) forperiodic reports specified dealings or against our initial business combination. Your inability to redeem the Excess Shares will reduce your influence over our ability to complete our initial business combination and you could suffer a material loss on your investment in us if you sell Excess Shares in open market transactions. Additionally, you will not receive redemption distributions with respect to the Excess Shares if we complete our initial business combination. And as a result, you will continue to hold that number of shares exceeding 15% and, in order to dispose of such shares, would be required to sell your shares in open market transactions potentially at a loss.

involving Iran


16


Because of our limited resources and the significant competition for business combination opportunities, it may be more difficult for us to complete our initial business combination. If we do not complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public stockholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

We expect to encounter intense competition fromor other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including private investors (which may be individuals or investment partnerships), other blank check companies and other entities, domestic and international, competing for the types of businesses we intend to acquire. Many of these individuals and entities are well-established andtargeted by certain OFAC sanctions. In some cases, ITRA requires companies to disclose these types of transactions even if they were permissible under U.S. law. Companies that currently may be or may have extensive experience in identifying and effecting, directly or indirectly, acquisitions of companies operating in or providing services to various industries. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources or more local industry knowledge than we do and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe there are numerous target businesses we could potentially acquire with the net proceeds of the IPO and the sale of the private placement warrants, our ability to compete with respect to the acquisition of certain target businesses that are sizable will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. Furthermore, we are obligated to offer holders of our public shares the right to redeem their shares for cashbeen at the time ofconsidered our initial business combination in conjunction with a stockholder vote affiliates have from time to time publicly filed and/or via a tender offer. Target companies will be aware that this may reduce the resources availableprovided to us for our initial business combination. Anythe disclosure reproduced on Exhibit 99.1 of this report, which disclosure is hereby incorporated by reference herein. We do not independently verify or participate in the preparation of these obligations may place us atdisclosures. We are required to separately file with the SEC a competitive disadvantagenotice when such activities have been disclosed in successfully negotiating a business combination. If we do not complete our initial business combination our public stockholders may receive only their pro rata portionthis report, and the SEC is required to post such notice of disclosure on its website and send the funds inreport to the trust account that are available for distributionPresident and certain U.S. Congressional committees. The President thereafter is required to public stockholders,initiate an investigation and, our warrants will expire worthless.

If the net proceeds are insufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 24 months, it could limit the amount available to fund our search for a target business or businesses and complete our initial business combination, and we will depend on loans from our sponsors or management team to fund our search and to complete our initial business combination.

The funds available to us outsidewithin 180 days of the trust account to fund our working capital requirements may notinitiating such an investigation, determine whether sanctions should be sufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 24 months, assuming that our initial business combinationimposed. Disclosure of such activity, even if such activity is not completed during that time. We believe that the funds availablesubject to sanctions under applicable law, and any sanctions actually imposed on us outside of the trust account, together with funds available from loans fromor our sponsors will be sufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 24 months; however, we cannot assure you that our estimate is accurate. Of the funds available to us, we expect to use a portion of the funds available to us to pay fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business. We could also use a portion of the funds as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision (a provision in letters of intent designed to keep target businesses from “shopping” around for transactions with other companies or investors on terms more favorable to such target businesses) with respect to a particular proposed business combination, although we do not have any current intention to do so. If we entered into a letter of intent where we paid for the right to receive exclusivity from a target business and were subsequently required to forfeit such funds (whetheraffiliates as a result of these activities, could harm our breachreputation and have a negative impact on our business, and any failure to disclose any such activities as required could additionally result in fines or otherwise),penalties.

We have implemented policies and procedures to monitor and address compliance with applicable anti-corruption, economic and trade sanctions and anti-money laundering laws and regulations, and we might not have sufficient funds to continue searching for, or conduct due diligence with respect to, a target business. If we do not complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share onare continuously in the liquidationprocess of reviewing, upgrading and enhancing certain of our trust accountpolicies and procedures. However, our warrants will expire worthless. In certain circumstances,employees, consultants or agents may still take actions in violation of our public stockholderspolicies for which we may receive less than $10.00 per share uponbe ultimately responsible, or our liquidation.

If we are required to seek additional capital to fund expenses related to our operations before our initial business combination, we would need to borrow funds from our sponsors, management team or other third parties to operatepolicies and procedures may be inadequate or may be forceddetermined to liquidate. Neither our sponsors, membersbe inadequate by regulators. Any violations of applicable anti-corruption, economic and trade sanctions or anti-money laundering laws or regulations could limit certain of our management team nor anybusiness activities until they are satisfactorily remediated and could result in civil and criminal penalties, including fines that could damage our reputation and have a materially adverse effect on our results of their affiliates is under any obligationoperation or financial condition.

Our global operations and growth strategy expose us to advance funds to us in such circumstances. Any such advances would be repaid only from funds held outside the trust account or from funds released to us upon completionvarious international risks that could adversely affect our business.

Our operations are conducted globally. Additionally, one aspect of our initial business combination. Upgrowth strategy is to $1,500,000expand in key markets around the world. Accordingly, we are subject to legal, economic and market risks associated with operating in, and sourcing from, foreign countries, including:

difficulties in staffing and managing our foreign offices, such as unexpected wage inflation, worker attrition, or job turnover, increased travel and infrastructure costs, as well as legal and compliance costs associated with multiple international locations;
fluctuations or unexpected volatility in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates;
imposition or increase of such loans may be convertible into warrantsinvestment and other restrictions by foreign governments;
longer payment cycles;
greater difficulties in accounts receivable collection;
insufficient demand for our services in foreign jurisdictions;
our ability to execute effective and efficient cross-border sourcing of the post-business combination entity at a price of $1.50 per warrant at the option of the lender. The warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants. Prior to the completionservices on behalf of our initial business combination, we do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsorsclients;
restrictions on the import and export of technologies; and
trade barriers, tariffs or an affiliate of our sponsors as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account. sanctions laws.

If we are unable to obtain these loans, we may be unable to completemanage the risks of our initial business combination. If we do not complete our initial business combination because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to ceaseglobal operations and liquidate the trust account. Consequently,geographic expansion strategy, our public stockholdersresults of operations and ability to grow could be materially adversely affected.

Our global delivery capability is concentrated in certain key operational centers, which may only receive an estimated $10.00 per share, or possibly less,expose us to operational risks.

Our business model is dependent on our redemptionglobal delivery capability, which includes employees and third-party personnel based at various delivery centers around the world. While these delivery centers are located throughout the world, we have based large portions of our delivery capability in Spain, India, Poland and the Philippines. Concentrating our global delivery capability in these locations presents operational risks, many of which are beyond our control. For example, natural disasters (including those as a result of climate change) and public shares, and our warrants will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public stockholders may receive less than $10.00 per share onhealth threats could impair the redemption of their shares.


Subsequent to our completionability of our initial business combination,people to safely travel to and work in our facilities and disrupt our ability to perform work through those delivery centers. Additionally, other countries may experience political instability, worker strikes, civil unrest and hostilities with neighboring countries. If any of these circumstances occurs, we may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges that could have a significant negativegreater risk that interruptions in communications with our clients and other locations and personnel, and any downtime in important processes we operate for clients, could result in a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and our share price, which could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.

Even if we conduct due diligence on a target business with which we combine, we cannot assure you that this diligence will surface all material issues with a particular target business, that it would be possible to uncover all material issues through a customary amount of due diligence, or that factors outside ofreputation in the target business and outsidemarketplace.

17


The profitability of our control willengagements with clients may not later arise. As a result of these factors, we may be forcedmeet our expectations due to later write-down or write-off assets, restructure our operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could resultunexpected costs, cost overruns, early contract terminations, unrealized assumptions used in our reporting losses. Even ifcontract bidding process or the inability to maintain our due diligence successfully identifies certain risks, unexpected risks may ariseprices in light of any inflationary circumstances.

Our profitability is highly dependent upon our ability to control our costs and previously known risks may materializeimprove our efficiency. As we adapt to change in a manner not consistent with our preliminary risk analysis. Even though these charges may be non-cash items and not have an immediate impact on our liquidity, the fact that we report charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about us or our securities. In addition, charges of this nature may cause us to violate net worth or other covenants to which we may be subject as a result of assuming pre-existing debt held by a target business, or by virtue of our obtaining post-combination debt financing. Accordingly, any stockholders who choose to remain stockholders following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was dueadapt to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share.

Our placing of funds in the trust account may not protect those funds from third-party claims against us. Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers (other than our independent auditors), prospective targetregulatory environment, enter into new engagements, acquire additional businesses and other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kindtake on new employees in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public stockholders, such parties may not execute such agreements, or even if they execute such agreements, they may not be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account, including, but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the trust account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative. Making such a request of potential target businesses may make our acquisition proposal less attractive to them and, to the extent prospective target businesses refuse to execute such a waiver, it may limit the field of potential target businesses that we might pursue.


Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason. Upon redemption of our public shares, if we have not completed an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO, or upon the exercise of a redemption right in connection with our initial business combination, we will be required to provide for payment of claims of creditors that were not waived that may be brought against us within the ten years following redemption. Accordingly, the per-share redemption amount received by public stockholders could be less than the $10.00 per public share initially held in the trust account, due to claims of such creditors. Pursuant to the letter agreement, our sponsors have agreed that they will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party (other than our independent auditors) for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amounts in the trust account to below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest that may be withdrawn to pay our taxes, if any, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party or prospective target business that executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the trust account nor will it apply to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our sponsors will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third party claims. However, we have not asked our sponsors to reserve for such indemnification obligations, nor have we independently verified whether our sponsors have sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and believe that our sponsors’ only assets are securities of our company. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our sponsors would be able to satisfy those obligations. As a result, if any such claims were successfully made against the trust account, the funds available for our initial business combination and redemptions could be reduced to less than $10.00 per public share. In such event,new locations, we may not be able to completemanage our initiallarge, diverse and changing workforce, control our costs or improve our efficiency. In addition, certain client contracts may include unique or heavily customized requirements that limit our ability to fully recognize economies of scale across our business combination,units.

Most new outsourcing arrangements undergo an implementation process whereby our systems and you would receiveprocesses are customized to match a client’s plans and programs. The cost of this process is estimated by us and often only partially funded (if at all) by our clients. If the actual implementation expense exceeds our estimate or if the ongoing service cost is greater than anticipated, the client contract may be less profitable than expected. Even though outsourcing clients typically sign long-term contracts, many of these contracts may be terminated at any time, with or without cause, by the client upon written notice, typically between 90 to 360 days before expiration.

In such lessercases, our clients are generally required to pay a termination fee; however, this amount per sharemay not be sufficient to offset the costs we incurred in connection with any redemptionthe implementation and system set-up or fully compensate us for the profit we would have received if the contract had not been cancelled. A client may choose to delay or terminate a current or anticipated project as a result of your public shares. Nonefactors unrelated to our work product or progress, such as the business or financial condition of the client or general economic conditions. When any of our officersengagements are terminated, we may not be able to eliminate associated ongoing costs or directors will indemnify usredeploy the affected employees in a timely manner to minimize the impact on profitability. Any increased or unexpected costs or unanticipated delays in connection with the performance of these engagements, including delays caused by factors outside our control could have an adverse effect on our profit margin.

Our profit margin, and therefore our profitability, is largely a function of the rates we are able to charge for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendorsour services and prospective target businesses.

Our directors may decidethe staffing costs for our personnel. Accordingly, if we are not able to enforcemaintain the indemnification obligationsrates we charge for our services or appropriately manage the staffing costs of our sponsors, resulting inpersonnel, we may not be able to sustain our profit margin and our profitability will suffer. The prices we are able to charge for our services are affected by a reductionnumber of factors, including competitive factors, cost of living adjustment provisions, the extent of ongoing clients’ perception of our ability to add value through our services and general economic conditions such as inflation (including wage inflation). Our profitability is largely based on our ability to drive cost efficiencies during the term of our contracts for our services provided to clients. If we cannot drive suitable cost efficiencies, our profit margins will suffer.

We might not be able to achieve the cost savings required to sustain and increase our profit margins.

We provide our outsourcing services over long-term periods for variable or fixed fees that generally are less than our clients’ historical costs to provide for themselves the services we contract to deliver. Clients’ demand for cost reductions may increase over the term of the agreement. As a result, we bear the risk of increases in the amountcost of fundsdelivering services to our clients, and our margins associated with particular contracts will depend on our ability to control our costs of performance under those contracts and meet our service commitments cost-effectively. Over time, some of our operating expenses will increase as we invest in additional infrastructure and implement new technologies to maintain our competitive position and meet our client service commitments. We must anticipate and respond to the dynamics of our industry and business by using quality systems, process management, improved asset utilization and effective supplier management tools. We must do this while continuing to grow our business so that our fixed costs are spread over an increasing revenue base. If we are not able to achieve this, our ability to sustain and increase profitability may be reduced.

We cannot guarantee that our previously-announced restructuring program will achieve its intended result.

On February 20, 2023, the Company approved a restructuring program that includes, among other things, the elimination of full-time positions, termination of certain contracts, and asset impairments, primarily related to facilities consolidations. We expect to record in the trust account available for distributionaggregate approximately $140.0 million in pre-tax restructuring charges associated with the restructuring program. A significant portion of these charges will result in future cash expenditures, and the program is expected to our public stockholders.

In the eventbe substantially completed over an approximate two-year period. We cannot guarantee that the proceedsrestructuring program will achieve or sustain the targeted benefits, or that the benefits, even if achieved, will be adequate to meet our long-term profitability expectations. Risks associated with the restructuring program also include additional unexpected costs, negative impacts on our cash flows from operations and liquidity, employee attrition and adverse effects on employee morale and our potential failure to meet operational and growth targets due to the loss of employees, any of which may impair our ability to achieve anticipated results from operations or otherwise harm our business. See Note 17 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on our restructuring program.

18


Changes in accounting principles or in our accounting estimates and assumptions could negatively affect our financial position and results of operations.

Our financial statements are prepared in conformity with GAAP, which requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the trust account are reduced belowreported amounts of assets and liabilities, and the lesserdisclosure of (i) $10.00 per sharecontingent assets and (ii) the actual amount per share held in the trust account as ofliabilities at the date of our financial statements. We are also required to make certain judgments that affect the liquidationreported amounts of revenues and expenses during each reporting period. We periodically evaluate our estimates and assumptions including, but not limited to, those relating to revenue recognition, recoverability of assets including receivables, contingencies, income taxes, share-based payments and estimates and assumptions used for our long-term contracts. We base our estimates on historical experience and various assumptions that we believe to be reasonable based on specific circumstances. These assumptions and estimates involve the trust account if less than $10.00 per share due to reductionsexercise of judgment and discretion, which may evolve over time in light of operational experience, regulatory direction, developments in accounting principles and other factors. Actual results could differ from these estimates, or changes in assumptions, estimates or policies or the developments in the valuebusiness or the application of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest that may be withdrawn to pay our taxes, if any, and our sponsors assert that it is unable to satisfy its obligations or that it has no indemnification obligationsaccounting principles related to a particular claim,these areas may change our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our sponsors to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our sponsors to enforce their indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment and subject to their fiduciary duties may choose not to do so in any particular instance. If our independent directors choose not to enforce these indemnification obligations, the amount of funds in the trust account available for distribution to our public stockholders may be reduced below $10.00 per share.results from operations.

We may not have sufficient funds to satisfy indemnification claims of our directors and executive officers.

We have agreed to indemnify our officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by law. However, our officers and directors have agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the trust account and to not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason whatsoever (except to the extent they are entitled to funds from the trust account due to their ownership of public shares). Accordingly, any indemnification provided will be able to be satisfied by us only if (i) we have sufficient funds outside of the trust account or (ii) we complete an initial business combination. Our obligation to indemnify our officers and directors may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our officers or directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against our officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against our officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.


If, after we distribute the proceeds in the trust account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy or winding-up petition or an involuntary bankruptcy or winding-up petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, a bankruptcy or insolvency court may seek to recover such proceeds, and the members of our board of directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to our creditors, thereby exposing the members of our board of directors and us to claims of punitive damages.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the trust account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy or winding-up petition or an involuntary bankruptcy or winding-up petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by stockholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy or insolvency laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy or insolvency court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our stockholders. In addition, our board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or having acted in bad faith, thereby exposing itself and us to claims of punitive damages, by paying public stockholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the trust account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy or winding-up petition or an involuntary bankruptcy or winding-up petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the claims of creditors in such proceeding may have priority over the claims of our stockholders and the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our stockholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the trust account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy or winding-up petition or an involuntary bankruptcy or winding-up petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy or insolvency law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our stockholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our stockholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirementsrecord goodwill or other long-lived asset impairment charges, which could result in a significant charge to earnings.

We have a substantial amount of goodwill and purchased intangible assets on our activitiesconsolidated balance sheet as a result of the recent Business Combination and other acquisitions. Under GAAP, we review our long-lived assets, such as goodwill, intangible assets and fixed assets, for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Goodwill is assessed for impairment at least annually. Factors that may be restricted, whichconsidered in assessing whether goodwill or other long-lived assets may make it difficult for us to completenot be recoverable include reduced estimates of future cash flows and slower growth rates in our initial business combination.

If we are deemed to be an investment company underindustry. We may experience unforeseen circumstances that adversely affect the Investment Company Act, our activities may be restricted, including:

restrictions on the naturevalue of our investments;goodwill or other long-lived assets and

restrictions on trigger an evaluation of the issuancerecoverability of securities, each of which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial business combination.

In addition, we may have imposed upon us burdensome requirements, including:

registration as an investment company;

adoption of a specific form of corporate structure; and

reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy and disclosure requirementsthe recorded goodwill and other rules and regulations.

In order not to be regulated as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, unless we can qualify for an exclusion, we must ensure that we are engaged primarily in a business other than investing, reinvesting or trading of securities and that our activities do not include investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading “investment securities” constituting more than 40% of our assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. Our business will be to identify and complete a business combination and thereafter to operate the post-transaction business or assetslong-lived assets. For example, for the long term. We do not plan to buy businesses or assets with a view to resale or profit from their resale. We do not plan to buy unrelated businesses or assets or to be a passive investor.


We do not believe that our anticipated principal activities will subject us to the Investment Company Act. To this end, the proceeds held in the trust account may only be invested in United States “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act having a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. Pursuant to the trust agreement, the trustee is not permitted to invest in other securities or assets. By restricting the investment of the proceeds to these instruments, and by having a business plan targeted at acquiring and growing businesses for the long term (rather than on buying and selling businesses in the manner of a merchant bank or private equity fund), we intend to avoid being deemed an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act. An investment in our securities is not intended for persons who are seeking a return on investments in government securities or investment securities. The trust account is intended as a holding place for funds pending the earliest to occur of either: (a) the completion of our initial business combination; (b) the redemption of any public shares properly tenderedyear ended December 31, 2023, in connection with the strategic portfolio review, we identified a stockholder votegoodwill impairment in our Cloud Services reporting unit and recorded a $148 million non-cash goodwill impairment charge. Future goodwill or other long-lived asset impairment charges could materially impact our financial statements.

Our work with government clients exposes us to amend our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation (i) to modifyadditional risks inherent in the substance or timinggovernment contracting environment.

A portion of our obligationrevenues is derived from contracts with or on behalf of domestic and foreign national, state, regional and local governments and their agencies. In some cases, our services to allow redemption in connectionpublic sector clients are provided through or are dependent upon relationships with third parties. For instance, we provide services for the Federal Retirement Thrift Investment Board through our initial business combinationcontract with Accenture Federal Services.

Government contracts are subject to heightened contractual risks compared to contracts with non-governmental commercial clients. For example, government contracts often contain high or unlimited liability for breaches. Additionally, government contracts are generally subject to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete an initial business combination within 24 months fromroutine audits and investigations by government agencies. If the closing of the IPOgovernment discovers improper or (ii) with respect to any other provisions relating to the rights of holders of our Class A common stock;illegal activities or (c) absent our completing an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO, our return of the funds held in the trust account to our public stockholders as part of our redemption of the public shares. If we do not invest the proceeds as discussed above,contractual non-compliance (including improper billing), we may be deemed to be subject to various civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, which may include termination of contracts, forfeiture of profits, suspension of payments, fines and suspensions or debarment from doing business with the Investment Company Act. If we were deemedgovernment. Also, the qui tam provisions of the federal and various state civil False Claims Acts authorize a private person to be subject tofile civil actions under these statutes on behalf of the Investment Company Act, compliance with these additional regulatory burdens would require additional expenses for which wefederal and state governments. Further, the negative publicity that could arise from any such penalties, sanctions or findings could have not allotted fundsan adverse effect on our reputation and may hinderreduce our ability to complete a business combination. If we do not completecompete for new contracts with both government and commercial clients. Moreover, government entities typically finance projects through appropriated funds. While these projects are often planned and executed as multi-year projects, government entities usually reserve the right to change the scope of or terminate these projects for lack of approved funding or at their convenience. Changes in government or political developments, including budget deficits, shortfalls or uncertainties, government spending reductions or other debt or funding constraints, could result in lower governmental sales and our initial business combination,projects being reduced in price or scope or terminated altogether, which also could limit our public stockholders may only receive their pro rata portionrecovery of incurred costs, reimbursable expenses and profits on work completed prior to the termination. Any of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public stockholders,occurrences and our warrants will expire worthless.

Changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination and results of operations.

We are subject to laws and regulations enacted by national, regional and local governments. In particular, we will be required to comply with certain SEC and other legal requirements. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws and regulations may be difficult, time consuming and costly. Those laws and regulations and their interpretation and application may also change from time to time and those changesconditions described above could have a material adverse effect on our business, investmentsfinancial condition and operating results.

We are subject to taxation related risks in multiple jurisdictions.

We are a U.S.-based multinational company subject to tax in multiple U.S. and foreign tax jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining our global provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets or liabilities and in evaluating our tax positions on a worldwide basis. While we believe our tax positions are consistent with the tax laws in the jurisdictions in which we conduct our business, it is possible that these positions may be challenged by jurisdictional tax authorities, which may have a significant impact on our global provision for income taxes.

Tax laws are being re-examined and evaluated globally. New laws and interpretations of the law are taken into account for financial statement purposes in the quarter or year that they become applicable. Tax authorities are increasingly scrutinizing the tax

19


positions of companies. Many countries in the European Union, as well as a number of other countries and organizations such as the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development and the European Commission, are actively considering changes to existing tax laws that, if enacted, could increase our tax obligations in countries where we do business. These proposals include changes to the existing framework to calculate income tax, as well as proposals to change or impose new types of non-income taxes, including taxes based on a percentage of revenue. For example, several countries in the European Union have proposed or enacted taxes applicable to digital services, which includes business activities on social media platforms and online marketplaces, and may apply to our business. Many questions remain about the enactment, form and application of these digital services taxes. The interpretation and implementation of the various digital services taxes (especially if there is inconsistency in the application of these taxes across tax jurisdictions) could have a materially adverse impact on our business, results of operations. In addition,operations and cash flows.

Additionally, The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), an international association of 38 countries including the United States, has proposed changes to numerous long-standing tax principles, including its Pillar Two framework, which imposes a failureglobal minimum corporate tax rate of 15%. Certain countries in which we operate have enacted legislation to complyadopt the Pillar Two framework, and several other countries are also considering changes to their tax laws to implement this framework. While we do not expect the impact of Pillar Two to be material to our business, when and how this framework is adopted or enacted by the various countries in which we do business could increase tax complexity and uncertainty and may adversely affect our provision for income taxes in the U.S. and non-U.S. jurisdictions.

Moreover, if the U.S. or other foreign tax authorities change applicable tax laws, our overall taxes could increase, and our business, financial condition or results of operations may be adversely impacted.

Risks Related to Ownership of our Securities

The Sponsor Investors have significant influence over the Company and their interests may conflict with the Company’s or its stockholders in the future.

Under the Company's amended and restated certificate of incorporation ("Company Charter") and the Investor Rights Agreement (the “Investor Rights Agreement”) that the Company entered into with (i) Trasimene Capital FT, LP, Bilcar FT, LP, Cannae Holdings, LLC and THL FTAC LLC, and their affiliated transferees) (the “Sponsor Investors”) and (ii) Blackstone, New Mountain, GIC Private Limited and Jasmine Ventures and Platinum Falcon B 2018 RSC Limited (collectively, our ”Legacy Investors”) as part of the Business Combination, as amended on February 2, 2023, the Company agreed to nominate to its Board of Directors certain individuals designated by the Sponsor Investors and Legacy Investors, respectively, for so long as such investors retain a certain ownership interest in the Company and/or Alight Holdings. Although Blackstone withdrew from the Investor Rights Agreement and the Legacy Investors no longer have any director appointment rights, the Sponsor Investors continue to have the right to designate, and have designated three of the nine directors on our Board of Directors, including the Chairman. As a result, the Sponsor Investors may be considered to have significant influence with respect to the Company’s management, business plans and policies, including the appointment and removal of the Company’s officers. For so long as such investors continue to own a significant percentage of the Class A Common Stock, such investors may be able to cause or prevent a change of control of our company or a change in the composition of our board of directors and could preclude any unsolicited acquisition of our company. The concentration of ownership could deprive you of an opportunity to receive a premium for your Class A Common Stock as part of a sale of our company and ultimately might affect the market price of our Class A Common Stock.

The Company Charter and Bylaws, and applicable laws orlaw and regulations, as interpretedwell as the Investor Rights Agreement, contain provisions that could discourage acquisition bids or merger proposals, which may adversely affect the market price of our Class A Common Stock.

The Company Charter, the Company's amended and applied,restated by-laws ("Bylaws") and the Investor Rights Agreement contain provisions that may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, consolidation, acquisition, or other change in control transaction that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which the Company’s stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their Class A Common Stock. These provisions may also prevent or frustrate attempts by stockholders to replace or remove Company management, such as authorization to issue blank check preferred stock without stockholder approval, limitations on actions taken by stockholders, advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals, a classified board of directors, prohibitions on certain business combinations, the ability of the Board to fill certain director vacancies and limitations on the removal of directors by stockholders.

Additionally, one of our subsidiaries, Alight Financial Solutions, LLC (“AFS”), is a member in good standing with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), and is subject to change in ownership or control regulations as a result. FINRA’s Rule 1017 requires that any member of FINRA file an application for approval of any change in ownership that would result in one person or entity directly or indirectly owning or controlling 25% or more of member firm’s equity capital. A “substantially complete” application must be filed at least 30 days prior to effecting a change. The approval process under Rule 1017 can take six months or more to complete. The required FINRA process under Rule 1017, including the required 30-day notice period before effecting a change in ownership, could hinder or delay a third party in any effort to acquire us or a substantial position in our Class A Common Stock following the business combination, where such acquisition would result in the applicable person or persons, directly or

20


indirectly, owning or controlling 25% or more of AFS. A denial of FINRA approval could prevent or delay any transaction resulting from a change of control or AFS withdrawing its broker-dealer registration, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination, and results of operations.

If we have not completed an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO, our public stockholders may be forced to wait beyond such 24 months before redemption from our trust account.

If we have not completed an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO, the proceeds then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our taxes, if any (less up to $100,000 of the interest to pay dissolution expenses), will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares, as further described herein. Any redemption of public stockholders from the trust account will be effected automatically by function of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation prior to any voluntary winding up. If we are required to wind-up, liquidate the trust account and distribute such amount therein, pro rata, to our public stockholders, as partoperations or future prospects. A denial of any liquidation process, such winding up, liquidation and distribution must comply with the applicable provisions of the DGCL. In that case, investors may be forced to wait beyond 24 months from the closing of the IPO before the redemption proceeds of our trust account become available to them, and they receive the return of their pro rata portion of the proceeds from our trust account. We have no obligation to return funds to investors prior to the date of our redemption or liquidation unless we complete our initial business combination prior thereto and only then in cases where investors have sought to redeem their Class A common stock. Only upon our redemption or any liquidation will public stockholders be entitled to distributions if we do not complete our initial business combination.

Our stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extent of distributions received by them upon redemption of their shares.

Under the DGCL, stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against a corporation to the extent of distributions received by them in a dissolution. The pro rata portion of our trust account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO may be considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law. If a corporation complies with certain procedures set forth in Section 280 of the DGCL intended to ensure that it makes reasonable provision for all claims against it, including a 60-day notice period during which any third-party claims can be brought against the corporation, a 90-day period during which the corporation may reject any claims brought, and an additional 150-day waiting period before any liquidating distributions areother application AFS has made to stockholders, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution. However, it is our intention to redeem our public shares as soon as reasonably possible following the 24th month from the closing of the IPO in the event we do not complete our initial business combination and, therefore, we do not intend to comply with the foregoing procedures.


Because we will not be complying with Section 280, Section 281(b) of the DGCL requires us to adopt a plan, based on facts known to us at such time that will provide for our payment of all existing and pending claims or claims that may be potentially brought against us within the 10 years following our dissolution. However, because we are a blank check company, rather than an operating company, and our operations will be limited to searching for prospective target businesses to acquire, the only likely claims to arise would be from our vendors (such as lawyers, investment bankers, etc.) or prospective target businesses. If our plan of distribution complies with Section 281(b) of the DGCL, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would likely be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution. We cannot assure you that we will properly assess all claims that may be potentially brought against us. As such, our stockholders could potentially be liable for any claims to the extent of distributions received by them (but no more) and any liability of our stockholders may extend beyond the third anniversary of such date. Furthermore, if the pro rata portion of our trust account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO is not considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law and such redemption distribution is deemed to be unlawful (potentially due to the imposition of legal proceedings that a party may bring or due to other circumstances that are currently unknown), then pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, the statute of limitations for claims of creditors could then be six years after the unlawful redemption distribution, instead of three years, as in the case of a liquidating distribution.

We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders until after the completion of our initial business combination.

In accordance with the NYSE corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual meeting until no later than one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on the NYSE. Under Section 211(b) of the DGCL, we are, however, required to hold an annual meeting of stockholders for the purposes of electing directors in accordance with our amended and restated bylaws unless such election is made by written consent in lieu of such a meeting. We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders to elect new directors prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, and thus we may not be in compliance with Section 211(b) of the DGCL, which requires an annual meeting. Therefore, if our stockholders want us to hold an annual meeting prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, they may attempt to force us to hold one by submitting an application to the Delaware Court of Chancery in accordance with Section 211(c) of the DGCL.

Holders of our Class A common stock will not be entitled to vote on any appointment of directors we hold prior to our initial business combination.

Prior to our initial business combination, only holders of our founder shares will have the right to vote on the appointment of directors. Holders of our public shares will not be entitled to vote on the appointment of directors during such time. In addition, prior to the completion of an initial business combination, holders of a majority of our founder shares may remove a member of the board of directors for any reason. Accordingly, you may not have any say in the management of our company prior to the completion of an initial business combination.

We did not register the shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws, and such registration may not be in place when an investor desires to exercise warrants, thus precluding such investor from being able to exercise its warrants except on a cashless basis and potentially causing such warrants to expire worthless.

We did not register the shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws. However, under the terms of the warrant agreement, we have agreed to use our commercially reasonable efforts to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such shares and maintain a current prospectus relating to the shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants until the expiration of the warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. We cannot assure you that we will be able to do so if, for example, any facts or events arise which represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement or prospectus, the financial statements contained or incorporated by reference therein are not current or correct or the SEC issues a stop order.

If the shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants are not registered under the Securities Act, we will be required to permit holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis, in which case the number of shares of our Class A common stock that you will receive upon cashless exercise will be based on a formula subject to a maximum number of shares equal to 0.361 shares of our Class A common stock per warrant (subject to adjustment).

However, no such warrant will be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, and we will not be obligated to issue any shares to holders seeking to exercise their warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder, unless an exemption from state registration is available.

Notwithstanding the above, if the shares of our Class A common stock are at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that it satisfies the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, require holders of public warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but we will be required to use our commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available.


In no event will we be required to net cash settle any warrant, or issue securities or other compensation in exchange for the warrants in the event that we are unable to register or qualify the shares underlying the warrants under the Securities Act or applicable state securities laws and there is no exemption available. If the issuance of the shares upon exercise of the warrants is not so registered or qualified or exempt from registration or qualification, the holder of such warrant will not be entitled to exercise such warrant and such warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In such event, holders who acquired their warrants as part of a purchase of units will have paid the full unit purchase price solely for the shares of our Class A common stock included in the units. There may be a circumstance where an exemption from registration exists for holders of our Private Placement Warrants to exercise their warrants while a corresponding exemption does not exist for holders of the warrants included as part of units sold in the IPO. In such an instance, our sponsors and their transferees (which may include our directors and executive officers) would be able to sell the common stock underlying their warrants while holders of our public warrants would not be able to exercise their warrants and sell the underlying common stock. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

Our ability to require holders of our warrants to exercise such warrants on a cashless basis after we call the warrants for redemption or if there is no effective registration statement covering the shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of these warrants will cause holders to receive fewer shares of our Class A common stock upon their exercise of the warrants than they would have received had they been able to pay the exercise price of their warrants in cash.

If we call the warrants for redemption, we will have the option, in our sole discretion, to require all holders that wish to exercise warrants to do so on a cashless basis in certain circumstances. If we choose to require holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis or if holders elect to do so when there is no effective registration statement, the number of shares of our Class A common stock received by a holder upon exercise will be fewer than it would have been had such holder exercised his or her warrant for cash. For example, if the holder is exercising 875 public warrants at $11.50 per share through a cashless exercise when the shares of our Class A common stock have a fair market value of $17.50 per share when there is no effective registration statement, then upon the cashless exercise, the holder will receive 300 shares of our Class A common stock. The holder would have received 875 shares of our Class A common stock if the exercise price was paid in cash. This will have the effect of reducing the potential “upside” of the holder’s investment in our company because the warrant holder will hold a smaller number of shares of our Class A common stock upon a cashless exercise of the warrants they hold.

The warrants may become exercisable and redeemable for a security other than the shares of our Class A common stock, and you will not have any information regarding such other security at this time.

In certain situations, including if we are not the surviving entity in our initial business combination, the warrants may become exercisable for a security other than the shares of our Class A common stock. As a result, if the surviving company redeems your warrants for securities pursuant to the warrant agreement, you may receive a security in a company of which you do not have information at this time. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, the surviving company will be required to use commercially reasonable efforts to register the issuance of the security underlying the warrants within twenty business days of the closing of an initial business combination.


The grant of registration rights to our initial stockholders may make it more difficult to complete our initial business combination, and the future exercise of such rights may adversely affect the market price of the shares of our Class A common stock.

Pursuant to an agreement entered into concurrently with the issuance and sale of the securities in the IPO, our initial stockholders and their permitted transferees can demand that we register the shares of our Class A common stock into which founder shares are convertible, the private placement warrants and the shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the private placement warrants, and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans and the shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of such warrants. The registration rights are exercisable with respect to the founder shares and the private placement warrants and the shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of such private placement warrants. Pursuant to the forward purchase agreements, we have agreed to use our reasonable best efforts (i) to file within 30 days after the closing of the initial business combination a resale shelf registration statement with the SEC for a secondary offering of the forward purchase shares and the forward purchase warrants (and underlying Class A common shares), (ii) to cause such registration statement to be declared effective promptly thereafter, (iii) to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement until the earliest of (A) the date on which Cannae Holdings or THL FTAC, or their respective assignees cease to hold the securities covered thereby, and (B) the date all of the securities covered thereby can be sold publicly without restriction or limitation under Rule 144 under the Securities Act and (iv) after such registration statement is declared effective, cause us to conduct underwritten offerings, subject to certain limitations. In addition, the forward purchase agreements provide for certain ‘‘piggy-back’’ registration rights to the holders of forward purchase securities to include their securities in other registration statements filed by us. The registration and availability of such a significant number of securities for trading in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A common stock. In addition, the existence of the registration rights may make our initial business combination more costly or difficult to conclude. This is because the stockholders of the target business may increase the equity stake they seek in the combined entity or ask for more cash consideration to offset the negative impact on the market price of our Class A common stock that is expected when the securities owned by our initial stockholders or their permitted transferees are registered.

Because we are not limited to evaluating a target business in a particular industry sector, you will be unable to ascertain the merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations.

We may pursue business combination opportunities in any sector, except that we will not, under our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, be permitted to effectuate our initial business combination with another blank check company or similar company with nominal operations. To the extent we complete our initial business combination, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations with which we combine. For example, if we combine with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of sales or earnings, we may be affected by the risks inherent in the business and operations of a financially unstable or a development stage entity. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors or that we will have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will ultimately prove to be more favorable to investors than a direct investment, if such opportunity were available, in a business combination target. Accordingly, any stockholders who choose to remain stockholders following our initial business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

We may seek acquisition opportunities in industries or sectors which may or may not be outside of our management’s area of expertise.

We will consider a business combination outside of our management’s area of expertise if a business combination candidate is presented to us and we determine that such candidate offers an attractive acquisition opportunity for our company. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in any particular business combination candidate, we cannot assure you that we will adequately ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will not ultimately prove to be less favorable to investors than a direct investment, if an opportunity were available, in a business combination candidate. In the event we elect to pursue an acquisition outside of the areas of our management’s expertise, our management’s expertise may not be directly applicable to its evaluation or operation, and the information contained in the prospectus regarding the areas of our management’s expertise would not be relevant to an understanding of the business that we elect to acquire. As a result, our management may not be able to adequately ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. Accordingly, any stockholder who choose to remain stockholders following our business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.


Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses and our strategy will be to identify, acquire and build a company in our target investment area, we may enter into our initial business combination with a target that does not meet such criteria and guidelines, and as a result, the target business with which we enter into our initial business combination may not have attributes entirely consistent with our general criteria and guidelines.

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines for evaluating prospective target businesses and our strategy will be to identify, acquire and build a company in our target investment area, it is possible that a target business with which we enter into our initial business combination will not have attributes consistent with our general criteria and guidelines. If we complete our initial business combination with a target that does not meet some or all of these guidelines, such combination may not be as successful as a combination with a business that does meet all of our general criteria and guidelines. In addition, if we announce a prospective business combination with a target that does not meet our general criteria and guidelines, a greater number of stockholders may exercise their redemption rights, which may make it difficult for us to meet any closing condition with a target business that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. In addition, if stockholder approval of the transaction is required by law, or we decide to obtain stockholder approval for business or other legal reasons, it may be more difficult for us to attain stockholder approval of our initial business combination if the target business does not meet our general criteria and guidelines. If we do not complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public stockholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

We are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent accounting or investment banking firm, and consequently, you may have no assurance from an independent source that the price we are paying for the business is fair to our stockholders from a financial point of view.

Unless we complete our initial business combination with an affiliated entity, we are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent accounting firm or independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA that the price we are paying is fair to our stockholders from a financial point of view. If no opinion is obtained, our stockholders will be relying on the judgment of our board of directors, who will determine fair market value based on standards generally accepted by the financial community. Such standards used will be disclosed in our proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, related to our initial business combination.

We may issue additional shares of our Class A common stock or preferred stock to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue shares of our Class A common stock upon the conversion of the founder shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our stockholders and likely present other risks.

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes the issuance of up to 400,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 40,000,000 shares of our Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. There are 296,500,000 and 14,125,000 authorized but unissued shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock, respectively, available for issuance which amount does not take into account shares reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding warrants and the forward purchase warrants, shares issuable upon conversion of the shares of the Class B common stock or shares issued upon the sale of the forward purchase shares. The Class B common stock is automatically convertible into Class A common stock at the time of our initial business combination as described herein and in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation. No shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding.

We may issue a substantial number of additional shares of our Class A common stock or shares of preferred stock to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue Class A common stock to redeem the warrants or upon conversion of the Class B common stock at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation. However, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides, among other things, that prior to or in connection with our initial business combination, we may not issue additional shares that would entitle the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from the trust account or (ii) vote on any initial business combination or on any other proposal presented to stockholders prior to or in connection with the completion of an initial business combination. These provisions of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, like all provisions of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, may be amended with a stockholder vote. The issuance of additional shares of common stock or shares of preferred stock:

·may significantly dilute the equity interest of investors in the IPO;

·may subordinate the rights of holders of our Class A common stock if share of preferred stock are issued with rights senior to those afforded our Class A common stock;


·could cause a change in control if a substantial number of shares of our Class A common stock is issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors;

·may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our units, Class A common stock and/or warrants; and

·will not result in adjustment to the exercise price of our warrants.

Unlike most other similarly structured blank check companies, our initial stockholders will receive additional shares of our Class A common stock if we issue shares to complete an initial business combination.

The founder shares will automatically convert into shares of our Class A common stock on the first business day following the completion of our initial business combination at a ratio such that the number of shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of all founder shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of (i) the total number of shares of our common stock issued and outstanding upon completion of the IPO, plus (ii) the sum of (a) the total number of shares of our common stock issued or deemed issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any equity-linked securities or deemed issued by the Company in connection with or in relation to the completion of the initial business combination (including the forward purchase shares, but not the forward purchase warrants), excluding (1) any shares of our Class A common stock or equity-linked securities exercisable for or convertible into shares of our Class A common stock issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the initial business combination and (2) any private placement warrants issued to our sponsors or any of their affiliates upon conversion of working capital loans, minus (b) the number of public shares redeemed by public stockholders in connection with our initial business combination. In no event will the shares of our Class B common stock convert into shares of our Class A common stock at a rate of less than one to one. This is different than most other similarly structured blank check companies in which the initial stockholders will only be issued an aggregate of 20% of the total number of shares to be outstanding prior to the initial business combination.

Resources could be wasted in researching acquisitions that are not completed, which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we do not complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public stockholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

We anticipate that the investigation of each specific target business and the negotiation, drafting and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents and other instruments will require substantial management time and attention and substantial costs for accountants, attorneys and others. If we decide not to complete a specific initial business combination, the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore, if we reach an agreement relating to a specific target business, we may fail to complete our initial business combination for any number of reasons including those beyond our control. Any such event will result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we do not complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public stockholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

We are dependent upon our executive officers and directors and their loss could adversely affect our ability to operate.

Our operations are dependent upon a relatively small group of individuals and, in particular, our executive officers and directors. We believe that our success depends on the continued service of our officers and directors, at least until we have completed our initial business combination. In addition, our executive officers and directors are not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs and, accordingly, will have conflicts of interest in allocating their time among various business activities, including identifying potential business combinations and monitoring the related due diligence. We do not have an employment agreement with, or key-man insurance on the life of, any of our directors or executive officers. The unexpected loss of the services of one or more of our directors or executive officers could have a detrimental effect on us.


Our ability to successfully effect our initial business combination and to be successful thereafter will be totally dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join the resulting company following our initial business combination. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

Our ability to successfully effect our initial business combination is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel. The role of our key personnel in the target business, however, cannot presently be ascertained. Although some of our key personnel may remain with the target business in senior management, director or advisory positions following our initial business combination, it is likely that some or all of the management of the target business will remain in place. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after our initial business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct. These individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a company regulated by the SEC, which could cause us to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements.

Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular business combination, and a particular business combination may be conditioned on the retention or resignation of such key personnel. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following our initial business combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular business combination is the most advantageous.

Our key personnel may be able to join the resulting company after the completion of our initial business combination only if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with the business combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the business combination and could provide for such individuals to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render after the completion of the business combination. Such negotiations also could make such key personnel’s retention or resignation a condition to any such agreement. The personal and financial interests of such individuals may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business, subject to his or her fiduciary duties under Delaware law. However, we believe the ability of such individuals to join the resulting company after the completion of our business combination will not be the determining factor in our decision as to whether or not we will proceed with any potential business combination. There is no certainty, however, that any of our key personnel will remain with us after the completion of our business combination. We cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain in senior management or advisory positions with us. The determination as to whether any of our key personnel will remain with us will be made at the time of our initial business combination.

We may have a limited ability to assess the management of a prospective target business and, as a result, may affect our initial business combination with a target business whose management may not have the skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company.

When evaluating the desirability of effecting our initial business combination with a prospective target business, our ability to assess the target business’s management may be limited due to a lack of time, resources or information. Our assessment of the capabilities of the target business’s management, therefore, may prove to be incorrect and such management may lack the skills, qualifications or abilities we suspected. Should the target business’s management not possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to manage a public company, the operations and profitability of the post-combination business may be negatively impacted. Accordingly, any stockholders who choose to remain stockholders following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

The officers and directors of an acquisition candidate may resign upon completion of our initial business combination. The loss of a business combination target’s key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

The role of an acquisition candidate’s key personnel upon the completion of our initial business combination cannot be ascertained at this time. Although we contemplate that certain members of an acquisition candidate’s management team will remain associated with the acquisition candidate following our initial business combination, it is possible that members of the management of an acquisition candidate will not wish to remain in place.


Our executive officers and directors will allocate their time to other businesses thereby causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Our executive officers and directors are not required to, and will not, commit their full time to our affairs, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and our search for a business combination and their other businesses. We do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completion of our initial business combination. Each of our executive officers and directors is engaged in several other business endeavors for which he may be entitled to substantial compensation, and our executive officers and directors are not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours per week to our affairs. In particular, certain of our executive officers and directors are employed by affiliates of Trasimene Capital, which is an external manager of Cannae Holdings. Our independent directors also serve as officers and board members for other entities. If our executive officers’ and directors’ other business affairs require them to devote substantial amounts of time to such affairs in excess of their current commitment levels, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs which may have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Our officers and directors presently have, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities, including another blank check company, and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating their time and determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

Until we complete our initial business combination, we intend to engage in the business of identifying and combining with one or more businesses. Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have, additional fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entity, subject to his or her fiduciary duties under Delaware law.

In particular, certain of our officers and directors have fiduciary and contractual duties to other blank check companies, Foley Trasimene Acquisition Corp. II ("Foley Trasimene II"), Trebia Acquisition Corp. ("Trebia"), Austerlitz Acquisition Corporation I ("Austerlitz I") and Austerlitz Acquisition Corporation II ("Austerlitz II"). Foley Trasimene II and Trebia may seek to complete a business combination in any location and are focusing on the financial technology industry for a business combination. Further, Mr. Foley our Chairman serves as a director of Foley Trasimene II, Trebia, Austerlitz I and Austerlitz II. In addition, Mr. Massey, our Chief Executive Officer and director nominee, serves as the Chief Executive Officer and as a director of Foley Trasimene II and a Director Nominee of Austerlitz I and Austerlitz II. Mr. Coy, our Chief Financial Officer, serves as the Chief Financial Officer of Foley Trasimene II, Austerlitz I and Austerlitz II. Mr. Ducommun, our Executive Vice President of Corporate Finance, serves as an Executive Vice President of Corporate Finance of Foley Trasimene II and as President of Austerlitz I and Austerlitz II. Michael L. Gravelle, our General Counsel and Corporate Secretary, serves as General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of Foley Trasimene II, Austerlitz I and Austerlitz II."

Accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. These conflicts may not be resolved in our favor and a potential target business may be presented to another entity prior to its presentation to us, subject to their fiduciary duties under Delaware law. However, we do not believe that any potential conflicts would materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination.

In addition, our founder and our directors and officers, Trasimene Capital and Bilcar Limited Partnership or their affiliates may in the future become affiliated with other blank check companies that may have acquisition objectives that are similar to ours. Accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. These conflicts may not be resolved in our favor and a potential target business may be presented to such other blank check companies prior to its presentation to us, subject to our officers’ and directors’ fiduciary duties under Delaware law. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we renounce our interest in any business combination opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Company and it is an opportunity that we are able to complete on a reasonable basis.

Our executive officers, directors, security holders and their respective affiliates may have competitive pecuniary interests that conflict with our interests.

We have not adopted a policy that expressly prohibits our directors, executive officers, security holders or affiliates from having a direct or indirect pecuniary or financial interest in any investment to be acquired or disposed of by us or in any transaction to which we are a party or have an interest. In fact, we may enter into a business combination with a target business that is affiliated with our sponsors, our directors or executive officers, although we do not intend to do so. Nor do we have a policy that expressly prohibits any such persons from engaging for their own account in business activities of the types conducted by us, including the formation or participation in one or more other blank check companies. Accordingly, such persons or entities may have a conflict between their interests and ours.

The personal and financial interests of our directors and officers may influence their motivation in timely identifying and selecting a target business and completing a business combination. Consequently, our directors’ and officers’ discretion in identifying and selecting a suitable target business may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether the terms, conditions and timing of a particular business combination are appropriate and in our stockholders’ best interest. If this were the case, it would be a breach of their fiduciary duties to us as a matter of Delaware law and we or our stockholders might have a claim against such individuals for infringing on our stockholders’ rights. However, we might not ultimately be successful in any claim we may make against them for such reason.

We may engage in a business combination with one or more target businesses that have relationships with entities that may be affiliated with our sponsors, executive officers, directors or existing holders which may raise potential conflicts of interest.

In light of the involvement of our sponsors, executive officers and directors with other entities, we may decide to acquire one or more businesses affiliated with our sponsors, executive officers, directors or existing holders. Our directors also serve as officers and board members for other entities. Our founder and our directors and officers, Trasimene Capital and Bilcar Limited Partnership or their affiliates may sponsor, form or participate in other blank check companies similar to ours during the period in which we are seeking an initial business combination. Such entities may compete with us for business combination opportunities. Our sponsors, officers and directors are not currently aware of any specific opportunities for us to complete our initial business combination with any entities with which they are affiliated, and there have been no substantive discussions concerning a business combination with any such entity or entities. Although we will not be specifically focusing on, or targeting, any transaction with any affiliated entities, we would pursue such a transaction if we determined that such affiliated entity met our criteria for a business combination and such transaction was approved by a majority of our independent and disinterested directors. Despite our agreement to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA, or from an independent accounting firm, regarding the fairness to our company from a financial point of view of a business combination with one or more domestic or international businesses affiliated with our sponsors, executive officers, directors or existing holders, potential conflicts of interest still may exist and, as a result, the terms of the business combination may not be as advantageous to our public stockholders as they would be absent any conflicts of interest.


Since our sponsors, executive officers and directors will lose their entire investment in us if our initial business combination is not completed (other than with respect to public shares they may acquire), a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a particular business combination target is appropriate for our initial business combination.

On April 7, 2020, the sponsors paid an aggregate of $25,000, or approximately $0.001 per share, to cover certain of our offering costs in consideration of 21,562,500 shares of our Class B common stock, par value $0.0001. On May 26, 2020, we effected a stock dividend with respect to our Class B common stock of 4,312,500 shares thereof, resulting in our initial stockholders holding an aggregate of 25,875,000 founder shares. Prior to the initial investment in the company of $25,000 by the sponsors, the company had no assets, tangible or intangible. The number of founder shares issued was determined based on the expectation that such founder shares would represent 20% of the outstanding shares after the IPO. On May 19, 2020, our sponsors transferred 25,000 founder shares to each of our independent director nominees at their original purchase price. The founder shares will be worthless if we do not complete an initial business combination. In addition, our sponsors have committed, pursuant to a written agreement, to purchase an aggregate of 15,133,333 private placement warrants, each exercisable to purchase one share of our Class A common stock at $11.50 per share, for a purchase price of approximately $22,700,000, or $1.50 per whole warrant, that will also be worthless if we do not complete a business combination. Holders of founder shares have agreed (A) to vote any shares owned by them in favor of any proposed business combination and (B) not to redeem any founder shares in connection with a stockholder vote to approve a proposed initial business combination. In addition, we may obtain loans from our sponsors, affiliates of our sponsors or an officer or director, and we may pay our sponsors, officers, directors and any of their respective affiliates fees and expenses in connection with identifying, investigating and completing an initial business combination.

The personal and financial interests of our executive officers and directors may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business combination, completing an initial business combination and influencing the operation of the business following the initial business combination. This risk may become more acute as the 24-month anniversary of the closing of the IPO nears, which is the deadline for our completion of an initial business combination.

We may issue notes or other debt securities, or otherwise incur substantial debt, to complete a business combination, which may adversely affect our leverage and financial condition and thus negatively impact the value of our stockholders’ investment in us.

Although we currently have no commitments to issue any notes or other debt securities, or to otherwise incur outstanding debt, we may choose to incur substantial debt to complete our initial business combination. We and our officers have agreed that we will not incur any indebtedness unless we have obtained from the lender a waiver of any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to the monies held in the trust account. As such, no issuance of debt will affect the per-share amount available for redemption from the trust account. Nevertheless, the incurrence of debt could have a variety of negative effects, including:

·default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after an initial business combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;

·acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

·our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand;


·our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt security is outstanding;

·our inability to pay dividends on our Class A common stock;

·using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our Class A common stock if declared, our ability to pay expenses, make capital expenditures and acquisitions and fund other general corporate purposes;

·limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate;

·increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation; and

·limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements and execution of our strategy and other purposes and other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt.

We may only be able to complete one business combination with the proceeds of the IPO and the sale of the private placement warrants, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business which may have a limited number of products or services. This lack of diversification may negatively impact our operations and profitability.

Of the net proceeds from the IPO and the sale of the private placement warrants and the sale of the forward purchase securities, $1,299,624,267 will be available to complete our business combination and pay related fees and expenses (which excludes up to approximately $36,225,000), after taking into account the deferred underwriting commissions being held in the trust account and the estimated expense of the IPO of deferred underwriting costs).

We may effectuate our initial business combination with a single target business or multiple target businesses simultaneously or within a short period of time. However, we may not be able to effectuate our initial business combination with more than one target business because of various factors, including the existence of complex accounting issues and the requirement that we prepare and file pro forma financial statements with the SEC that present operating results and the financial condition of several target businesses as if they had been operated on a combined basis. By completing our initial business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments. Further, we would not be able to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry. Accordingly, the prospects for our success may be:

·solely dependent upon the performance of a single business, property or asset; or

·dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

This lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory risks, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to our initial business combination.

We may attempt to simultaneously complete business combinations with multiple prospective targets, which may hinder our ability to complete our initial business combination and give rise to increased costs and risks that could negatively impact our operations and profitability.

If we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses that are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other business combinations, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete our initial business combination. With multiple business combinations, we1017 could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business. If we are unable to adequately address these risks, it could negatively impact our profitability and results of operations.

We may attempt to complete our initial business combination with a private company about which little information is available, which may result in a business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

In pursuing our acquisition strategy, we may seek to effectuate our initial business combination with a privately held company. By definition, very little public information generally exists about private companies, and we could be required to make our decision on whether to pursue a potential initial business combination on the basis of limited information, which may result in a business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.


Our management may not be able to maintain control of a target business after our initial business combination. Upon the loss of control of a target business, new management may not possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to profitably operate such business.

We may structure our initial business combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public stockholders own shares will own less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for us not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. We will not consider any transaction that does not meet such criteria. Even if the post-transaction company owns 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our stockholders prior to our initial business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post business combination company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares of our Class A common stock in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock, shares or other equity interests of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares of our Class A common stock, our stockholders immediately prior to such transaction could own less than a majority of our issued and outstanding Class A common stock subsequent to such transaction. In addition, other minority stockholders may subsequently combine their holdings resulting in a single person or group obtaining a larger share of the company’s shares than we initially acquired. Accordingly, this may make it more likely that our management will not be able to maintain control of the target business.

We may seek business combination opportunities with a high degree of complexity that require significant operational improvements, which could delay or prevent us from achieving our desired results.

We may seek business combination opportunities with large, highly complex companies that we believe would benefit from operational improvements. While we intend to implement such improvements, to the extent that our efforts are delayed or we are unable to achieve the desired improvements, the business combination may not be as successful as we anticipate.

To the extent we complete our initial business combination with a large complex business or entity with a complex operating structure, we may also be affected by numerous risks inherent in the operations of the business with which we combine, which could delay or prevent us from implementing our strategy. Although our management team will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business and its operations, we may not be able to properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors until we complete our business combination. If we are not able to achieve our desired operational improvements, or the improvements take longer to implement than anticipated, we may not achieve the gains that we anticipate. Furthermore, some of these risks and complexities may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks and complexities will adversely impact a target business. Such combination may not be as successful as a combination with a smaller, less complex organization.

We do not have a specified maximum redemption threshold. The absence of such a redemption threshold may make it possible for us to complete our initial business combination with which a substantial majority of our stockholders do not agree.

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not provide a specified maximum redemption threshold, except that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (such that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules) or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial business combination. As a result, we may be able to complete our initial business combination even though a substantial majority of our public stockholders do not agree with the transaction and have redeemed their shares or, if we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, have entered into privately negotiated agreements to sell their shares to our sponsors, officers, directors, advisors or any of their affiliates. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all shares of our Class A common stock that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the business combination or redeem any shares, all shares of our Class A common stock submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof, and we instead may search for an alternate business combination.


In order to effectuate an initial business combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and other governing instruments, including their warrant agreements. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation or governing instruments in a manner that will make it easier for us to complete our initial business combination that our stockholders may not support.

In order to effectuate a business combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and governing instruments, including their warrant agreements. For example, blank check companies have amended the definition of business combination, increased redemption thresholds, changed industry focus and, with respect to their warrants, amended their warrant agreements to require the warrants to be exchanged for cash and/or other securities. Amending our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation will require the approval of holders of 65% of our common stock, and amending our warrant agreement will require a vote of holders of at least 65% of the public warrants. In addition, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation requires us to provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares for cash if we propose an amendment to our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO or with respect to any other provisions relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity. To the extent any of such amendments would be deemed to fundamentally change the nature of any of the securities offered in our IPO, we would register, or seek an exemption from registration for, the affected securities. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our charter or governing instruments or extend the time to consummate an initial business combination in order to effectuate our initial business combination.

The provisions of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation that relate to our pre-business combination activity (and corresponding provisions of the agreement governing the release of funds from our trust account) may be amended with the approval of holders of at least 65% of our common stock, which is a lower amendment threshold than that of some other blank check companies. It may be easier for us, therefore, to amend our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation to facilitate the completion of an initial business combination that some of our stockholders may not support.

Some other blank check companies have a provision in their charter which prohibits the amendment of certain of its provisions, including those which relate to a company’s pre-business combination activity, without approval by a certain percentage of the company’s stockholders. In those companies, amendment of these provisions typically requires approval by 90% of the company’s stockholders attending and voting at the meeting. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that any of its provisions related to pre-business combination activity (including the requirement to deposit proceeds of the IPO and the private placement of warrants into the trust account and not release such amounts except in specified circumstances, and to provide redemption rights to public stockholders as described herein) may be amended if approved by holders of 65% of our common stock entitled to vote thereon and corresponding provisions of the trust agreement governing the release of funds from our trust account may be amended if approved by holders of at least 65% of our common stock entitled to vote thereon. In all other instances, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation may be amended by holders of a majority of our outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote thereon, subject to applicable provisions of the DGCL or applicable stock exchange rules. Our initial stockholders and their permitted transferees, if any, who will collectively beneficially own, on an as converted basis, 20% of our Class A common stock upon the closing of the IPO (assuming they do not purchase any units in the IPO), will participate in any vote to amend our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and/or trust agreement and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. As a result, we may be able to amend the provisions of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation which govern our pre-business combination behavior more easily than some other blank check companies, and this may increase our ability to complete a business combination with which you do not agree. Our stockholders may pursue remedies against us for any breach of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Our sponsors, executive officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete an initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO, unless we provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their Class A common stock upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our taxes, if any (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses) divided by the number of then outstanding public shares. These agreements are contained in letter agreements that we have entered into with our sponsors, directors and each member of our management team. Our stockholders are not parties to, or third-party beneficiaries of, these agreements and, as a result, will not have the ability to pursue remedies against our sponsors, executive officers or directors for any breach of these agreements. As a result, in the event of a breach, our stockholders would need to pursue a stockholder derivative action, subject to applicable law.


We may be unable to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination or to fund the operations and growth of a target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular business combination. If we do not complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public stockholders, and our warrants will expire worthless.

Although we believe that our capital resources will be sufficient to allow us to complete our initial business combination, we cannot be certain that we will be able to satisfy the capital requirements for any particular transaction. If our capital resources prove to be insufficient, either because of the size of our initial business combination, the depletion of the available net proceeds in search of a target business, the obligation to redeem for cash a significant number of shares from stockholders who elect redemption in connection with our initial business combination or the terms of negotiated transactions to purchase shares in connection with our initial business combination, we may be required to seek additional financing or to abandon the proposed business combination. We cannot assure you that such financing will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. The current economic environment may make it difficult for companies to obtain acquisition financing. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to complete our initial business combination, we would be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon that particular business combination and seek an alternative target business candidate. If we do not complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may only receive their pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account that are available for distribution to public stockholders and not previously released to us to pay our taxes on the liquidation of our trust account, and our warrants will expire worthless. In addition, even if we do not need additional financing to complete our initial business combination, we may require such financing to fund the operations or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on the continued development or growthus.

The existence of the target business. None of our officers, directors or stockholders is required to provide any financing to us in connection with or after our initial business combination. If we do not complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may only receive approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of our trust account,foregoing provisions and our warrants will expire worthless.

Our initial stockholders control a substantial interest in us and thus may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a stockholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support.

Upon closing of the IPO, our initial stockholders will own, on an as-converted basis, 20% of our issued and outstanding Class A common stock (assuming they do not purchase any units in the IPO). Accordingly, they may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a stockholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support, including amendments to our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation. If our initial stockholders purchases any units in the IPO or if our initial stockholders purchase any additional shares of our Class A common stock in the aftermarket or in privately negotiated transactions, this would increase their control. Neither our initial stockholders nor, to our knowledge, any of our officers or directors, have any current intention to purchase additional securities. Factors that would be considered in making such additional purchases would include consideration of the current trading price of our Class A common stock. In addition, our board of directors, whose members were elected by our sponsors, is and will be divided into three classes, each of which will generally serve for a terms for three years with only one class of directors being elected in each year. We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders to elect new directors prior to the completion of our initial business combination, in which case all of the current directors will continue in office until at least the completion of the business combination. If there is an annual meeting, as a consequence of our “staggered” board of directors, only a minority of the board of directors will be considered for election and our initial stockholders, because of their ownership position, will have considerable influence regarding the outcome. In addition, prior to the completion of an initial business combination, holders of a majority of our founder shares may remove a member of the board of directors for any reason. Accordingly, our initial stockholders will continue to exert control at least until the completion of our initial business combination.


We may amend the terms of the warrants in a manner that may be adverse to holders of public warrants with the approval by the holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding public warrants and forward purchase warrants. As a result, the exercise price of your warrants could be increased, the exercise period could be shortened and the number of shares of our Class A common stock purchasable upon exercise of a warrant could be decreased, all without your approval.

Our warrants have been issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. The warrant agreement provides that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but requires the approval by the holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding public warrants to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders of public warrants and forward purchase warrants. Accordingly, we may amend the terms of the public warrants in a manner adverse to a holder if holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding public warrants approve of such amendment. Although our ability to amend the terms of the public warrants and forward purchase warrants with the consent of at least 65% of the then outstanding public warrants is unlimited, examples of such amendments could be amendments to, among other things, increase the exercise price of the warrants, convert the warrants into cash, shorten the exercise period or decrease the number of shares of our Class A common stock purchasable upon exercise of a warrant.

We may redeem your unexpired warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to you, thereby making your warrants worthless.

We have the ability to redeem the outstanding warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.01 per warrant, if, among other things, the Reference Value equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like). If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. Redemption of the outstanding warrants as described above could force you to (i) exercise your warrants and pay the exercise price therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous for you to do so, (ii) sell your warrants at the then-current market price when you might otherwise wish to hold your warrants or (iii) accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the outstanding warrants are called for redemption, we expect would be substantially less than the Market Value of your warrants. None of the private placement warrants will be redeemable by us so long as they are held by our sponsors or their permitted transferees.

In addition, we have the ability to redeem the outstanding warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.10 per warrant if, among other things, the Reference Value equals or exceeds $10.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, rights issuances, subdivisions, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like). In such a case, the holders will be able to exercise their warrants prior to redemption for a number of shares of our Class A common stock determined based on the redemption date and the fair market value of our Class A common stock. The value received upon exercise of the warrants (1) may be less than the value the holders would have received if they had exercised their warrants at a later time where the underlying share price is higher and (2) may not compensate the holders for the value of the warrants, including because the amount of common stock received is capped at 0.361 shares of our Class A common stock per warrant (subject to adjustment) irrespective of the remaining life of the warrants.

Our warrants and founder shares may have an adverse effect on the market price of the shares of our Class A common stock and make it more difficult to effectuate our initial business combination.

We issued warrants to purchase 34,500,000 of our Class A common stock as part of the units offered in our Initial Public Offering and we issued in a private placement an aggregate of 15,133,333 private placement warrants, each exercisable to purchase one share of our Class A common stock at $11.50 per share. We also expect to issue 10,000,000 forward purchase warrants concurrently with the closing of the Business Combination. Our sponsors and our independent directors currently collectively own an aggregate of 25,875,000 shares of Class B common stock. The founder shares are convertible into Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment. In addition, if our sponsors make any working capital loans, up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be converted into warrants, at the price of $1.50 per warrant at the option of the lender. Such warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period. Our public warrants are also redeemable by us for shares of our Class A common stock.

To the extent we issue Class A common stock for any reason, including to effectuate a business combination, the potential for the issuance of a substantial number of additional shares of our Class A common stock upon exercise of these warrants and conversion rights could make us a less attractive acquisition vehicle to a target business. Such warrants when exercised will increase the number of issued and outstanding shares of our Class A common stock and reduce the value of the shares of our Class A common stock issued to complete the business transaction. Therefore, our warrants and founder shares may make it more difficult to effectuate a business transaction or increase the cost of acquiring the target business.


The private placement warrants are identical to the warrants sold as part of the units in the IPO except that, so long as they are held by our sponsors or their permitted transferees, (i) they will not be redeemable by us, (ii) they (including the shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of these warrants) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by our sponsors until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination, (iii) they may be exercised by the holders on a cashless basis and (iv) are subject to registration rights.

Because each unit contains one-third of one warrant and only a whole warrant may be exercised, the units may be worth less than units of other blank check companies.

Each unit contains one-third of one warrant. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, no fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the units, and only whole units will trade. If, upon exercise of the warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number the number of shares of our Class A common stock to be issued to the warrant holder. This is different from other offerings similar to ours whose units include one common share and one warrant to purchase one whole share. We have established the components of the units in this way in order to reduce the dilutive effect of the warrants upon completion of a business combination since the warrants will be exercisable in the aggregate for one third of the number of shares compared to units that each contain a whole warrant to purchase one share, thus making us, we believe, a more attractive merger partner for target businesses. Nevertheless, this unit structure may cause our units to be worth less than if it included a warrant to purchase one whole share.

A provision of our warrant agreement may make it more difficult for us to complete an initial business combination.

Unlike most blank check companies, if (i) we issue additional common stock or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of our initial business combination at an issue price or effective issue price of less than $9.20 per share (with such issue price or effective issue price to be determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors, and in the case of any such issuance to the Sponsors or their affiliates, without taking into account any Founder Shares held by the Sponsors or such affiliates, as applicable, prior to such issuance) (the “Newly Issued Price”), (ii) the aggregate gross proceeds from such issuances represent more than 60% of the total equity proceeds, and interest thereon, available for the funding of our initial business combination on the date of the completion of our initial business combination (net of redemptions), and (iii) the volume weighted average trading price of the Company’s Class A common stock during the 20 trading day period starting on the trading day prior to the day on which the Company consummates a Business Combination (such price, the “Market Value”) is below $9.20 per share, then the exercise price of the warrants will be adjusted to be equal to 115% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, and the $10.00 and $18.00 per share redemption trigger prices will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 100% and 180% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, respectively. This may make it more difficult for us to complete an initial business combination with a target business.

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. This material weakness could continue to adversely affect our ability to report our results of operations and financial condition accurately and in a timely manner.

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. Our management is likewise required, on a quarterly basis, to evaluate the effectiveness of our internal controls and to disclose any changes and material weaknesses identified through such evaluation in those internal controls. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

As described elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K/A, we identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting related to the accounting for a significant and unusual transaction related to the warrants we issued and forward purchase agreements we entered into in connection with our initial public offering in May 2020. As a result of this material weakness, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of December 31, 2020. This material weakness resulted in a material misstatement of our warrant liabilities, FPA liabilities, change in fair value of warrant liabilities, additional paid-in capital, accumulated deficit and related financial disclosures for the affected periods.

To respond to this material weakness, we have devoted, and plan to continue to devote, significant effort and resources to the remediation and improvement of our internal control over financial reporting. While we have processes to identify and appropriately apply applicable accounting requirements, we plan to enhance these processes to better evaluate our research and understanding of the nuances of the complex accounting standards that apply to our consolidated financial statements. Our plans at this time include providing enhanced access to accounting literature, research materials and documents and increased communication among our personnel and third-party professionals with whom we consult regarding complex accounting applications. The elements of our remediation plan can only be accomplished over time, and we can offer no assurance that these initiatives will ultimately have the intended effects. For a discussion of management’s consideration of the material weakness identified related to our accounting for a significant and unusual transaction related to the Warrants we issued in connection with the August 2020 initial public offering, see “Note 2—Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements” to the accompanying consolidated financial statements, as well as Part II, Item 9A: Controls and Procedures included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K/A.

Any failure to maintain such internal control could adversely impact our ability to report our financial position and results from operations on a timely and accurate basis. If our financial statements are not accurate, investors may not have a complete understanding of our operations. Likewise, if our financial statements are not filed on a timely basis, we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the stock exchange on which our common stock is listed, the SEC or other regulatory authorities. In either case, there could result a material adverse effect on our business. Failure to timely file will cause us to be ineligible to utilize short form registration statements on Form S-3, which may impair our ability to obtain capital in a timely fashion to execute our business strategies or issue shares to effect an acquisition. Ineffective internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our stock.

We can give no assurance that theanti-takeover measures we have taken and plan to take in the future will remediate the material weakness identified or that any additional material weaknesses or restatements of financial results will not arise in the future due to a failure to implement and maintain adequate internal control over financial reporting or circumvention of these controls. In addition, even if we are successful in strengthening our controls and procedures, in the future those controls and procedures may not be adequate to prevent or identify irregularities or errors or to facilitate the fair presentation of our consolidated financial statements.

Because we must furnish our stockholders with target business financial statements, we may lose the ability to complete an otherwise advantageous initial business combination with some prospective target businesses.

The federal proxy rules require that a proxy statement with respect to a vote on a business combination meeting certain financial significance tests include historical and/or pro forma financial statement disclosure in the proxy statement. We will include the same financial statement disclosure in connection with our tender offer documents, whether or not they are required under the tender offer rules. These financial statements may be required to be prepared in accordance with, or be reconciled to, accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), or international financial reporting standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS”), depending on the circumstances and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”). These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire because some targets may be unable to provide such statements in time for us to disclose such statements in accordance with federal proxy rules and complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame.


We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we take advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies, this could make our securities less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies.

We are an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act, and we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As a result, our stockholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the Market Value of our Class A common stock held by non-affiliates equals or exceeds $700.0 million as of any June 30th before that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31. We cannot predict whether investors will find our securities less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result of our reliance on these exemptions, the trading prices of our securities may be lower than they otherwise would be, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the trading prices of our securities may be more volatile.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accountant standards used.

Compliance obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may make it more difficult for us to effectuate a business combination, require substantial financial and management resources, and increase the time and costs of completing an acquisition.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we evaluate and report on our system of internal controls beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2021. Only in the event we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer, and no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, will we be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. Further, for as long as we remain an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. The fact that we are a blank check company makes compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act particularly burdensome on us as compared to other public companies because a target business with which we seek to complete our initial business combination may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of its internal controls. The development of the internal control of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.

Provisions in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and Delaware law may inhibit a takeover of us, which could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for the Company’s shares. They could also deter potential acquirers of the Company, thereby reducing the likelihood that stockholders could receive a premium for their shares in an acquisition. See “Description of Securities” included as Exhibit 4.1 to this Annual Report for a more detailed discussion of these provisions.

The Company incurs increased costs and is subject to additional regulations and requirements as a public company, which could lower our profits or make it more difficult to run our business.

As a public company, we incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that Alight had not previously incurred as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. We also incur costs associated with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related rules implemented by the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”). The expenses incurred by public companies generally for reporting and corporate governance purposes (including due to increased focus on environmental, social and governance (commonly referred to as "ESG") and cybersecurity matters by certain investors and regulators) have been increasing. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly, although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. These laws and regulations also could make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our Board of Directors, our board committees or as our executive officers. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our Class A Common Stock, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.

Compliance with any of the foregoing or future laws and regulations may result in enhanced disclosure obligations, which could negatively affect us or materially increase our regulatory burden. Increased regulations generally increase our costs, and we could continue to experience higher costs if new laws require us to spend more time, hire additional personnel or purchase new technology to comply effectively. For example, developing and acting on ESG initiatives, and collecting, measuring, and reporting ESG information and metrics can be costly, difficult and time consuming and is subject to evolving reporting standards, including the SEC’s proposed climate-related reporting requirements. We may also communicate certain initiatives and goals regarding environmental matters, diversity, responsible sourcing, social investments and other ESG matters in our SEC filings or in other public disclosures. These initiatives and goals could be difficult and expensive to implement, the technologies needed to implement them may not be cost effective and may not advance at a sufficient pace, and ensuring the accuracy, adequacy or completeness of the disclosure of our ESG initiatives can be costly, difficult and time-consuming. Further, statements about our ESG initiatives and goals, and progress against those goals, may be based on standards for measuring progress that are still developing, internal controls and processes that continue to evolve, and assumptions that are subject to change. In addition, we could face scrutiny from certain stakeholders for the scope or nature of such initiatives or goals, or for any revisions to these goals. If our ESG-related data, processes and reporting are incomplete or inaccurate, or if we fail to achieve progress with respect to our ESG goals on a timely basis, or at all, our business, financial performance and growth could be adversely affected.

Because we have no current plans to pay cash dividends on our Class A Common Stock, you may not receive any return on your investment unless you sell your Class A Common Stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

We have no current plans to pay cash dividends. The declaration, amount and payment of any future dividends on our Class A Common Stock will be at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors may take into account general and economic conditions, our financial condition and results of operations, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions and implications on the payment of dividends by us to our shareholders or by our subsidiaries to us and such other factors as our Board of Directors may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is limited by our credit facilities and may be limited by covenants of other indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur in the future. As a result, you may not receive any return on an investment in our Class A Common Stock unless you sell your Class A Common Stock for a price greater than that which you paid for such stock.

If securities or industry analysts downgrade their recommendations regarding our Class A Common Stock, the price of our Class A Common Stock and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our Class A Common Stock is influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. If analysts who cover us downgrade our Class A Common Stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the price of our Class A Common Stock may decline. If analysts cease coverage of us or fail to regularly

21


publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause the price of our Class A Common Stock or trading volume to decline and our Class A Common Stock to be less liquid.

The market price of shares of our Class A common stockCommon Stock has been, and could entrench management.

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals that stockholders may considercontinue to be in their best interests. These provisions include a staggered board of directorsvolatile and the ability of the board of directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred stock, and the fact that prior to the completionmay decline regardless of our initial business combination only holdersoperating performance, which could cause the value of your investment to decline.

The market price of our Class A Common Stock has fluctuated significantly in response to numerous factors and may continue to be subject to wide fluctuations. Securities markets worldwide experience significant price and volume fluctuations. During the year ended December 31, 2023, the per share trading price of our Class A Common Stock fluctuated from a low of $6.48 to a high of $10.05 at close.This market volatility, as well as general economic, market or political conditions, could reduce the market price of shares of our Class B common stock, whichA Common Stock regardless of our operating performance. In addition, our operating results may fail to match our past performance and could be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors due to a number of potential factors, including variations in our quarterly operating results or dividends, if any, to shareholders, additions or departures of key management personnel, failure to meet analysts’ earnings estimates, publication of research reports about our industry, the performance of direct and indirect competitors, litigation and government investigations, changes or proposed changes in laws or regulations or differing interpretations or enforcement thereof affecting our business, adverse market reaction to any indebtedness we may incur or securities we may issue in the future, changes in market valuations of similar companies, announcements by our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, dispositions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments, adverse publicity about the industries we participate in or individual scandals. In addition, the market price of shares of our Class A Common Stock could be subject to additional volatility or decrease significantly, as a result of speculation in the press or the investment community about our industry or our company, including, as a result of short sellers who publish, or arrange for the publication of, opinions or characterizations of our business prospects or similar matters calculated to create negative market momentum in order to profit from a decline in the market price of our Class A Common Stock. Stock markets and the price of our Class A Common Stock have, been issued to our sponsors, are entitled to vote on the appointment of directors, which may make more difficult the removal of management and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve paymentin the future, experience extreme price and volume fluctuations. In the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.

We are also subjectcompany’s securities, including as a result of reports published by short sellers, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against us, as well as responding to anti-takeover provisions under Delaware law, which could delayreports published by short sellers or prevent a change of control. Together these provisions may makeother speculation in the removal of management more difficult and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.

Cyber incidentspress or attacks directed at usinvestment community, could result in information theft, data corruption, operational disruption and/substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.

Risks Related to our Organizational Structure

The Company is a holding company, and our only material asset is our direct and indirect interests in Alight Holdings, and we are accordingly dependent upon distributions from Alight Holdings to pay dividends, taxes and other expenses, including payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

The Company is a holding company with no material assets other than its direct and indirect ownership of equity interests in Alight Holdings, of which the Company serves as the managing member. As a result, the Company has no independent means of generating revenue or cash flow and the Company is dependent on the financial loss.results and cash flows of Alight Holdings and its subsidiaries and the distributions that we receive from Alight Holdings in order to pay taxes, make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, pay dividends (including any dividends or amounts payable in connection with the conversion or exchange of Class B Common Stock and Class B Units) and pay other costs and expenses of the Company. While we intend to cause Alight Holdings to continue to make distributions to its members, including us, in an amount at least sufficient to allow us to pay all applicable taxes, to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, and to pay our corporate and other overhead expenses, deterioration in the financial condition, earnings or cash flow of Alight Holdings for any reason could limit or impair Alight Holdings’ ability to pay such distributions. Additionally, to the extent that the Company needs funds and Alight Holdings is restricted from making such distributions under applicable laws or regulations or under the terms of any financing arrangements, or Alight Holdings is otherwise unable to provide such funds, it could materially adversely affect the Company’s liquidity and financial condition. Such restrictions include Alight Holdings’ financing facilities to which Alight Holdings’ subsidiaries are borrowers or guarantors. Alight Holdings’ distributions, as a result of such financing facilities, are limited based on the achievement of certain financial ratios and fixed dollar baskets, availability under which will vary depending on the Company’s financial performance. We currently anticipate that Alight Holdings will have sufficient capacity to make the dividends and other distributions described above. Distributions may also be restricted pursuant to the Alight Holdings Operating Agreement and applicable Delaware law. Under the Alight Holdings Operating Agreement, the Company (as managing member) is prohibited from making distributions if they would violate Section 18-607 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act ("DLLCA") or another applicable law. Under the DLLCA, limited liability companies are generally restricted from making distributions to their members to the extent that, after giving effect to any such distribution, the company’s liabilities (subject to certain limited exclusions) exceed the fair value of the company’s assets.

We depend on digital technologies, including information systems, infrastructureUnder the terms of the Alight Holdings Operating Agreement, Alight Holdings is obligated to make tax distributions to holders of Alight Holdings Units (including us) at an assumed tax rate, subject to there being available cash. The amount of these tax distributions may in certain periods exceed our tax liabilities and cloud applications and services, including thoseobligations to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, which may result significant excess cash accumulation at the Company. The Company's Board of thirdDirectors, in its sole discretion, will

22


determine from time to time how to use any cash that accumulates at the Company as a result, which may include, among other potential uses, repurchases of our Class A Common Stock or the payment of dividends thereon. However, we will have no obligation to distribute such cash (or other available cash other than as a result of any declared dividend) to our stockholders. To the extent that the Company does not use any such accumulated cash, following the exchange or redemption of Class A Units for Class A Common Stock, Continuing Tempo Unitholders may benefit from value attributable to such cash balances as a result of their ownership of Class A Common Stock, notwithstanding that such Continuing Tempo Unitholders may previously have participated or received distributions as holders of Alight Holdings Units that resulted in the excess cash balances at the Company.

The Company is required to pay certain parties with whichfor most of the benefits relating to any additional tax depreciation or amortization deductions that we may deal. Sophisticatedclaim as a result of the Company’s direct and deliberate attacks on,indirect allocable share of existing tax basis acquired in the Business Combination, the Company’s increase in its allocable share of existing tax basis and anticipated tax basis adjustments we receive in connection with sales or security breaches in, our systems or infrastructure,exchanges of Alight Holdings Units after the Business Combination.

In connection with the Business Combination, we entered into a tax receivable agreement (the "Tax Receivable Agreement" or the systems or infrastructure of third parties or the cloud, could lead to corruption or misappropriation"TRA") with certain of our assets, proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data. As an early stage company without significant investments in data security protection, we may not be sufficiently protected againstpre-Business Combination owners (the "TRA Parties") that provides for the payment by the Company to such occurrences. We may not have sufficient resources to adequately protect against, or to investigate and remediate any vulnerability to, cyber incidents. It is possible that anyTRA Parties of these occurrences, or a combination of them, could have adverse consequences on our business and lead to financial loss.


Since only holders of our founder shares will have the right to vote on the appointment of directors, the NYSE considers us to be a ‘controlled company’ within the meaning85% of the NYSE rulesbenefits, if any, that the Company is deemed to realize (calculated using certain assumptions) as a result of (i) the Company’s direct and indirect allocable share of existing tax basis acquired in the Business Combination, (ii) increases in the Company’s allocable share of existing tax basis and tax basis adjustments that will increase the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Alight Holdings as a result of the Business Combination and as a result of sales or exchanges of Alight Holdings Units for shares of Class A Common Stock after the Business Combination and (iii) certain other tax benefits related to entering into the Tax Receivable Agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. These increases in existing tax basis and tax basis adjustments generated over time may increase (for tax purposes) depreciation and amortization deductions and, therefore, may reduce the amount of tax that the Company would otherwise be required to pay in the future, although the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") may challenge all or part of the validity of that tax basis, and a court could sustain such a challenge. Actual tax benefits realized by the Company may differ from tax benefits calculated under the Tax Receivable Agreement as a result of the use of certain assumptions in the Tax Receivable Agreement, including the use of an assumed weighted-average state and local income tax rate to calculate tax benefits. The payment obligation under the Tax Receivable Agreement is an obligation of the Company and not of Alight Holdings. While the amount of existing tax basis, the anticipated tax basis adjustments and the actual amount and utilization of tax attributes, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing of exchanges of Alight Holdings Units for shares of our Class A Common Stock, the applicable tax rate, the price of shares of our Class A Common Stock at the time of exchanges, the extent to which such exchanges are taxable and the amount and timing of our income, we qualify for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.

Onlyexpect that as a result of the size of the transfers and increases in the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Alight Holdings and our possible utilization of tax attributes, including existing tax basis acquired at the time of the Business Combination, the payments that the Company may make under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be substantial. The payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement are not conditioned on the exchanging holders of Alight Holdings Units or other TRA Parties continuing to hold ownership interests in us. To the extent payments are due to the TRA Parties under the Tax Receivable Agreement, the payments are generally required to be made within ten business days after the tax benefit schedule (which sets forth the Company’s realized tax benefits covered by the Tax Receivable Agreement for the relevant taxable year) is finalized. The Company is required to deliver such a tax benefit schedule to the TRA Parties’ representative, for its review, within ninety calendar days after the due date (including extensions) of the Company’s federal corporate income tax return for the relevant taxable year.

In certain cases, payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement may be accelerated and/or significantly exceed the actual benefits the Company realizes in respect of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement.

The Company’s payment obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be accelerated in the event of certain changes of control or its election to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement early. The accelerated payments will relate to all relevant tax attributes then allocable to the Company in the case of an acceleration upon a change of control and to all relevant tax attributes allocable or that would be allocable to the Company (in the case of an election by the Company to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement early, assuming all Alight Holdings Units were then exchanged). The accelerated payments required in such circumstances will be calculated by reference to the present value, at a specified discount rate, of all future payments that holders of Alight Holdings Units or other recipients would have been entitled to receive under the Tax Receivable Agreement, and such accelerated payments and any other future payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement will utilize certain valuation assumptions, including that the Company will have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the increased tax deductions and tax basis and other benefits related to entering into the Tax Receivable Agreement and sufficient taxable income to fully utilize any remaining net operating losses subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement on a straight line basis over the shorter of the statutory expiration period for such net operating losses or the five-year period after the early termination or change of control. In addition, recipients of payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement will not reimburse us for any payments previously made under the Tax Receivable Agreement if such tax basis and the Company’s utilization of certain tax attributes is successfully challenged by the IRS (although any such

23


detriment would be taken into account in future payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement). The Company’s ability to achieve benefits from any existing tax basis, tax basis adjustments or other tax attributes, and the payments to be made under the Tax Receivable Agreement, will depend upon a number of factors, including the timing and amount of our Founder Shares have the right to vote on the appointment of directors.future income. As a result, even in the absence of a change of control or an election to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement, payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement could be in excess of 85% of the Company’s actual cash tax benefits.

Accordingly, it is possible that the actual cash tax benefits realized by the Company may be significantly less than the corresponding Tax Receivable Agreement payments or that payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement may be made years in advance of the actual realization, if any, of the anticipated future tax benefits. There may be a material negative effect on our liquidity if the payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement exceed the actual cash tax benefits that the Company realizes in respect of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement and/or distributions to the Company by Alight Holdings are not sufficient to permit the Company to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement after it has paid taxes and other expenses. Based upon certain assumptions, we qualifyestimate that if Alight, Inc. were to exercise its termination right as of December 31, 2023, the aggregate amount of these termination payments would be significantly in excess of the Tax Receivable Agreement liability recorded in the Consolidated Financial Statements within this Annual Report. We may need to incur additional indebtedness to finance payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement to the extent our cash resources are insufficient to meet our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement as a ‘controlled company’result of timing discrepancies or otherwise, and these obligations could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control. For more information regarding our liability under the Tax Receivable Agreement, refer to Note 15 "Tax Receivable Agreement" within the meaningConsolidated Financial Statements within Item 8 of this Annual Report.

The acceleration of payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement in the case of certain changes of control may impair our ability to consummate change of control transactions or negatively impact the value of our Class A Common Stock.

In the case of a “Change of Control” under the Tax Receivable Agreement (which is defined to include, among other things, a 50% change in control of the NYSE corporate governance standards. UnderCompany, the NYSE corporate governance standards,approval of a companycomplete plan of which more than 50%liquidation or dissolution of the voting power is held by an individual, groupCompany, or another company is a ‘controlled company’ and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that:

·we have a board that includes a majority of ‘independent directors,’ as defined under the rules of the NYSE;

·we have a compensation committee of our board that is comprised entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

·we have a nominating and corporate governance committee of our board that is comprised entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities.

We do not intend to utilize these exemptions and intend to comply with the corporate governance requirementsdisposition of the NYSE, subject to applicable phase-in rules. However, if we determine in the future to utilize someall or all of these exemptions, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject tosubstantially all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements.

We wouldCompany’s direct or indirect assets), payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be accelerated and may significantly exceed the actual benefits the Company realizes in respect of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement. We expect that the payments that we may make under the Tax Receivable Agreement (the calculation of which is described in the immediately preceding risk factor) in the event of a second levelchange of U.S. federal income taxcontrol will be substantial. As a result, our accelerated payment obligations and/or the assumptions adopted under the Tax Receivable Agreement in the case of a change of control may impair our ability to consummate change of control transactions or negatively impact the value received by owners of our Class A Common Stock in a change of control transaction.

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

Our variable rate indebtedness subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our indebtedness service obligations to increase significantly.

Interest rates may increase in the future. As a result, interest rates on our term loan facility and revolving credit facility, or any other variable rate debt offerings that we may engage in, could be higher or lower than current levels. Although we use derivative financial instruments to some extent to manage a portion of our exposure to interest rate risks, we do not attempt to manage our entire exposure. As of December 31, 2023, we had approximately $2.5 billion of outstanding debt at variable interest rates. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on our variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, and our net income if we are determinedand cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness, would correspondingly decrease.

Changes in our credit ratings could adversely impact our operations and lower our profitability.

Credit rating agencies continually revise their ratings and outlooks for the companies that they rate, including us. For example, Moody’s Investors Service affirmed our credit ratings, but changed our outlook to be a personal holding company (a “PHC”), for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

A U.S. corporation generally will be classifiednegative from stable in July 2023. Credit rating agencies also evaluate our industry as a PHCwhole and may qualify or change their credit ratings for U.S. federal income tax purposes in a given taxable year if (i)us based on their overall view of our industry, global economic conditions or other geopolitical factors. Failure to maintain credit ratings that provide access to debt markets at any time duringreasonable interest rates could increase our cost of borrowing, reduce our ability to obtain intra-day borrowing, which we may need to operate our business, and adversely impact our business, including our competitive position, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

Not applicable.

24


Item 1C. Cybersecurity.

Alight recognizes the last halfimportance of such taxable year, five or fewer individuals (without regarddeveloping, implementing and maintaining robust cybersecurity measures designed to their citizenship or residencysafeguard our information systems and including as individuals for this purpose certain entities such as certain tax exempt organizations, pension fundsprotect the confidentiality, integrity and charitable trusts) own or are deemed to own (pursuant to certain constructive ownership rules) more than 50%availability of the stockdata in our care. The Company utilizes a cross-functional group of colleagues representing various stakeholders including technology, security, finance, internal audit, legal and others to identify and manage risks across the corporationorganization, including risks relating to cybersecurity.

The Company’s cybersecurity program is focused on continuous improvement and takes a layered approach to cybersecurity to include prevention, detection, and response-based controls. Our preventative measures include network-based controls, malware defenses, email security, encryption for data in motion and at rest, continuous vulnerability testing and mitigation, and multi-factor authentication. Our detection and response measures include comprehensive logging and continuous monitoring utilizing both in-house and Managed Security Services, forensics capability, and an enterprise crisis management function.

To support the overall cybersecurity program, Alight maintains an incident management team that tracks and logs privacy and security incidents across Alight, our vendors, and partners to better manage remediation and resolution of any such incidents. Significant incidents are promptly reviewed by valuea cross-functional working group to determine whether further escalation is appropriate. Any incident assessed as potentially being or potentially becoming material is escalated for further review, and (ii) at least 60% of the corporation’s adjusted ordinary gross income, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes, for such taxable year consists of PHC income (which includes, among other things, dividends, interest, certain royalties, annuities and, under certain circumstances, rents).

Depending on the date and size of our initial business combination, it is possible that at least 60% of our adjusted ordinary gross income may consist of PHC income as discussed above. In addition, depending on the concentration of our stock in the hands of individuals, including thethen reported to designated members of our sponsorexecutive leadership team where needed. We consult with outside counsel and certain tax exempt organizations, pension fundsforensics firms as appropriate, including on materiality analysis and charitable trusts, it is possible that more than 50%disclosure matters, and members of our stock may be ownedexecutive leadership team make the final materiality determinations and, if appropriate, disclosure to law enforcement, regulators or deemed owned (pursuantclients. Our executive leadership team apprises Alight’s Board of Directors and our independent public accounting firm of significant matters and any relevant developments.

Our cybersecurity frameworks are informed by third-party standards relevant to our industry such as the National Institute of Standards and Technology, the Center for Internet Security and the International Standards Organization. We regularly test our cybersecurity defenses through both automated and manual testing to identify, prioritize and remediate risk. Alight also engages third parties to examine and report on the effectiveness of our controls relating to our systems, including those used in the cybersecurity frameworks.

Our Chief Technology and Delivery Officer, Chief Information & Security Officer and Chief Legal Officer provide periodic reports on our cybersecurity and risk management efforts, including with respect to information security practices, to the constructive ownership rules)Audit Committee of our Board of Directors (the “Audit Committee”), as well as to other members of our executive leadership team, as appropriate. These reports include updates on the Company’s cyber risks and threats, the status of projects to strengthen our information security systems, assessments of the information security program, and the emerging threat landscape. Where appropriate, the Audit Committee then periodically reports to the full Board of Directors regarding the Company’s assessment of potential risk exposures and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such risks, which includes the Company’s cybersecurity program designed to prevent, detect, and rapidly respond to any potential incident.

In addition to our scheduled meetings, the Audit Committee and executive leadership team maintain an ongoing dialogue regarding emerging or potential cybersecurity risks. Together, they receive updates on significant developments in cybersecurity to facilitate proactive and responsive oversight. The Audit Committee is apprised of strategic decisions related to cybersecurity, offering guidance and approval for major initiatives. This involvement helps drive integration of cybersecurity considerations into our Company’s broader strategic objectives.

Additionally, because Alight partners with a number of third parties in the ordinary course of business, our management team has developed and implemented processes to oversee and manage significant risks associated with use of third-party service providers. We conduct thorough security assessments of critical third-party providers before engagement and periodically monitor vendor compliance with our security standards. The monitoring includes periodic assessments by our vendor management team and use of an independent vendor risk rating service that alerts Alight when there is a change in a service providers security posture. This approach is designed to mitigate risks related to data breaches or other security incidents originating from third parties.

Our Chief Information & Security Officer has over 30 years of experience in the cybersecurity industry, including, prior to joining Alight in 2021, as the SVP, Chief Information Security Officer at a multinational health insurance and health services company in the Fortune 100, and as head of cybersecurity for a U.S.-based financial services company in the Fortune 500, as well as for a federal banking institution and for a professional services company in the Fortune 500 specializing in information technology services. Our Chief Information & Security Officer reports directly to the Chief Technology and Delivery Officer and meets regularly with other members of senior management and the Audit Committee.

Our program is regularly evaluated by internal stakeholders and external parties with the results of those reviews reported to the executive leadership team and the Audit Committee, as appropriate. We also actively engage with key vendors, industry participants, and intelligence and law enforcement communities as part of our continuing efforts to evaluate and enhance the effectiveness of our information security policies and procedures. Our results of operations and financial condition have not been materially affected by risks from cybersecurity threats, including as a result of previously identified cybersecurity incidents, but we cannot provide assurance

25


that they will not be materially affected in the future by such persons duringrisks or any future incidents. For more information on our cybersecurity related risks, see the last halfRisk Factors in Item 1A. of a taxable year. Thus,this Annual Report.

Item 2. Properties.

Our corporate headquarters is located in leased office space in Lincolnshire, Illinois. We currently use approximately 290,000 square feet of office space in our headquarters. The lease expires on December 31, 2024. We have offices in locations throughout the world, including Texas, Florida, Georgia, Puerto Rico, Canada, Spain, India, Poland, and the Philippines. All of our offices are located in leased premises.

We believe that the facilities we currently occupy are adequate for the purposes for which they are being used and are well maintained. In general, no assurance can be given that we will not become a PHC following the IPOdifficulty is anticipated in negotiating renewals as leases expire or in finding other satisfactory space if the future. If wepremises become unavailable. See Note 19 “Lease Obligations” within the Consolidated Financial Statements within Item 8 of this Annual Report for further information.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

We are or were to become a PHC in a given taxable year, we would be subject to an additional PHC tax, currently 20%, on our undistributed PHC income, which generally includes our taxable income, subject to certain adjustments.

If we pursue a target company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States for our initial business combination, we may face additional burdens in connection with investigating, agreeing to and completing such initial business combination, and if we effect such initial business combination, we would be subjectparty to a variety of additional riskslegal proceedings that may negatively impactarise in the normal course of our operations.

Ifbusiness. While the results of these legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, we pursuebelieve that the final outcome of these proceedings will not have a target a company withmaterial adverse effect, individually or in the aggregate, on our results of operations or opportunities outsidefinancial condition.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.

26


PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of the United States for our initial business combination, we would be subject to risks associated with cross-border business combinations, including in connection with investigating, agreeing to and completing our initial business combination, conducting due diligence in a foreign jurisdiction, having such transaction approved by any local governments, regulators or agencies and changes in the purchase price based on fluctuations in foreign exchange rates.Equity Securities.

If we effect our initial business combination with such a company, we would be subject to any special considerations or risks associated with companies operating in an international setting, including any of the following:

·costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations and complying with different commercial and legal requirements of overseas markets;
·rules and regulations regarding currency redemption;


·complex corporate withholding taxes on individuals;
·laws governing the manner in which future business combinations may be effected;
·exchange listing and/or delisting requirements;
·tariffs and trade barriers;
·regulations related to customs and import/export matters;
·local or regional economic policies and market conditions;
·unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;
·longer payment cycles;
·tax issues, such as tax law changes and variations in tax laws as compared to the United States;
·currency fluctuations and exchange controls;
·rates of inflation;
·challenges in collecting accounts receivable;
·cultural and language differences;
·employment regulations;
·underdeveloped or unpredictable legal or regulatory systems;
·corruption;
·protection of intellectual property;
·social unrest, crime, strikes, riots and civil disturbances;
·regime changes and political upheaval;
·terrorist attacks, natural disasters and wars;
·deterioration of political relations with the United States; and
·government appropriation of assets.

We may not be able to adequately address these additional risks. If we were unable to do so, we may be unable to complete such initial business combination, or, if we complete such combination, our operations might suffer, either of which may adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Item 1B.Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2.Properties

We do not own any real estate or other physical properties materially important to our operation. We currently maintain our executive offices at 1701 Village Center Circle, Las Vegas, NV 89134. The cost for our use of this space is included in the $5,000 per month fee we will pay to Cannae Holdings for office space, and administrative support services. We consider our current office space adequate for our current operations.

Item 3.Legal Proceedings

There is no material litigation, arbitration or governmental proceeding currently pending against us or any members of our management team in their capacity.

Item 4.Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable


PART II

Item 5.Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information

Our Units began tradingClass A Common Stock is listed on the NYSE under the symbol "WPF.U"ALIT. Trading began on May 27, 2020. Commencingour Class A Common Stock on July 17, 2020,2, 2021. Prior to that time, there was no public market for our Class A Common Stock.

Market price information regarding our Class B-1 Common Stock, Class B-2 Common Stock, Class V Common Stock, Class Z-A Common Stock, Class Z-B-1 Common Stock and Class Z-B-2 Common Stock is not provided because there is no public market for such classes.

Holders of Record

Set forth below are the numbers of holders of record for each of our classes of Common Stock as of February 23, 2024.

Class

 Number of Holders of Record

Class A common stock

53

Class B-1 common stock

91

Class B-2 common stock

91

Class V common stock

3

Class Z-A common stock

58

Class Z-B-1 common stock

58

Class Z-B-2 common stock

58

Dividends

We do not intend to declare or pay cash dividends in the Units could electforeseeable future. Our management anticipates that earnings and other cash resources, if any, will primarily be retained for investment in our business.

Sales of Unregistered Securities

None.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

On August 1, 2022, we announced a share repurchase program, under which we may repurchase up to separately trade the$100 million of issued and outstanding shares of Class A common stockCommon Stock, from time to time, depending on market conditions and Warrants includedalternate uses of capital. The program may be effected through open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions in compliance with Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act, including through Rule 10b5-1 trading plans. The Program has no expiration date and may be suspended or discontinued at any time.

We did not repurchase any shares in the Units. fourth quarter of 2023. As of December 31, 2023, there was $48 million of remaining authorization available under the share repurchase program.

Performance

The shares offollowing graph compares the total shareholder return from July 2, 2021, the date on which our Class A common stock and Warrants that are separated, tradeCommon Stock commenced trading on the NYSE, under the symbols "WPF" and "WPF.WS," respectively. Those Units not separated continue to trade on the NYSE under the symbol "WPF."

Holders

At February 19, 2021, there was one holderthrough December 31, 2023 of record of our Units, one holder of record of(i) our Class A commonCommon Stock, (ii) the Standard and Poor's 500 Stock Index (“S&P 500”) and (iii) the Russell 2000 Index (the "Russell 2000"). The S&P 500 was selected because it serves as a broad market index. The Russell 2000 was selected because we do not believe we can reasonably identify an industry index or specific peer group that would offer a meaningful comparison. The Russell 2000 measures the performance of the small market capitalization segment of U.S. equity instruments.

27


The stock performance graph and six holderstable assume an initial investment of record$100 on July 2, 2021, and that all dividends of the S&P 500 and the Russell 2000, were reinvested. Companies in the Russell 2000 are weighted by market capitalization. The performance graph and table are not intended to be indicative of future performance. The performance graph and table shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that Section and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any of our Class B common stock.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

None.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities; Use of Proceeds from Registered Offerings

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities

None.

Use of Proceeds

On May 29, 2020, we consummated our Initial Public Offering of 103,500,000 Units, inclusive of the underwriters’ election to fully exercise their overallotment option to purchase an additional 13,500,000 Units. The Units were sold at an offering price of $10.00 per Unit, generating total gross proceeds of $1,035,000,000. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and BofA Securities, Inc. acted as the joint book-running managers. The securities sold in the offering were registeredfilings under the Securities Act on registration statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-238135). The SEC declared the registration statement effective on May 26, 2020.

Of the gross proceeds received from the Initial Public Offering, $1,035,000,000 was placed in the Trust Account.

We incurred $57,949,954 in transaction costs, including $20,700,000 in underwriting fees, $36,225,000 of deferred underwriting fees and $1,024,954 for other offering costs and expenses related to the Initial Public Offering.

There has been no material change in the planned use of proceeds from the Initial Public Offering as described in our final prospectus dated May 26, 2020, which was filed with the SEC.

Item 6.Selected Financial Data

Pursuant to Release No. 33-10890 (including the transition guidance therein), which was adopted by the SEC on November 19, 2020, the Company has elected to exclude the disclosures formerly required by this Item 6.


Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our audited financial statements and the notes related thereto which are included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Certain information contained in the discussion and analysis set forth below includes forward-looking statements. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those set forth under “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Overview

We are a blank check company incorporated on March 26, 2020 as a Delaware corporation and formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar Business Combination with one or more businesses. We intend to effectuate our initial Business Combination using cash from the proceeds of our Initial Public Offering and the private placement of the Private Placement Warrants, the proceeds of the sale of our shares in connection with our initial Business Combination, shares issued to the owners of the target, debt issued to bank or other lenders or the owners of the target, or a combination of the foregoing.Exchange Act.

img252786453_0.jpg 

The registration statement for our Initial Public Offering was declared effective on May 26, 2020. On May 29, 2020, we completed our Initial Public Offering of 103,500,000 Units, which includes the full exercise by the underwriters of the over-allotment option to purchase an additional 13,500,000 units, sold to the public at the price of $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $1,035,000,000. Each Unit consists of one share of our Class A common stock and one-third of one redeemable warrant. Each whole Public Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of our Class A common stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment. Simultaneously with the closing of our Initial Public Offering, we completed the sale to the sponsors of an aggregate of 15,133,333 Private Placement Warrants at a price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant, generating gross proceeds of approximately $22,700,000. Each Private Placement Warrant is exercisable for one share of our Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment. The proceeds from the Private Placement Warrants were added to the net proceeds from the Initial Public Offering held in the Trust Account.Item 6. Reserved.

28


Following our Initial Public Offering, the full exercise of the over-allotment option and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, a total of $1,035,000,000 was placed in the Trust Account. We incurred $57,949,954 in transaction costs, including $20,700,000 of underwriting fees, $36,225,000 of deferred underwriting fees and $1,024,954 of other offering costs.

We expect to continue to incur significant costs in the pursuit of our initial Business Combination. We cannot assure you that our plans to complete our initial Business Combination will be successful.

Restatement

This Management'sItem 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) has been amendedOperations.

This discussion includes forward-looking statements. See ‘Disclaimer Regarding Forward-Looking Statements’ for certain cautionary information regarding forward-looking statements and restated‘Risk Factors’ in Item 1A. of this Annual Report for a list of factors that could cause actual results to give effectdiffer materially from those predicted in those statements.

This discussion includes references to non-GAAP financial measures as defined in the rules of the SEC. We present such non-GAAP financial measures as we believe such information is of interest to the Restatementinvestment community because it provides additional meaningful methods of evaluating certain aspects of the Company’s operating performance from period to period on a basis that may not be otherwise apparent under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”), and these provide a measure against which our auditedbusinesses may be assessed in the future.

Our methods of calculating these measures may differ from those used by other companies and therefore comparability may be limited. These financial measures should be viewed in addition to, not in lieu of, the consolidated financial statements as of and for the periodyear ended December 31, 2020 ("Restatement"2023. See ‘Non-GAAP Financial Measures’ below for further discussion.

BUSINESS

Overview

Alight delivers human capital management solutions to many of the world’s largest and most complex companies. This includes the implementation and administration of both employee wellbeing (e.g. health, wealth and leaves benefits) and global payroll solutions. In addition, the Company implements and runs human capital management software platforms on behalf of third-party providers. Alight’s numerous solutions and services are utilized year-round by employees and their family members in support of their overall health, wealth and wellbeing goals. Participants can access their solutions digitally, including through a mobile application on Alight Worklife®, our intuitive, cloud-based employee engagement platform. Through Alight Worklife, the Company believes it is defining the future of employee wellbeing by providing an enterprise level, integrated offering designed to drive better outcomes for organizations and individuals.

We aim to be the pre-eminent employee experience partner by providing personalized experiences that help employees make the best decisions for themselves and their families about their health, wealth and wellbeing. At the same time, we help employers tackle their biggest people and business challenges by helping them understand prevalence, trends and risks to generate better outcomes for the future, such as improved employee productivity and retention, while also realizing a return on their people investment. Our data, analytics and AI allow us to deliver actionable insights that drive measurable outcomes, such as healthcare claims savings, for companies and their people. We provide solutions to manage health and retirement benefits, tools for payroll and HR management, as well as solutions to manage the workforce from the cloud.

On July 2, 2021 (the “Closing Date”), Alight Holding Company, LLC (the "Predecessor" or "Alight Holdings") andcompleted a business combination (the "Business Combination") with a special purpose acquisition company. On the unaudited quarterly information included in those audited financial statements. The Company has restated its historical financial results for such periods to reclassify its Warrants and FPAs as derivative liabilitiesClosing Date, pursuant to ASC 815-40 rather than as a components of equity as the Company previously treated the Warrants and FPAs. The impact of the Restatement is reflected in MD&A below. Other than as disclosed in the Explanatory Note and with respect to the Restatement, no other information in this Item 7 has been amended and this Item 7 does not reflect any events occurring after the Original Form 10-K. The impact of the Restatement is more fully described in Note 2 to the Company’s financial statements included in Item 15 of Part IV of this Amendment.

Recent Developments

On January 25, 2021, we entered into the Business Combination Agreement, by and among the Company, Alight, Alight Pubco, FTAC Merger Sub, Tempo Merger Sub, the Blocker Merger Subs and the Tempo Blockers. The Business Combination Agreement contemplates the consummation of the Pending Business Combination: (i) FTAC Merger Sub will merge with and into the Company, with the Company being the surviving corporation in the merger and becomingspecial purpose acquisition company became a wholly owned subsidiary of Alight, Pubco (the “Pubco Merger”Inc. (“Alight”, the “Company”, “we” “us” “our” or the “Successor”). As of December 31, 2023, Alight owned 95% of the economic interest in the Predecessor, had 100% of the voting power and (ii)controlled the management of the Predecessor. The non-voting ownership percentage held by noncontrolling interest was approximately 5% as of December 31, 2023.

As a result of the Business Combination, for accounting purposes, the Company is the acquirer and Alight Pubco will, throughHoldings is the acquiree and accounting predecessor.

Segment Reporting

Effective January 1, 2023, the Company's former Hosted business revenues and gross margin are reported in Other as the business is no longer core to the Company’s operations. There is no change in composition among the Employer Solutions and Professional Services segments.

29


EXECUTIVE SUMMARY OF FINANCIAL RESULTS

While the Closing Date was July 2, 2021, we determined the impact of one day was immaterial to the results of operations. As such, we utilized July 1, 2021 as the date of the Business Combination for accounting purposes. As a seriesresult of mergers and related transactions, acquire equity interests in Alightthe Business Combination, the following tables present selected financial data for the Successor years ended December 31, 2023, December 31, 2022 and the Tempo Blockers. Followingsix months ended December 31, 2021, and the Predecessor six months ended June 30, 2021.

We prepared our discussion of the results of operations by comparing the results of the Successor year ended December 31, 2023 to the Successor year ended December 31, 2022 and the combined Successor six months ended December 31, 2021 and Predecessor six months ended June 30, 2021. The core business operations of the Predecessor and Successor were not significantly impacted by the consummation of the Business Combination,Combination. Therefore, we believe the combined company willresults for the Successor six months ended December 31, 2021 and the Predecessor six months ended June 30, 2021 are comparable to the Successor year end, and provide enhanced comparability to the reader about the current year's results. We believe this approach provides the most meaningful basis of comparison and is useful in identifying current business trends for the periods presented. The combined results of operations included in our discussion below are not considered to be organizedprepared in an “Up-C” structure,accordance with U.S. GAAP and have not been prepared as pro forma results under applicable regulations, may not reflect the actual results we would have achieved had the Business Combination occurred at the beginning of 2021, and should not be viewed as a substitute for the results of operations of the Predecessor and Successor periods presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Except for the discussion of adjusted gross profit, year-to-year comparisons between 2022 and 2021 have been omitted from this Form 10-K, but may be found in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in Part II, Item 7 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022.

The following table sets forth our historical results of operations for the periods indicated below:

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

Year Ended

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

December 31,

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

(in millions)

 

 

2023

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

 

 

2021

 

Revenue

 

$

 

3,410

 

$

 

3,132

 

$

 

1,554

 

 

 

$

 

1,361

 

Cost of services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

2,188

 

 

 

2,080

 

 

 

1,001

 

 

 

 

 

888

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

82

 

 

 

56

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

38

 

Gross Profit

 

 

 

1,140

 

 

 

996

 

 

 

532

 

 

 

 

 

435

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

 

 

754

 

 

 

671

 

 

 

304

 

 

 

 

 

222

 

Depreciation and intangible amortization

 

 

 

339

 

 

 

339

 

 

 

163

 

 

 

 

 

111

 

Goodwill Impairment

 

 

 

148

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Operating expenses

 

 

 

1,241

 

 

 

1,010

 

 

 

467

 

 

 

 

 

333

 

Operating Income (Loss)

 

 

 

(101

)

 

 

(14

)

 

 

65

 

 

 

 

 

102

 

Other (Income) Expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Gain) Loss from change in fair value of financial instruments

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

(38

)

 

 

65

 

 

 

 

 

(Gain) Loss from change in fair value of tax receivable agreement

 

 

 

118

 

 

 

(41

)

 

 

(37

)

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

131

 

 

 

122

 

 

 

57

 

 

 

 

 

123

 

Other (income) expense, net

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

(16

)

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

Total Other (income) expense, net

 

 

 

265

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

88

 

 

 

 

 

132

 

Income (Loss) Before Taxes

 

 

 

(366

)

 

 

(41

)

 

 

(23

)

 

 

 

 

(30

)

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

31

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

Net Income (Loss)

 

 

 

(362

)

 

 

(72

)

 

 

(48

)

 

 

 

 

(25

)

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

(17

)

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(13

)

 

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Alight, Inc.

 

$

 

(345

)

$

 

(62

)

$

 

(35

)

 

 

$

 

(25

)

30


REVIEW OF RESULTS

Key Components of Our Operations

Revenue

Our clients’ demand for our services ultimately drives our revenues. We generate primarily all of our revenue, which substantiallyis highly recurring, from fees for services provided from contracts across all solutions, which is primarily based on a contracted fee charged per participant per period (e.g., monthly or annually, as applicable). Our contracts typically have three to five-year terms for ongoing services with mutual renewal options. The majority of the Company’s revenue is recognized over time when control of the promised services is transferred, and the clients simultaneously receive and consume the benefits of our services. Payment terms are consistent with industry practice. We calculate growth rates for each of our solutions in relation to recurring revenues and revenues from project work. One of the components of our growth in recurring revenues is the increase in net commercial activity which reflects items such as client wins and losses (“Net Commercial Activity”). We define client wins as sales to new clients and sales of new solutions to existing clients. We define client losses as instances where clients do not renew or terminate their arrangements in relation to individual solutions or all of the solutions that we provide. We measure revenue growth as it relates to the cloud-based products and solutions that are central to our Alight Worklife® platform and next generation product suite, BPaaS Solutions.

Cost of Services, exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

Cost of services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization includes compensation-related and vendor costs directly attributable to client-related services and costs related to application development and client-related infrastructure.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization expenses include the depreciation and amortization related to our hardware, software and application development. Depreciation and amortization may increase or decrease in absolute dollars in future periods depending on the future level of capital investments in hardware, software and application development.

Selling, General and Administrative

Selling, general and administrative expenses include compensation-related costs for administrative and management employees, system and facilities expenses, and costs for external professional and consulting services.

Depreciation and Intangible Amortization

Depreciation and intangible amortization expenses consist of charges relating to the depreciation of the property and equipment used in our business and the amortization of acquired customer-related and contract based intangible assets and businesstechnology related intangible assets. Depreciation and intangible amortization may increase or decrease in absolute dollars in future periods depending on the future level of Alight Pubco will be held by Alight. The combined company’s business will continuecapital investments in hardware and other equipment as well as amortization expense associated with future acquisitions.

Goodwill impairment

Goodwill impairment consists of charges relating to operate throughGoodwill. We review goodwill for impairment annually on October 1 and more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that an impairment may exist. If the subsidiariescarrying value of Alight.


The considerationthe reporting unit continues to be paidexceed its fair value, the fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is calculated and an impairment loss equal to the pre-Closing equityholdersexcess is recorded.

(Gain) Loss from Change in Fair Value of AlightFinancial Instruments

(Gain) loss from change in fair value of financial instruments includes the impact of the revaluation to fair value at the end of each reporting period for our previously issued warrants and the pre-Closing equityholdersSeller Earnouts contingent consideration.

(Gain) Loss from Change in Fair Value of Tax Receivable Agreement

(Gain) loss from change in fair value of Tax Receivable Agreement (the "TRA") includes the impact of the Tempo Blockers (in connection with the merger of the Tempo Merger Sub with and into Alight (the “Tempo Merger”) and the merger of the Tempo Blocker Merger Subs with and into the Tempo Blockers, respectively, and certain other transactionsrevaluation to fair value at the closingend of the Busines Combination (the “Closing”) will be a combinationeach reporting period.

Interest Expense

Interest expense primarily includes interest expense related to our outstanding debt.

31


Other (Income) Expense, net

Other (income) expense, net includes non-operating expenses and income, including realized (gains) and losses from remeasurement of cash and equity consideration.foreign currency transactions.

The Business Combination will be consummated subject to the deliverables and provisions as further described in the Business Combination Agreement.

Results of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2023 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2022

Revenue

Revenues were $3,410 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2023 as compared to $3,132 million for the prior year period. The increase of $278 million reflects growth of 9.0% in our Employer Solutions segment and 13.5% in our Professional Services segment. We also measure revenue growth as it relates to our cloud-based products and solutions that are central to our Alight Worklife® platform and our next generation product suite, BPaaS Solutions. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2023, we recorded BPaaS revenue of $756 million, which represented growth of 34.0% compared to the prior year period.

In addition, we also consider BPaaS bookings, defined as total contract value ("TCV") for BPaaS customer agreements executed in the period, to be a key indicator of future revenue growth and is used as a metric of commercial activity by management and investors. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2023, BPaaS bookings of $747 million represents a decrease of 14.2% compared to the prior year period. Since the start of 2021, we have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenues to date. Our only activities since inception have been organizational activities, those necessary to prepare for our Initial Public Offering and identifying a target company for our initial Business Combination. We do not expect to generate any operating revenues until after completiondelivered BPaaS TCV bookings of nearly $2.2 billion, ahead of our initial Business Combination. We generate non-operating incomethree-year goal of $1.5 billion by the end of 2023.

Recurring revenues, excluding Other increased by $242 million, or 9.3%, to $2,837 million from $2,595 million, primarily due to growth in both the formEmployer Solutions and Professional Services segments. Growth in Employer Solutions is a result of interest income on marketable securities heldhigher revenues related to net commercial activity and our 2022 acquisition, partially offset by lower volumes. Growth in Professional Services is primarily a result of higher project revenues.

Cost of Services, exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization

Cost of services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, increased $108 million, or 5.2%, for the Trust Account. We incur expensesyear ended December 31, 2023 as compared to the prior year period. The increase was primarily driven by growth in revenues, including investments in key resources and as a result of being a public company (for legal, financial reporting, accountingour 2022 acquisition, partially offset by productivity initiatives.

Selling, General and auditing compliance)Administrative

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $83 million, or 12.4%, as well as expenses as we conduct due diligence on prospective Business Combination candidates.

��

Forfor the period from March 26, 2020 (inception) throughyear ended December 31, 2020,2023 as compared to the prior year period. The increase was primarily driven by the inclusion of expenses from our 2022 acquisition and costs incurred from our previously announced restructuring program, partially offset by lower compensation expenses related to share-based awards.

Depreciation and Intangible Amortization

Depreciation and intangible amortization expenses remained consistent when comparing the year ended December 31, 2023 to the prior year period.

Goodwill Impairment

In connection with our strategic portfolio review, we hadidentified a netgoodwill impairment in the Cloud Services reporting unit and recorded a $148 million non-cash goodwill impairment charge during the year ended December 31, 2023. There was no impairment recognized in the year ended December 31, 2022.

Change in Fair Value of Financial Instruments

There was a loss of $114,432,650, which consists of non-cash losses of $57,599,000 and $54,277,110$10 million related to changesthe change in the fair value of financial instruments for the Warrants and FPAs, respectively, formation and operating costs of $3,258,112 and a provision for income taxes of $147,695, offset by interest income on marketable securities held in the Trust Account of $849,267.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Until the consummation of the Initial Public Offering, the Company’s only source of liquidity was an initial purchase of Class B common shares by our sponsor and loans from our sponsor.

For the period from March 26, 2020 (inception) throughyear ended December 31, 2020, cash used in operating activities was $503,575. Net2023 compared to a gain of $38 million for the prior year period. We are required to remeasure the financial instruments at the end of each reporting period and reflect a gain or loss of $114,432,650 was affected by the non-cash loss onfor the change in fair value of the Warrants of $57,599,000, non-cash loss onfinancial instruments in the period the change occurred. Changes in the fair value are due to changes in the underlying assumptions, including changes in the risk-free interest rate, volatility, and the closing stock price for the period. See Note 14 "Financial Instruments" for additional information.

32


Change in Fair Value of Tax Receivable Agreement

The remeasurement of the fair value of the FPAsTRA resulted in a loss of $54,277,110, interest earned on marketable securities held$118 million for twelve months ended December 31, 2023, compared to a gain of $41 million for the prior year period. This revaluation loss was due to changes in the Trust Accountdiscount rate, passage of $849,267time, and changes in the expected timing of the utilization of tax attributes during the term of the TRA, which we are required to revalue at the end of each reporting period.

Interest Expense

Interest expense increased $9 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to the prior year period. The increase was primarily due to higher interest expense on our Term Loan due to movement in market interest rates. See Note 8 “Debt” for additional information.

Loss before Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

Loss before income taxes was $366 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 as compared to loss before taxes of $41 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase in loss before income taxes was primarily due to the non-cash goodwill impairment charge, and non-operating fair value remeasurements associated with financial instruments and the TRA.

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

Income tax benefit was $4 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, as compared to an income tax expense of $31 million for the prior year period. The effective tax rate of 1% for the year ended December 31, 2023 is lower than the 21% U.S. statutory corporate income tax rate primarily due to the Company's organizational structure after the Business Combination, the recognition of expenses which are not deductible for income tax purposes, including the goodwill impairment charge, and valuation allowances. The effective tax rate of (76%) for the year ended December 31, 2022 was primarily due to the recognition of a benefit for an uncertain tax position for which the statute of limitations has lapsed, and partially offset by losses in certain non-U.S. jurisdictions for which tax benefits have not been recorded. See Note 7 “Income Taxes” for additional information.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

The presentation of non-GAAP financial measures is used to enhance our management and stakeholders understanding of certain aspects of our financial performance. This discussion is not meant to be considered in isolation, superior to, or as a substitute for the directly comparable financial measures prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Management also uses supplemental non-GAAP financial measures to manage and evaluate the business, make planning decisions, allocate resources and as performance measures for Company-wide bonus plans. These key financial measures provide an additional view of our operational performance over the long-term and provide useful information that we use in order to maintain and grow our business.

The measures referred to as “adjusted”, have limitations as analytical tools, and such measures should not be considered either in isolation or as a substitute for net income or other methods of analyzing our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of the limitations are:

Measure does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs or contractual commitments;
Measure does not reflect our interest expense or the cash requirements to service interest or principal payments on our indebtedness;
Measure does not reflect our tax expense or the cash requirements to pay our taxes, including payments related to the Tax Receivable Agreement;
Measure does not reflect the impact on earnings or changes resulting from matters that we consider not to be indicative of our future operations;
Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated or amortized will often need to be replaced in the future, and the adjusted measure does not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; and
Other companies may calculate adjusted measures differently, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

33


Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share

Adjusted Net Income, which is defined as net income (loss) attributable to Alight, Inc. adjusted for intangible amortization and the impact of certain non-cash items that we do not consider in the evaluation of ongoing operational performance, is a non-GAAP financial measure used solely for the purpose of calculating Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share.

Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share is defined as Adjusted Net Income divided by the adjusted weighted-average number of shares of common stock, diluted. The adjusted weighted shares calculation assumes the full exchange of the noncontrolling interest units, the total amount of warrants that were exercised, and non-vested time-based restricted units that were determined to be antidilutive and therefore excluded from the U.S. GAAP diluted earnings per share. Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share, including the adjusted weighted-average number of shares, is used by us and our investors to evaluate our core operating assetsperformance and liabilities,to benchmark our operating performance against our competitors.

A reconciliation of Adjusted Net Income to Net Loss Attributable to Alight, Inc. and the computation of Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share is as follows:

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

December 31,

 

(in millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

2023

 

 

 

2022

 

 

 

2021

 

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (Loss) Income Attributable to Alight, Inc.

 

$

 

(345

)

 

$

 

(62

)

 

$

 

(35

)

Conversion of noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

(17

)

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

 

(13

)

Intangible amortization

 

 

 

319

 

 

 

 

316

 

 

 

 

153

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

 

160

 

 

 

 

181

 

 

 

 

67

 

Transaction and integration expenses (1)

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

13

 

Restructuring

 

 

 

85

 

 

 

 

63

 

 

 

 

5

 

(Gain) Loss from change in fair value of financial instruments

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

(38

)

 

 

 

65

 

(Gain) Loss from change in fair value of tax receivable agreement

 

 

 

118

 

 

 

 

(41

)

 

 

 

(37

)

Other (2)

 

 

 

151

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

12

 

Tax effect of adjustments (3)

 

 

 

(125

)

 

 

 

(121

)

 

 

 

(62

)

Adjusted Net Income

 

$

 

385

 

 

$

 

306

 

 

$

 

168

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding - basic

 

 

 

489,461,259

 

 

 

 

458,558,192

 

 

 

 

439,800,624

 

Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted

 

 

 

489,461,259

 

 

 

 

458,558,192

 

 

 

 

439,800,624

 

Exchange of noncontrolling interest units(4)

 

 

 

44,569,341

 

 

 

 

74,665,373

 

 

 

 

77,459,687

 

Impact of warrants exercised(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,490,641

 

Impact of unvested RSUs(6)

 

 

 

10,080,390

 

 

 

 

7,624,817

 

 

 

 

7,007,072

 

Adjusted shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding - diluted(7)(8)

 

 

544,110,990

 

 

 

540,848,382

 

 

 

538,758,024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic (Net Loss) Earnings Per Share

 

$

 

(0.70

)

 

$

 

(0.14

)

 

$

 

(0.08

)

Diluted (Net Loss) Earnings Per Share

 

$

 

(0.70

)

 

$

 

(0.14

)

 

$

 

(0.08

)

Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share(7) (8)

 

$

 

0.71

 

 

$

 

0.57

 

 

$

 

0.31

 

(1)
Transaction and integration expenses primarily relate to acquisition and divestiture activities.
(2)
Other primarily includes a $148 million non-cash goodwill impairment charge for the year ended December 31, 2023 related to the Company’s Cloud Services reporting unit.
(3)
Income tax effects have been calculated based on the statutory tax rates for both U.S. and foreign jurisdictions based on the Company's mix of income and adjusted for significant changes in fair value measurement.
(4)
Assumes the full exchange of the units held by noncontrolling interests for shares of Class A Common Stock of Alight, Inc. pursuant to the exchange agreement.
(5)
Represents the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issued in relation to warrant exercises completed in December 2021, not fully included in the weighted average shares outstanding.
(6)
Includes non-vested time-based restricted stock units that were determined to be antidilutive for U.S. GAAP diluted earnings per share purposes.
(7)
Excludes two tranches of contingently issuable seller earnout shares: (i) 7.5 million shares will be issued if the Company's Class A Common Stock's volume-weighted average price ("VWAP") is >$12.50 for any 20 trading days within a consecutive period of 30 trading days; (ii) 7.5

34


million share will be issued if the Company's Class A Common Stock VWAP is >$15.00 for any 20 trading days within a consecutive period of 30 trading days. Both tranches have a seven-year duration.
(8)
Excludes 27,411,360 and 32,852,974 performance-based units, which provided $2,902,232represents the gross number of shares expected to vest based on achievement of performance conditions as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin

Adjusted EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and intangible amortization adjusted for the impact of certain non-cash and other items that we do not consider in the evaluation of ongoing operational performance. Adjusted EBITDA Margin is defined as Adjusted EBITDA divided by revenue. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are non-GAAP financial measures used by management and our stakeholders to provide useful supplemental information that enables a better comparison of our performance across periods as well as to evaluate our core operating performance. A reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Net Loss is as follows:

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

(in millions)

 

 

2023

 

 

 

2022

 

 

 

2021

 

 

 

 

2021

 

Net Loss

 

$

 

(362

)

 

$

 

(72

)

 

$

 

(48

)

 

 

$

 

(25

)

Interest expense

 

 

 

131

 

 

 

 

122

 

 

 

 

57

 

 

 

 

 

123

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

Depreciation

 

 

 

102

 

 

 

 

79

 

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

 

 

49

 

Intangible amortization

 

 

 

319

 

 

 

 

316

 

 

 

 

153

 

 

 

 

 

100

 

EBITDA

 

 

 

186

 

 

 

 

476

 

 

 

 

218

 

 

 

 

 

242

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

 

160

 

 

 

 

181

 

 

 

 

67

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

Transaction and integration expenses (1)

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

Non-recurring professional expenses(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

18

 

Restructuring

 

 

 

85

 

 

 

 

63

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

(Gain) Loss from change in fair value of financial instruments

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

(38

)

 

 

 

65

 

 

 

 

 

(Gain) Loss from change in fair value of tax receivable agreement

 

 

 

118

 

 

 

 

(41

)

 

 

(37

 

 

 

 

 

Other(3)

 

 

 

151

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

 

 

4

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

 

739

 

 

$

 

659

 

 

$

 

343

 

 

 

 

 

278

 

Revenue

 

$

 

3,410

 

 

$

 

3,132

 

 

$

 

1,554

 

 

 

$

 

1,361

 

Adjusted EBITDA Margin(4)

 

 

 

21.7

%

 

 

 

21.0

%

 

 

 

22.1

%

 

 

 

 

20.4

%

(1)
Transaction and integration expenses primarily relate to acquisition and divestiture activities.
(2)
Non-recurring professional expenses includes external advisor and legal costs related to the Company's Business Combination completed in 2021.
(3)
Other primarily includes a $148 million non-cash goodwill impairment charge for the year ended December 31, 2023 related to the Company’s Cloud Services reporting unit.
(4)
Adjusted EBITDA Margin is defined as Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue.

Segment Revenue and Adjusted Gross Profit

Adjusted gross profit is defined as revenue less cost of services adjusted for depreciation, amortization and share-based compensation. Adjusted gross profit margin percent is defined as adjusted gross profit divided by revenue. Management uses adjusted gross profit and adjusted gross profit margin percent as key measures in making financial, operating and planning decisions and in evaluating our performance. We believe that presenting adjusted gross profit and adjusted gross profit margin percent is useful to investors as it eliminates the impact of certain non-cash expenses and allows a direct comparison between periods.

35


Employer Solutions Segment Results

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

($ in millions)

 

 

2023

 

 

 

2022

 

 

 

2021

 

 

 

 

2021

 

Employer Solutions Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recurring

 

$

 

2,695

 

 

$

 

2,467

 

 

$

 

1,213

 

 

 

$

 

1,049

 

Project

 

 

 

268

 

 

 

 

251

 

 

 

 

134

 

 

 

 

 

107

 

Total Employer Solutions Revenue

 

$

 

2,963

 

 

$

 

2,718

 

 

$

 

1,347

 

 

 

$

 

1,156

 

Employer Solutions Gross Profit

 

$

 

1,033

 

 

$

 

911

 

 

$

 

489

 

 

 

$

 

392

 

Employer Solutions Gross Profit Margin

 

 

 

34.9

%

 

 

 

33.5

%

 

 

 

36.3

%

 

 

 

 

33.9

%

Employer Solutions Adjusted Gross Profit

 

$

 

1,147

 

 

$

 

1,001

 

 

$

 

527

 

 

 

$

 

429

 

Employer Solutions Adjusted Gross Profit Margin

 

 

 

38.7

%

 

 

 

36.8

%

 

 

 

39.1

%

 

 

 

 

37.1

%

Employer Solutions Segment Results of Operations for the Successor Year Ended December 31, 2023 Compared to the Successor Year Ended December 31, 2022

Employer Solutions Revenue

Employer Solutions total revenues were $2,963 million and $2,718 million, respectively for the Successor years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022. The increase of $245 million, or 9.0%, over the prior year was primarily attributable to an increase of recurring revenues of $228 million, or 9.2%, as a result of the 2022 acquisition, increased volumes and increases in Net Commercial Activity.

Employer Solutions Gross Profit and Adjusted Gross Profit

Employer Solutions Gross Profit was $1,033 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2023 as compared to $911 million for the prior year period. The increase of $122 million, or 13.4% over the prior year was driven by revenue growth and lower expenses related to productivity initiatives, partially offset by employee compensation costs and increases in costs associated with funding growth of current and future revenues. Employer Solutions adjusted gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2023 increased $146 million to $1,147 million from $1,001 million in the prior year period primarily due to revenue growth and lower expenses related to productivity initiatives, partially offset by employee compensation costs and increases in costs associated with funding growth of current and future revenues. Employer Solutions adjusted gross profit for the Successor year ended December 31, 2022 increased $45 million to $1,001 million from $956 million in the combined prior year period primarily due to revenue growth and lower expenses related to productivity initiatives, partially offset by employee compensation costs and increases in costs associated with funding growth of current and future revenues.

Professional Services Segment Results

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

($ in millions)

 

 

2023

 

 

 

2022

 

 

 

2021

 

 

 

 

2021

 

Professional Services Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recurring

 

$

 

142

 

 

$

 

128

 

 

$

 

65

 

 

 

$

 

60

 

Project

 

 

 

279

 

 

 

 

243

 

 

 

 

121

 

 

 

 

 

124

 

Total Professional Services Revenue

 

$

 

421

 

 

$

 

371

 

 

$

 

186

 

 

 

$

 

184

 

Professional Services Gross Profit

 

$

 

109

 

 

$

 

86

 

 

$

 

44

 

 

 

$

 

46

 

Professional Services Gross Profit Margin

 

 

 

25.9

%

 

 

 

23.2

%

 

 

 

23.7

%

 

 

 

 

25.0

%

Professional Services Adjusted Gross Profit

 

$

 

114

 

 

$

 

90

 

 

$

 

45

 

 

 

$

 

47

 

Professional Services Adjusted Gross Profit Margin

 

 

 

27.1

%

 

 

 

24.3

%

 

 

 

24.2

%

 

 

 

 

25.5

%

36


Professional Services Segment Results of Operations for the Successor Year Ended December 31, 2023 Compared to the Successor Year Ended December 31, 2022.

Professional Services Revenue

Professional Services total revenues was $421 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2023 as compared to $371 million for the prior year period. The increase of $50 million, or 13.5%, over the Successor prior year was primarily attributable to an increase of project revenues of $36 million, or 14.8%, coupled with an increase of recurring revenue of $14 million.

Professional Services Gross Profit and Adjusted Gross Profit

Professional Services Gross Profit was $109 million, for the twelve months ended December 31, 2023 as compared to $86 for the prior year period. The increase of $23 million, or 26.7%, over the prior year was due to increases in costs associated with growth of current revenues, including investments in our commercial functions, partially offset by revenue growth as discussed above. Professional Services adjusted gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2023 increased $24 million to $114 million from $90 million in the prior year period primarily due to growth of project revenue, and net commercial activity, partially offset by the costs as discussed above. Professional Services adjusted gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2022 decreased $2 million to $90 million as compared to the combined prior year and was consistent with the prior year period.

37


Gross Profit to Adjusted Gross Profit Reconciliation by Segment

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

December 31, 2023

 

($ in millions)

 

Employer Solutions

 

Professional Services

 

Other

 

Total

 

Gross Profit

 

$

1,033

 

$

109

 

$

(2

)

$

1,140

 

     Add: stock-based compensation

 

$

35

 

$

4

 

$

-

 

$

39

 

     Add: depreciation and amortization

 

$

79

 

$

1

 

$

2

 

$

82

 

Adjusted Gross Profit

 

$

1,147

 

$

114

 

$

-

 

$

1,261

 

Gross Profit Margin

 

 

34.9

%

 

25.9

%

 

-7.7

%

 

33.4

%

Adjusted Gross Profit Margin

 

 

38.7

%

 

27.1

%

 

0.0

%

 

37.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

December 31, 2022

 

($ in millions)

 

Employer Solutions

 

Professional Services

 

Other

 

Total

 

Gross Profit

 

$

911

 

$

86

 

$

(1

)

$

996

 

     Add: stock-based compensation

 

 

37

 

 

3

 

 

-

 

 

40

 

     Add: depreciation and amortization

 

 

53

 

 

1

 

 

2

 

 

56

 

Adjusted Gross Profit

 

$

1,001

 

$

90

 

$

1

 

$

1,092

 

Gross Profit Margin

 

 

33.5

%

 

23.2

%

 

-2.3

%

 

31.8

%

Adjusted Gross Profit Margin

 

 

36.8

%

 

24.3

%

 

2.3

%

 

34.9

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

($ in millions)

 

Employer Solutions

 

Professional Services

 

Other

 

Total

 

Gross Profit

 

$

489

 

$

44

 

$

(1

)

$

532

 

     Add: stock-based compensation

 

 

18

 

 

1

 

 

-

 

 

19

 

     Add: depreciation and amortization

 

 

20

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

21

 

Adjusted Gross Profit

 

$

527

 

$

45

 

$

-

 

$

572

 

Gross Profit Margin

 

 

36.3

%

 

23.7

%

 

-4.8

%

 

34.2

%

Adjusted Gross Profit Margin

 

 

39.1

%

 

24.2

%

 

0.0

%

 

36.8

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

June 30, 2021

 

($ in millions)

 

Employer Solutions

 

Professional Services

 

Other

 

Total

 

Gross Profit

 

$

392

 

$

46

 

$

(3

)

$

435

 

     Add: stock-based compensation

 

 

1

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

1

 

     Add: depreciation and amortization

 

 

36

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

38

 

Adjusted Gross Profit

 

$

429

 

$

47

 

$

(2

)

$

474

 

Gross Profit Margin

 

 

33.9

%

 

25.0

%

 

-14.3

%

 

32.0

%

Adjusted Gross Profit Margin

 

 

37.1

%

 

25.5

%

 

-9.5

%

 

34.8

%

LIQUIDITY, FINANCIAL CONDITION, AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Executive Summary

Our primary sources of liquidity include our existing cash and cash equivalents, cash flows from operations and availability under our revolving credit facility. Our primary uses of liquidity are operating activities.expenses, funding of our debt requirements and capital expenditures.

38


We believe that our available cash and cash equivalents, cash flows from operations and availability under our revolving credit facility will be sufficient to meet our liquidity needs, including principal and interest payments on debt obligations, capital expenditures, payments on our Tax Receivable Agreement and anticipated working capital requirements for the foreseeable future. We believe our liquidity position at December 31, 2023 remains strong. We will continue to closely monitor and proactively manage our liquidity position in light of changing economic conditions and the volatility of interest rates.

In August 2022, we established a repurchase program allowing for up to $100 million in authorized share repurchases. As of December 31, 2020, we had cash2023, approximately $48 million remained available for share repurchases under our share repurchase program.

Cash on our balance sheet includes funds available for general corporate purposes. Funds held on behalf of clients in a fiduciary capacity are segregated and marketable securities of $1,035,849,267 heldshown in the Trust Account. We intend to use substantially all of the funds held in the Trust Account, including any amounts representing interest earnedFiduciary assets on the Trust Account (less taxes paidConsolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2023 and deferred underwriting commissions) to complete our initial Business Combination. We may withdraw interest to pay taxes. DuringDecember 31, 2022, with a corresponding amount in Fiduciary liabilities. Fiduciary funds are not used for general corporate purposes and are not a source of liquidity for us.

The following table provides a summary of cash flows from operating, investing, and financing activities for the periodperiods presented.

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

(in millions)

 

 

2023

 

 

 

2022

 

 

 

2021

 

 

 

 

2021

 

Cash provided by operating activities

 

$

 

386

 

 

$

 

286

 

 

$

 

57

 

 

 

$

 

58

 

Cash used in investing activities

 

 

 

(159

)

 

 

 

(235

)

 

 

 

(1,852

)

 

 

 

 

(55

)

Cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

 

(231

)

 

 

 

54

 

 

 

 

2,400

 

 

 

 

 

(64

)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

107

 

 

 

 

616

 

 

 

 

 

(61

)

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of period

 

$

 

1,759

 

 

$

 

1,759

 

 

$

 

1,652

 

 

 

$

 

1,475

 

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities was $386 million for the year ended December 31, 2020,2023 compared to $286 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase in cash provided by operating activities was primarily due to improved profitability and decrease in our net working capital requirements.

Investing Activities

Cash used for investing activities for the Successor year ended December 31, 2023 was $159 million. The primary drivers of cash used for investing activities were $160 million used for capital expenditures.

Cash used for investing activities for the Successor year ended December 31, 2022 was $235 million. The primary drivers of cash used for investing activities were $148 million used for capital expenditures and $87 million for an acquisition during the fourth quarter of 2022.

Financing Activities

Cash used for financing activities for the Successor year ended December 31, 2023 was $231 million. The primary drivers of cash provided by financing activities were due to a net decrease of $108 million in fiduciary liabilities, $40 million in share repurchases, $25 million of repayments to banks net of borrowings, $25 million principal payments on finance lease obligations, and $16 million for tax payment for shares/units withheld in lieu of taxes. The decrease in fiduciary cash is primarily due to timing of client funding and subsequent disbursement of payments.

Cash provided by financing activities for the Successor year ended December 31, 2022 was $54 million. The primary drivers of cash provided by financing activities were due to a net increase of $229 million in fiduciary liabilities, $85 million of deferred and contingent consideration payments and $37 million of repayments to banks net of borrowings. The increase in fiduciary cash is primarily due to timing of client funding and subsequent disbursement of payments.

39


Cash, Cash Equivalents and Fiduciary Assets

At December 31, 2023, our cash and cash equivalents were $358 million, an increase of $108 million from December 31, 2022. Of the total balances of cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, none of the balances were restricted as to its use.

Some of our client agreements require us to hold funds on behalf of clients to pay obligations on their behalf. The levels of Fiduciary assets and liabilities can fluctuate significantly, depending on when we didcollect the amounts from clients and make payments on their behalf. Such funds are not withdraw any interestavailable to service our debt or for other corporate purposes. There is typically a short period of time between when the Company receives funds and when it pays obligations on behalf of clients. We are entitled to retain investment income earned on fiduciary funds, when investment strategies are deployed, in accordance with industry custom and practice, which has historically been immaterial. In our Consolidated Balance Sheets, the Trust Account. Toamount we report for Fiduciary assets and Fiduciary liabilities are equal. Our Fiduciary assets included cash of $1,401 million and $1,509 million at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively.

Other Liquidity Matters

Our cash flows from operations, borrowing availability and overall liquidity are subject to risks and uncertainties. For further information, see the extent that our capital stock or debt is used, in whole or in part, as consideration to complete our initial“Risk Factors” section within Item 1A. of this Annual Report.

Tax Receivable Agreement

In connection with the Business Combination, we entered into the remaining proceeds heldTRA with certain of our pre-Business Combination owners that provides for the payment by Alight to such owners of 85% of the benefits that Alight is deemed to realize as a result of the Company’s share of existing tax basis acquired in the Trust AccountBusiness Combination and other tax benefits related to entering into the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Actual tax benefits realized by Alight may differ from tax benefits calculated under the TRA as a result of the use of certain assumptions in the TRA, including the use of an assumed weighted-average state and local income tax rate to calculate tax benefits. While the amount of existing tax basis, the anticipated tax basis adjustments and the actual amount and utilization of tax attributes, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the TRA, will vary depending upon a number of factors, we expect that the payments that Alight may make under the TRA will be used as working capitalsubstantial. For the year ended December 31, 2023, we paid $7 million related to finance the operations of the target business or businesses, make other acquisitions and pursue our growth strategies.

TRA. As of December 31, 2020,2023, we expect to make payments of $62 million and $89 million in 2024 and 2025, respectively.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

For the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company had cashvarious obligations and commitments outstanding including debt of $496,471 outside$2,794 million, operating leases of $106 million, finance leases of $18 million and purchase obligations of $100 million. Over the Trust Account. We intendtwelve months ending December 31, 2024, we expect to use the funds held outside the Trust Account primarily to identifypay $25 million, $33 million, $9 million and evaluate target businesses, perform business due diligence on prospective target businesses, review corporate documents$32 million for our debt, operating leases, finance leases and material agreementspurchase obligations, respectively. For further information of prospective target businesses, and structure, negotiate and complete our initial Business Combination.

In order to fund working capital deficiencies or finance transaction costs in connection with our initial Business Combination, our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete our initial Business Combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that our initial Business Combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the Trust Account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our Trust Account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants identicaleach these obligations, refer to the Private Placement Warrants, at a priceConsolidated Financial Statements within Item 8 of $1.50 per warrant at the option of the lender.this Annual Report, Note 8 “Debt”, Note 19 “Lease Obligations” and Note 20 “Commitments and Contingencies”.

In May 2020,During 2018, the Company entered into the FPAsexecuted an agreement to form a strategic partnership with each of Cannae Holdings, Inc.Wipro, a leading global information technology, consulting and THL FTAC LLC. Pursuant to each agreement, Cannae Holdings, Inc. and THL FTAC LLC have each agreed to purchase shares of the Company’s Class A common stock in an aggregate share amount equal to 15,000,000 shares of the Company’s Class A Common stock (or a total of 30,000,000 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock), plus an aggregate of 5,000,000 redeemable warrants (or a total of 10,000,000 redeemable warrants) to purchase one share of the Company’s Class A common stock at $11.50 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $150,000,000 (or a total of $300,000,000), or $10.00 for one share of the Company’s Class A common stock and one-third of one warrant, in a private placement to occur concurrently with the closing of a Business Combination. The warrants to be sold as part of the FPAs will be identical to the warrants underlying the Units sold in the Initial Public Offering.

We do not currently believe we will need to raise additional funds in order to meet the expenditures required for operating our business. However, if our estimate of the costs of identifying a target business undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating our initial Business Combination is less than the actual amount necessary to do so, we may have insufficient funds available to operate our business prior to our initial Business Combination. Moreover, we may need to obtain additional financing either to complete our initial Business Combination or because we become obligated to redeem a significant number of our Public Shares upon consummation of our initial Business Combination, in which case we may issue additional securities or incur debt in connection with such Business Combination. Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, we would only complete such financing simultaneously with the completion of our initial Business Combination. If we are unable to complete our initial Business Combination because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the Trust Account. In addition, following our initial Business Combination, if cash on hand is insufficient, we may need to obtain additional financing in order to meet our obligations.


In March 2020, the World Health Organization classified the COVID-19 outbreak as a pandemic, based on the rapid increase in exposure globally. The full impact of the COVID-19 outbreak continues to evolve. The impact of the COVID-19 outbreak on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows will depend on future developments, including the duration and spread of the outbreak, related advisories and restrictions, and the availability of a vaccine. These developments and the impact of the COVID-19 outbreak on the financial markets and the overall economy are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted. If the financial markets and/or the overall economy continue to be impacted for an extended period, our ability to complete our initial Business Combination may be materially adversely affected due to significant governmental measures being implemented to contain the COVID-19 outbreak or treat its impact, including travel restrictions, and the shutdown of businesses and quarantines, among others, which may limit our ability to have meetings with potential investors or affect the ability of a potential target company's personnel, vendors and service providers to negotiate and consummate our initial Business Combination in a timely manner.

Off-Balance Sheet Financing Arrangements

We have no obligations, assets or liabilities, which would be considered off-balance sheet arrangements within the meaning of the applicable SEC rules asprocess services company, through 2028. As of December 31, 2020.2023, the non-cancellable services obligation totaled $818 million, with $154 million expected to be paid over the twelve months ended December 31, 2024. We do not participate in transactionsmay terminate our arrangement with Wipro with cause or for our convenience. In the case of a termination for convenience, we would be required to pay a termination fee. If we had terminated the Wipro arrangement on December 31, 2023, we estimate that create relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, often referred to as variable interest entities, whichthe termination charges would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements. We have not entered into any off-balance sheet financing arrangements, established any special purpose entities, guaranteed any debt or commitments of other entities, or purchased any non-financial assets.approximately $288 million.

Other Liquidity Matters

Contractual Obligations

We do not have any long-term debt, capital lease obligations, operating lease obligations or long-term liabilities, other than an agreement to pay an affiliate of our sponsors a monthly fee up to $5,000 for office spaceOur cash flows from operations, borrowing availability and administrative support services. We began incurring these fees on May 26, 2020 and will continue to incur these fees monthly until the earlier of the completion of the Business Combination and our liquidation.

The underwritersoverall liquidity are entitled to a deferred fee of $0.35 per Unit, or $36,225,000 in the aggregate. The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that the Company completes a Business Combination, subject to risks and uncertainties. For further information, see the terms“Risk Factors” section within Item 1A. of the underwriting agreement.this Annual Report.

We entered into the FPAs with each of Cannae Holdings, Inc. and THL FTAC LLC. Pursuant to each agreement, Cannae Holdings, Inc. and THL FTAC LLC have each agreed to purchase shares of our Class A common stock in an aggregate share amount equal to 15,000,000 shares of our Class A Common stock (or a total of 30,000,000 shares of the our Class A common stock), plus an aggregate of 5,000,000 redeemable warrants (or a total of 10,000,000 redeemable warrants) to purchase one share of the Company’s Class A common stock at $11.50 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $150,000,000 (or a total of $300,000,000), or $10.00 for one share of our Class A common stock and one-third of one warrant, in a private placement to occur concurrently with the closing of a Business Combination. The warrants to be sold as part of the FPAs will be identical to the warrants underlying the Units sold in the Initial Public Offering.

40


Critical Accounting PoliciesEstimates

The preparation ofThese consolidated financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of Americaconform to U.S. GAAP, which requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosuredisclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and incomethe reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the periods reported. Actualreporting period. Our estimates, judgments and assumptions are continually evaluated based on available information and experience. Because of the use of estimates inherent in the financial reporting process, actual results could materially differ from those estimates. We have identified the followingThe areas that we believe include critical accounting policies:

Warrantpolicies are revenue recognition, goodwill and FPA Liabilities

The Company accountsaccounting for the Warrants and FPAs as either equity-classifiedTax Receivable Agreement. The critical accounting policies discussed below involve making difficult, subjective or liability-classified instruments based on an assessment of the specific terms of the Warrants and FPAs and the applicable authoritative guidance in Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (“ASC 480”) and ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging (“Warrants and FPAs ASC 815”). The assessment considers whether the are freestanding financial instruments pursuant to ASC 480, meet the definition of a liability pursuant to ASC 480, and meet all of the requirements for equity classification under ASC 815, including whether the Warrants and FPAs are indexed to the Company’s own common shares and whether the holders of the Warrantscomplex accounting estimates that could potentially require “net cash settlement” in a circumstance outside of the Company’s control, among other conditions for equity classification. This assessment, which requires the use of professional judgment, is conducted at the time of issuance of the Warrants and execution of the FPAs and as of each subsequent quarterly period end date while the Warrants and FPAs are outstanding. For issued or modified warrants that meet all of the criteria for equity classification, such warrants are required to be recorded as a component of additional paid-in capital at the time of issuance. For issued or modified warrants that do not meet all the criteria for equity classification, such warrants are required to be recorded at their initial fair value on the date of issuance, and each balance sheet date thereafter. Changes in the estimated fair value of liability-classified warrants are recognized as a non-cash gain or loss on the statements of operations.

We account for the Warrants and FPAs in accordance with ASC 815-40 under which the Warrants and FPAs do not meet the criteria for equity classification and must be recorded as liabilities. The fair value of liability-classified Public Warrants has been estimated using the Public Warrants’ quoted market price. The Private Placement Warrants are valued using a Modified Black Scholes Option Pricing Model. The fair value of the FPAs has been estimated using a an adjusted net assets method. See Note 9 to the Company’s financial statements included in Item 15 of Part IV of this Amendment for further discussion of the pertinent terms of the Warrants and Note 11 to those financial statements for further discussion of the methodology used to determine the value of the Warrants and FPAs.

Class A Common Stock Subject to Possible Redemption

We account for our Class A common stock subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Shares of Class A common stock subject to mandatory redemption is classified as a liability instrument and is measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable common stock (including common stock that feature redemption rights that is either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within our control) is classified as temporary equity. At all other times, common stock is classified as stockholders’ equity. Our Class A common stock features certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of our control and subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, shares of Class A common stock subject to possible redemption are presented as temporary equity, outside of the stockholders’ equity section of our balance sheet.


Net Income (Loss) per Common Share

We apply the two-class method in calculating earnings per share. Net income per common share, basic and diluted for Class A redeemable common stock is calculated by dividing the interest income earned on the Trust Account, net of applicable taxes, by the weighted average number of shares of Class A redeemable common stock outstanding for the period. Net loss per common share, basic and diluted for and Class B non-redeemable common stock is calculated by dividing net income less income attributable to Class A redeemable common stock, by the weighted average number of shares of Class B non-redeemable common stock outstanding for the period presented.

Recent Accounting Standards

Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on our financial statements.condition and results of operations. Different estimates that we could have used, or changes in estimates that are reasonably likely to occur, may have a material effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Item 7A.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Revenue Recognition

AsRevenues are recognized when control of December 31, 2020, we were not subjectthe promised services is transferred to any market or interest rate risk. Following the consummationcustomer in the amount that best reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those services. Substantially all of the Company’s revenue is recognized over time as the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits of our Initial Public Offering, theservices. On occasion, we may be entitled to a fee based on achieving certain performance criteria or contract milestones. Any taxes assessed on revenues relating to services provided to our clients are recorded on a net proceeds received into the Trust Account, have been invested in U.S. government treasury bills, notes or bondsbasis.

The Company capitalizes incremental costs to obtain and fulfill contracts with a maturitycustomer that are expected to be recovered. Assets recognized for the costs to fulfill a contract are amortized on a systematic basis over the expected life of 185 days or less or in certain money market funds that invest solely in US treasuries. Due to the short-term natureunderlying customer relationships.

For further discussion, see Note 3 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” within the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Tax Receivable Agreement

The Company’s TRA liability established upon completion of the Business Combination is measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3).

We record additional liabilities under the TRA as and when Class A units of Alight Holdings are exchanged for Class A Common Stock. Liabilities resulting from these investments, we believe thereexchanges will be no associated material exposure to interest rate risk.


Item 8.Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

This information appears following Item 15 of this Reportrecorded on a gross undiscounted basis and is included herein by reference. As discussed in the Explanatory Note to this Amendment, we have restated our financial statements for are not remeasured at fair value. During the year ended December 31, 2020 and certain unaudited financial information included in those financial statements. The2023, an additional TRA liability of $109 million was established as a result of these exchanges. This amount along with the total impact of exchanges of $43 million for the Restatementyear ended December 31, 2023, are excluded from the portion of the TRA liability that is measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

Actual tax benefits realized by Alight may differ from tax benefits calculated under the TRA as a result of the use of certain assumptions in the TRA, including the use of an assumed weighted-average state and local income tax rate to calculate tax benefits. While the amount of existing tax basis, the anticipated tax basis adjustments and the actual amount and utilization of tax attributes, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the TRA, will vary depending upon a number of factors, we expect that the payments that Alight may make under the TRA will be substantial.

The $733 million TRA liability balance at December 31, 2023 assumes: (i) a constant blended U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate of 27.0%, (ii) no material changes in tax law, (iii) the ability to utilize tax attributes based on current alternative tax forecasts, and (iv) future payments under the TRA are made when due under the TRA. The amount of the expected future payments under the TRA has been discounted to its present value using a discount rate of 7.9%, which was determined based on benchmark rates of a similar duration. A hypothetical increase or decrease of 75 bps in the discount rate assumptions used for fiscal year 2023, would result in a change of approximately $24 million.

41


Goodwill

Goodwill for each reporting unit is tested for impairment annually during the fourth quarter, or more frequently if there are indicators that a reporting unit may be impaired. Accounting Standard Codification 350, Intangibles and Other ("ASC 350") states that an optional qualitative impairment assessment can be performed to determine whether an impairment is more fully described in Note 2 tolikely than not by considering various factors such as macroeconomic and industry trends, reporting unit performance and overall business changes. If inconclusive evidence results from the Company’s financial statements included in Item 15qualitative impairment test, a quantitative assessment is performed where the Company determines the fair value of Part IVthe reporting units by using a combination of this Amendment.

50

Item 9.Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A.Controls and Procedures

Evaluationthe present value of Disclosure Controlsexpected future cash flows and Procedures

Disclosure controls and proceduresa market approach based on earnings multiple data from peer companies. If an impairment is identified, an impairment is recorded by the amount that the carrying value exceeds the fair value for each reporting unit. While the future cash flows are controls and other proceduresconsistent with those that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in company reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

As required by Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2020. Based upon this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) were not effective as of December 31, 2020, due solely to the material weaknessused in our internal control over financial reporting with respectplanning process inclusive of long-term growth assumptions, estimating cash flows requires significant judgment. Future changes to our projected cash flows can vary from the classificationcash flows eventually realized, which may have a material impact on the outcomes of future goodwill impairment tests. The Company uses a weighted average cost of capital that represents the Company's Warrants or FPAs as componentsblended average required rate of return for equity insteadand debt capital based on observed market return data and company specific risk factors.

During the fourth quarter of as derivative liabilities. In light of this material weakness, we2023, the Company performed additional analysis as deemed necessary to ensure that our financial statements were prepareda quantitative assessment in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Accordingly, management believes thatASC 350. We evaluated the potential for goodwill impairment by considering macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, cost factors, both current and future expected financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K/A present fairly in all material respects our financial position, results of operationsperformance, and cash flowsrelevant entity-specific events for the period presented.

We do not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures will prevent all errors and all instances of fraud. Disclosure controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectiveseach of the disclosure controlsreporting units. We also considered our overall market performance discretely as well as in relation to our peers. We utilized a discount rate of 11.5% and procedures are met. Further,a long-term growth rate of 3.5% for our Health and Wealth Solutions reporting units in the designdetermination of disclosure controlsfair value. We utilized a discount rate of 12.0% and procedures must reflecta long-term growth rate of 3.5% in the fact that there are resource constraints,determination of fair value for our Cloud Services reporting unit. We utilized a discount rate of 15.0% and a long-term growth rate of 3.0% for our Professional Services reporting unit fair value determination. Other significant assumptions utilized included the benefits must be considered relative to their costs. BecauseCompany’s projections of expected future revenues and EBITDA margin, which is defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and intangible amortization as a percentage of revenue.

The Company determined the inherent limitations in all disclosure controlsfair value of its reporting units exceeded the carrying value as of October 1, 2023, and procedures, no evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures can provide absolute assurance that we have detected all our control deficiencies and instances of fraud, if any. The design of disclosure controls and procedures also is based partlytherefore, goodwill was not impaired. Based on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions.

Internal Control over Financial Reporting

This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation reportresults of the Company’s registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rulesquantitative assessment, the fair value of the SEC for newly public companies.Health Solutions and Wealth Solutions reporting units exceeded their carrying values by 1.8% and 7.1%, respectively. A hypothetical 25-basis point increase in the discount rate or a hypothetical 50-basis point decrease in the long-term growth rate could have resulted in a goodwill impairment in the Company’s Health Solutions reporting unit of $82 million.

ChangesSubsequent to our October 1, 2023 annual impairment test, we evaluated the macroeconomic, industry and market conditions to determine whether there had been any significant changes. While these factors remained broadly consistent with those that existed as of our annual impairment test date, subsequent to that date, the Company had begun a strategic portfolio review which resulted in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

During the most recently completed fiscal quarter, there has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting, as the circumstances that lednew market information relating to the restatementCloud Services and Professional Services reporting units that did not exist as of our financial statements described in this Annual Report on Form 10-K/A had not yet been identified.October 1, 2023. Management has implemented remediation steps to addressdetermined there was an interim indicator of impairment with the material weaknessCloud Services and to improve our internal control over financial reporting. Specifically, we expanded and improved our review process for complex securities and related accounting standards. We plan to further improveProfessional Services reporting units. As part of this process, by enhancing access to accounting literature, identification of third-party professionals with whom to consult regarding complex accounting applications and consideration of additional staff with the requisite experience and training to supplement existing accounting professionals.

Item 9B.Other Information

None.


PART III

Item 10.Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 Our directors and executive officers are as follows:

NameAgePosition
William P. Foley, II76Founder and Chairman
Douglas K. Ammerman69Director
Thomas M. Hagerty57Director
Hugh R. Harris69Director
Frank R. Martire, Jr.73Director
Richard N. Massey 64Chief Executive Officer and Director
Bryan D. Coy51Chief Financial Officer
David W. Ducommun44Senior Vice President of Corporate Finance
Michael L. Gravelle59General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

William P. Foley, II is a founder and the Chairman of the Company since May 2020,identified a goodwill impairment in its Cloud Services reporting unit and he previously served as the Executive Chairman of the Company from March 2020 until May 2020. In addition, he has served as the Chairman of Cannae Holdings since July 2017. Mr. Foley isrecorded a founder of Fidelity National Financial, Inc. ("FNF"), and has served as the Chairman of the board of directors of FNF since 1984. Mr. Foley serves as a Senior Managing Director of Trasimene Capital. He served as Chief Executive Officer of FNF until May 2007 and as President of FNF until December 1994. Mr. Foley also serves as the Chairman of Foley Trasimene II from July 2020 and as a director of Austerlitz I and Austerlitz II since January 2021. Mr. Foley also serves as Chairman of Black Knight since December 2019, and served as the Executive Chairman of Black Knight from January 2014 to December 2019 and as the co-Executive Chairman of FGL Holdings since April 2016. Mr. Foley also previously served as a director of Ceridian from September 2013 to August 2019. Mr. Foley also serves as the Chairman of Dun & Bradstreet,$148 million non-cash goodwill impairment charge, which is a Cannae Holdings portfolio company. Mr. Foley also serves as the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President of Foley Family Wines Holdings, Inc., a private holding company for numerous vineyards and wineries, and the Executive Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Black Knight Sports and Entertainment LLC, which is the private company that owns the Vegas Golden Knights, a National Hockey League team. Within the past five-years, Mr. Foley served as the Vice Chairman of Fidelity National Information Services ("FIS") and as the Chairman of Remy. After receiving his B.S. degree in engineering from the United States Military Academy at West Point, Mr. Foley served in the U.S. Air Force, where he attained the rank of captain. Mr. Foley’s qualifications to serve on our board include more than 30 years as a director and executive officer of FNF, his strategic vision, his experience as a board member and executive officer of public and private companies in a wide variety of industries, and his strong track record of building and maintaining stockholder value and successfully negotiating and implementing mergers and acquisitions. Mr. Foley provides high-value added services to our board of directors and has sufficient time to focus on the Company.

Douglas K. Ammerman serves as a member of our board of directors. In addition, he has served as a director of FNF since 2005 and as a director of Dun & Bradstreet since February 2019. Mr. Ammerman is a retired partner of KPMG LLP (“KPMG”), where he became a partner in 1984. Mr. Ammerman formally retired from KPMG in 2002. He also serves as a director of Dun and Bradstreet, Stantec Inc. and J. Alexander’s. Mr. Ammerman formerly served on the boards of William Lyon Homes, Remy and El Pollo Loco, Inc. Mr. Ammerman’s qualifications to serve as a member of our board of directors include his financial and accounting background and expertise, including his 18 years as a partner with KPMG, and his experience as a director on the boards of other companies.

Thomas M. Hagerty serves as a member of our board of directors. Mr. Hagerty is a Managing Director of THL, which he joined in 1988. Mr. Hagerty currently serves as a director of Black Knight, Ceridian, Dun & Bradstreet, FleetCor Technologies and FNF. Mr. Hagerty formerly served on the boards of First Bancorp, MoneyGram International and FIS. Mr. Hagerty’s significant financial expertise and experience on the boards of a number of private and public companies make him well qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Hugh R. Harris serves as a member of our board of directors. Mr. Harris is a director nominee of Austerlitz I since January 2021, a director nominee of Austerlitz II since January 2021, a director of Cannae Holdings since November 2017. Mr. Harris is retired, and formerly served as President, Chief Executive Officer and a director of Lender Processing Services, Inc. ("LPS") from October 2011 until January 2014, when it was acquired by FNF. Prior to joining LPS, Mr. Harris had been retired since July 2007. Before his retirement, Mr. Harris served as President of the Financial Services Technology division at FNF from April 2003 until July 2007. Prior to joining FNF, Mr. Harris served in various roles with HomeSide Lending Inc. from 1983 until 2001, including President and Chief Operating Officer and later as Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Harris’s significant financial expertise and experience on the boards of a number of public companies make him well qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.


Frank R. Martire, Jr. serves as a member of our board of directors. In addition, he has served as a director of Cannae Holdings since November 2017. Mr. Martire has served as the Executive Chairman of NCR Corporation since May 2018. He has served as Lead Independent Director of J. Alexander’s since May 2019 and as Chairman of J. Alexander’s from September 2015 until May 2019. Mr. Martire served as Chairman of FIS from January 2017 until May 2018, and as Executive Chairman of FIS from January 2015 through December 2016. Mr. Martire served as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of FIS from April 2012 until January 2015. Mr. Martire joined FIS as President and Chief Executive Officer after its acquisition of Metavante in October 2009, where he had served as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer since January 2003. Mr. Martire served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Call Solutions, Inc. from 2001 to 2003 and President and Chief Operating Officer, Financial Institution Systems and Services Group of Fiserv from 1991 to 2001. Mr. Martire’s qualifications to serve on our board of directors include his years of experience in providing technology solutions to the banking industry, particularly his experience with FIS and Metavante, his knowledge of and contacts in the financial services industry, his strong leadership abilities and experience in driving growth and results in large complex business organizations. Mr. Martire’s significant financial expertise and experience on the boards of a number of public companies make him well qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Richard N. Massey serves as Chief Executive Officer of the Company since March 2020 and serves as a member of our board of directors. In addition, he serves as a Senior Managing Director of Trasimene Capital and Chief Executive Officer of Cannae Holdings. Mr. Massey served as the Chairman of Bear State Financial, Inc., a publicly traded financial institution from 2011 until April 2018. Mr. Massey has served as Chief Executive Officer of Foley Trasimene II since July 2020, as a director of Trasimene II since July 2020, as Chief Executive Officer of Austerlitz I since January 2021 and as Chief Executive Officer of Austerlitz II since January 2021. Mr. Massey has served on Cannae Holdings’ board of directors since June 2018. In addition, Mr. Massey served on Black Knight’s board of directors from December 2014 until July 2020 and as a director of FNF from February 2006 to January 2021. Mr. Massey has been a partner in Westrock Capital, LLC, a private investment partnership, since January 2009. Prior to that, Mr. Massey was Chief Strategy Officer and General Counsel of Alltel Corporation and served as a Managing Director of Stephens Inc., a private investment bank, during which time his financial advisory practice focused on software and information technology companies, and he formerly served as a director of FIS. Mr. Massey also serves as a director of FGL Holdings. Mr. Massey is also a director of the Oxford American Literary Project and the Chairman of the board of directors of the Arkansas Razorback Foundation. Mr. Massey’s significant financial expertise and experience on the boards of a number of public companies make him well qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors. We believe that Mr. Massey is able to fulfill his roles and devote sufficient time and attention to his duties as Chief Executive Officer, as a member of our board of directors upon completion of the IPO and as a director of the other public company on which he serves.

David W. Ducommun serves as a Senior Vice President of Corporate Finance of the Company since March 2020. In addition, he has served as a Managing Director of Trasimene Capital since November 2019, President of Austerlitz I since January 2021, President of Austerlitz II since January 2021, Executive Vice President of Corporate Finance of Foley Trasimene II from August 2020 and previously as Senior Vice President of Corporate Finance since July 2020, and as President of Cannae Holdings since January 2021, as Executive Vice President of Corporate Finance since August 2020, and as a Senior Vice President of Corporate Finance since November 2017. Mr. Ducommun has over 10 years of experience in the financial industry. Mr. Ducommun served as a Senior Vice President of Mergers and Acquisitions of FNF from 2011 to November 2019. He also served as Secretary of FGL Holdings from April 2016 until December 2017.

Bryan D. Coy serves as Chief Financial Officer of the Company since July 2020. Mr. Coy also serves as a Managing Director of Trasimene Capital and as Chief Financial Officer of Foley Trasimene II since July 2020, Chief Financial Officer of Austerlitz I since January 2021, Chief Financial Officer of Austerlitz II since January 2021, Chief Financial Officer of Cannae Holdings. Mr. Coy also serves as Chief Financial Officer of Foley Trasimene II. He also serves as Chief Financial Officer of Black Knight Sports and Entertainment, LLC, which is the private company that owns the Vegas Golden Knights, a position he has held since October 2017. He served as Chief Financial Officer of Foley Family Wines from 2017 until 2019. Prior to that, Mr. Coy served as Chief Accounting Officer of Interblock Gaming, an international supplier of electronic gaming tables, from September 2015 to October 2017. He served as Chief Financial Officer—Americas and Global Chief Accounting Officer of Aruze Gaming America from July 2010 through September 2015.

Michael L. Gravelle serves as General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of the Company since March 2020. In addition, he has served as General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of Austerlitz I since January 2021, as General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of Austerlitz II since January 2021, as General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of Foley Trasimene II from July 2020, as an Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of Cannae Holdings since April 2017. Mr. Gravelle has served as the Chief Compliance Officer for Trasimene Capital since January 2020. Mr. Gravelle has over 25 years of business and legal experience in the financial industry. Mr. Gravelle has served as an Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of FNF since January 2010, and also served in the capacity of an Executive Vice President, Legal since May 2006 and Corporate Secretary since April 2008. Mr. Gravelle joined FNF in 2003, serving as a Senior Vice President. Mr. Gravelle joined a subsidiary of FNF in 1993, where he served as a Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary beginning in 1996 and as a Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary beginning in 2000. Mr. Gravelle has also served as an Executive Vice President and General Counsel of Black Knight and its predecessors since January 2014 and as Corporate Secretary of Black Knight from January 2014 until May 2018.


Number and Terms of Office of Officers and Directors

Our board of directors is divided into three classes, with only one class of directors being elected in each year, and with each class (except for those directors appointed prior to our first annual meeting of stockholders) serving a three-year term. In accordance with the NYSE corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual meeting until one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on the NYSE. The term of office of the first class of directors, consisting of Douglas K. Ammerman and Hugh R. Harris, will expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders. The term of office of the second class of directors, consisting of Richard N. Massey and Frank R. Martire, Jr., will expire at our second annual meeting of the stockholders. The term of office of the third class of directors, consisting of William P. Foley, II and Thomas M. Hagerty, will expire at our third annual meeting of stockholders. We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders until after we complete our initial business combination.

Prior to the completion of an initial business combination, any vacancy on the board of directors may be filled by a nominee chosen by holders of a majority of the the Founder's Shares. In addition, prior to the completion of an initial business combination, holders of a majority of our Founder Shares may remove a member of the board of directors for any reason.

Pursuant to an agreement to be entered into concurrently with the issuance and sale of the securities in the IPO, either of our sponsors, upon completion of an initial business combination, are entitled to nominate individuals for election to our board of directors, as long as each of the sponsors hold any securities covered by the registration rights agreement.

Our officers are appointed by the board of directors and serve at the discretion of the board of directors, rather than for specific terms of office. Our board of directors is authorized to nominate persons to the offices set forth in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation as it deems appropriate. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our officers may consist of one or more chairman of the board of directors, chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, vice presidents, secretary, treasurer and such other offices as may be determined by the board of directors.

Director Independence

Our board of directors has determined that Douglas K. Ammerman, Hugh R. Harris, Thomas M. Hagerty and Frank R. Martire, Jr. are “independent directors” as defined in the NYSE listing standards.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has three standing committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee and a corporate governance and nominating committee.

Audit Committee

Douglas K. Ammerman, Hugh R. Harris and Frank R. Martire, Jr. serve as members of our audit committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of Douglas K. Ammerman, Hugh R. Harris and Frank Martire, Jr. are independent under the NYSE listing standards and applicable SEC rules for service on the audit committee. Douglas K. Ammerman serves as the chairman of the audit committee. Each member of the audit committee is financially literate and our board of directors has determined that Douglas K. Ammerman, Hugh R. Harris and Frank R. Martire, Jr. qualify as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in applicable SEC rules.

The primary functions of the audit committee include:

·appointing, determining compensation and overseeing our independent registered public accounting firm;

·reviewing and approving the annual audit plan for the Company;
·overseeing the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements;
·discussing the annual audited financial statements and unaudited quarterly financial statements with management and the independent registered public accounting firm;


·pre-approving all audit services and permitted non-audit services to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm, including the fees and terms of the services to be performed;
·establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints (including anonymous complaints) we receive concerning accounting, internal accounting controls, auditing matters or potential violations of law;
·monitoring our environmental sustainability and governance practices;
·discussing earnings press releases and financial information provided to analysts and rating agencies;
·discussing with management our policies and practices with respect to risk assessment and risk management;
·reviewing any material transaction with our Chief Financial Officer that has been approved in accordance with our Code of Ethics for our officers, and providing prior written approval of any material transaction between us and our President; and
·producing an annual report for inclusion in our proxy statement, in accordance with applicable rules and regulations.

The audit committee is a separately designated standing committee established in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Exchange Act.

CompensationCommittee
The members of our compensation committee are Frank R. Martire, Jr. and Thomas M. Hagerty, and Frank R. Martire, Jr. serves as chairman of the compensation committee.
Our board of directors has determined that each of Frank R. Martire, Jr. and Thomas M. Hagerty are independent in accordance with the NYSE listing standards and for the purposes of serving on the compensation committee.
The principal functions of the compensation committee include:
·reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to our President’s compensation, evaluating our President’s performance in light of those goals and objectives, and setting our President’s compensation level based on this evaluation;
·setting salaries and approving incentive compensation and equity awards, as well as compensation policies, for all other officers who file reports of their ownership, and changes in ownership, of the Company’s common stock under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act (the “Section 16 Officers”), as designated by our board of directors;
·making recommendations to the board with respect to incentive compensation programs and equity-based plans that are subject to board approval;
·approving any employment or severance agreements with our Section 16 Officers;
·granting any awards under equity compensation plans and annual bonus plans to our President and the Section 16 Officers;
·approving the compensation of our directors; and
·producing an annual report on executive compensation for inclusion in our proxy statement, if required in accordance with applicable rules and regulations.
The charter of the compensation committee provides that the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser and will be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any such adviser. However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other adviser, the compensation committee will consider the independence of each such adviser, including the factors required by the NYSE and the SEC.
CompensationCommittee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of our executive officers currently serves, and in the past year has not served, as a member of the compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors.


CorporateGovernance and Nominating Committee
The members of our corporate governance and nominating committee are Hugh R. Harris and Thomas M. Hagerty, and Hugh R. Harris serves as chairman of the corporate governance and nominating committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of Hugh R. Harris and Thomas M. Hagerty are independent in accordance with NYSE listing standards.
The primary functions of the corporate governance and nominating committee include:
·identifying individuals qualified to become members of the board of directors and making recommendations to the board of directors regarding nominees for election;
·reviewing the independence of each director and making a recommendation to the board of directors with respect to each director’s independence;
·developing and recommending to the board of directors the corporate governance principles applicable to us and reviewing our corporate governance guidelines at least annually;
·making recommendations to the board of directors with respect to the membership of the audit, compensation and corporate governance and nominating committees
·overseeing the evaluation of the performance of the board of directors and its committees on a continuing basis, including an annual self-evaluation of the performance of the corporate governance and nominating committee;
·considering the adequacy of our governance structures and policies, including as they relate to our environmental sustainability and governance practices;
·considering director nominees recommended by stockholders; and
·reviewing our overall corporate governance and reporting to the board of directors on its findings and any recommendations.
Guidelinesfor Selecting Director Nominees
The guidelines for selecting nominees, generally provide that persons to be nominated:
·should possess personal qualities and characteristics, accomplishments and reputation in the business community;
·should have current knowledge and contacts in the communities in which we do business and in our industry or other industries relevant to our business;
·should have the ability and willingness to commit adequate time to the board of directors and committee matters;
·should possess the fit of the individual’s skills and personality with those of other directors and potential directors in building a board of directors that is effective, collegial and responsive to our needs; and
·should demonstrate diversity of viewpoints, background, experience, and other demographics, and all aspects of diversity in order to enable the board to perform its duties and responsibilities effectively, including candidates with a diversity of age, gender, nationality, race, ethnicity, and sexual orientation.
Each year in connection with the nomination of candidates for election to the board of directors, the corporate governance and nominating committee will evaluate the background of each candidate, including candidates that may be submitted by our stockholders.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Ethics applicable to our directors, officers and employees. You can review these documents by accessing our public filings at the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov. In addition, a copy of the Code of Ethics will be provided without charge upon request from us. We intend to disclose any amendments to or waivers of certain provisions of our Code of Ethics applicable to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions in a Current Report on Form 8-K or posting such information on our website.


Conflicts of Interest

In general, officers and directors of a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware are required to present business opportunities to a corporation if:

 ·the corporation could financially undertake the opportunity;

 ·the opportunity is within the corporation’s line of business; and

 ·it would not be fair to our company and its stockholders for the opportunity not to be brought to the attention of the corporation.

Certain of our officers and directors presently have, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities, including entities that are affiliates of our sponsors, pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entity. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such entity, subject to their fiduciary duties under Delaware law. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Item 11.Executive Compensation

None of our executive officers or directors have received any compensation for services rendered to us. Commencing on the date that our securities were first listed on the NYSE through the earlier of completion of our initial business combination and our liquidation, we will reimburse Cannae Holdings for office space and administrative support services provided to us in the amount of $5,000 per month. In addition, our sponsors, executive officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our sponsors, executive officers or directors, or our or their affiliates. Any such payments prior to an initial business combination will be made using funds held outside the trust account. Other than quarterly audit committee review of such reimbursements, we do not expect to have any additional controls in place governing our reimbursement payments to our directors and executive officers for their out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with our activities on our behalf in connection with identifying and completing an initial business combination. Other than these payments and reimbursements, no compensation of any kind, including finder’s and consulting fees, will be paid by the company to our sponsors, executive officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, prior to completion of our initial business combination.

After the completion of our initial business combination, directors or members of our management team who remain with the combined company may be paid consulting or management fees from the combined company. All of these fees will be fully disclosed to stockholders, to the extent then known, in the proxy solicitation materials or tender offer materials furnished to our stockholders in connection with a proposed business combination. We have not established any limit on the amount of such fees that may be paid by the combined company to our directors or members of management. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of the proposed business combination, because the directors of the post-combination business will be responsible for determining executive officer and director compensation. Any compensation to be paid to our executive officers will be determined, or recommended to the board of directors for determination, either by a compensation committee constituted solely by independent directors or by a majority of the independent directors on our board of directors.

We do not intend to take any action to ensure that members of our management team maintain their positions with the combined company after the completion of our initial business combination, although it is possible that some or all of our executive officers and directors may negotiate employment or consulting arrangements to remain with the combined company after our initial business combination. The existence or terms of any such employment or consulting arrangements to retain their positions with us may influence our management’s motivation in identifying or selecting a target business but we do not believe that the ability of our management to remain with us after the completion of our initial business combination will be a determining factor in our decision to proceed with any potential business combination. We are not party to any agreements with our executive officers and directors that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.


Item 12.Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

We have no compensation plans under which equity securities are authorized for issuance.

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of January 31, 2021, by:

 ·each person known by us to be a beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding common stock of, on an as-converted basis;

 ·each of our officers and directors; and all of our officers and directors as a group.

The following table is based on 129,375,000 shares of class A common stock outstanding at January 31, 2021, of which 103,500,000 were shares of Class A common stock and 25,875,000 were shares of Class B common stock. Unless otherwise indicated, it is believed that all persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock beneficially owned by them.

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner (1) Number of Shares
Beneficially Owned (2)
  Percentage of Outstanding
Common Stock
 
Trasimene Capital FT, LP (3)  18,042,500   13.9%
Bilcar FT, LP (3)  7,732,500   6.0%
William P. Foley, II (3)  25,775,000   19.9%
MFN Partners, LP  14,000,000   13.5%
Douglas K. Ammerman  25,000   * 
Thomas M. Hagerty  25,000   * 
Hugh R. Harris  25,000   * 
Frank R. Martire, Jr.  25,000   * 
Richard N. Massey       
David W. Ducommun      
Bryan D. Coy      
Michael L. Gravelle      
All officers and directors as a group (9 individuals)  25,875,000   20.0%

* Less than one percent

(1) Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each of our stockholders is 1701 Village Center Circle, Las Vegas, NV, 89134.

(2) Interests shown consist solely of founder shares, classified as Class B common stock. Such shares will automatically convert into Class A common stock on the first business day following the completion of our initial business combination. Excludes Class A common stock issuable pursuant to the forward purchase agreements, as such shares will only be issued concurrently with the closing of our initial business combination.

(3) Trasimene Capital FT, LLC is the sole general partner of Trasimene Capital FT, LP. Trasimene Capital FT, LLC has sole voting and dispositive power over the founder shares owned by Trasimene Capital FT, LP. Bilcar FT, LLC is the sole general partner of Bilcar FT, LP. Bilcar FT, LLC has sole voting and dispositive power over the founder shares owned by Bilcar FT, LP. William P. Foley, II is the sole member of Trasimene Capital FT, LLC and Bilcar FT, LLC. and therefore may be deemed to beneficially own 25,775,000 founder shares and ultimately exercises voting and dispositive power over the founder shares held by Trasimene Capital FT, LP and Bilcar FT, LP, respectively. Mr. Foley disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein.

58

Item 13.Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Founder Shares

During the period from March 26, 2020 (inception) through April 7, 2020, the sponsors purchased 21,562,500 Founder Shares for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000. On May 18, 2020, Bilcar FT, LP transferred 4,312,500 of its Founder Shares to Trasimene Capital FT, LP at their original purchase price. On May 19, 2020, the sponsors transferred 25,000 of the Founder Shares to each of the independent director nominees at their original purchase price. On May 26, 2020, the Company effected a stock dividend with respect to its Class B common stock of 4,312,500 shares thereof, resulting in an aggregate of 25,875,000 outstanding shares of Class B common stock. All share and per-share amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the stock dividend.

The sponsors have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Founder Shares until the earlier to occur of: (A) one year after the completion of a Business Combination; and (B) subsequent to a Business Combination, (x) if the last reported sale price of the Class A common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after a Business Combination, or (y) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, amalgamation, stock exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of the Company’s stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of Class A common stock for cash, securities or other property.

Private Placement Warrants

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the sponsors purchased an aggregate of 15,133,333 Private Placement Warrants at a price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant, for an aggregate purchase price of $22,700,000. Each Private Placement Warrant is exercisable for one share of Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment. The proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants were added to the net proceeds from the Initial Public Offering held in the Trust Account. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants held in the Trust Account will be used to fund the redemption of the Public Shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law) and the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless.

Administrative Services

Commencing on May 26, 2020, we have agreed to pay an affiliate of the sponsors up to $5,000 per month for office space and administrative support services. Upon completion of our initial business combination or our liquidation, we will cease paying these monthly fees. The Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing and approving any related party transactions.

Promissory Note

On April 7, 2020, the Company issued a promissory note (the "Promissory Note") to affiliates of the sponsors, pursuant to which the Company could borrowup to an aggregate principal amount of $150,000. On May 20, 2020, the Promissory Note was amended and restated to increase the aggregate principal amount available for borrowing to $300,000. The Promissory Note was non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of (i) January 31, 2021 and (ii) the completion of the Initial Public Offering. The outstanding balance under the Promissory Note of $250,000 was repaid upon the consummation of the Initial Public Offering on May 29, 2020.


Item 14.Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Fees for professional services provided by our independent registered public accounting firm since inception include:

  For the period from March 26,
2020 (inception) through
December 31, 2020
 
Audit Fees (1) $76,220 
Audit-Related Fees (2)   
Tax Fees (3)   
All Other Fees (4)   
Total Fees $76,220 

(1) Audit Fees. Audit fees consist of fees billed for professional services rendered for the audit of our financial statements and services that are normally provided by our independent registered public accounting firm in connection with statutory and regulatory filings.

(2) Audit-Related Fees. Audit-related fees consist of fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to performance of the audit or review of our financial statements and are not reported under “Audit Fees.” These services include attest services that are not required by statute or regulation and consultation concerning financial accounting and reporting standards.

(3) Tax Fees. Tax fees consist of fees billed for professional services relating to tax compliance, tax planning and tax advice.

(4) All Other Fees. All other fees consist of fees billed for all other services.

Policy on Board Pre-Approval of Audit and Permissible Non-Audit Services of the Independent Auditors

Our audit committee was formed upon the consummation of our IPO. As a result, the audit committee did not pre-approve all of the foregoing services, although any services rendered prior to the formation of our audit committee were approved by our board of directors. Since the formation of our audit committee, and on a going-forward basis, the audit committee has and will pre-approve all audit services and permitted non-audit services to be performed for us by WithumSmith+Brown, PC, including the fees and terms thereof (subject to the de minimis exceptions for non-audit services described in the Exchange Act which are approved by the audit committee prior to the completion of the audit).


PART IV

Item 15.Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K

(a) (1) Financial Statements.  Reference is made to the Index to the Financial Statements of Foley Trasimene Acquisition Corp. included in Item 8 of Part II above.

(a) (2) All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or not required, or because the required information is included in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the year ended December 31, 2023. No additional goodwill impairment testing was warranted based on this assessment. The Company's Professional Services reporting unit fair value exceeded its carrying value by 0.7% or approximately $1 million, and the estimated fair value of the Health Solutions and Wealth Solutions reporting units continued to exceed their respective carrying values. At December 31, 2023, our Health Solutions, Wealth Solutions, Cloud Services and Professional Services reporting units had $3,084 million, $128 million, $258 million and $73 million of goodwill, respectively.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

We are exposed to potential fluctuations in earnings, cash flows, and the fair values of certain of our assets and liabilities due to changes in interest rates. To manage the risk from this exposure, we enter into a variety of hedging arrangements. We do not enter into derivatives or financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. We are not subject to significant foreign exchange rate risk.

A discussion of our accounting policies for hedging activities is outlined in Note 2 “Accounting Policies and Practices” within the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Interest Rate Risk

Our operating results are subject to risk from interest rate fluctuations on our borrowings, which carry variable interest rates. Our term loans and revolving credit facility borrowings bear interest at a variable rate, so we are exposed to market risks relating to changes in interest rates. Although we use derivative financial instruments to some extent to manage a portion of our exposure to interest rate risks, we do not attempt to manage our entire expected exposure. These instruments expose us to credit risk in the event that our counterparties default on their obligations. More information regarding the terms and market value of our derivative instruments can be found in Note 13 "Derivative Financial Instruments" and in Note 16 "Fair Value Measurement" within the Consolidated Financial Statements.

42


Our term loan agreements include an interest rate floor of 50 basis points (“bps”) plus a margin based on defined ratios. We also utilized interest rate swap agreements (designated as cash flow hedges) to fix portions of the floating interest rates through December 2026. A hypothetical increase of 25 bps in our term loans, net of hedging activity, would have resulted in a change to annual interest expense of approximately $1 million in fiscal year 2023. For more information regarding our term loans and their applicable variable rates, see Note 8 "Debt" within the Consolidated Financial Statements.

43


Item 8. Financial Statements or notes thereto.and Supplementary Data.

Alight, Inc.

(a) (3) We hereby file as part of this Report the exhibits listed in the attached Exhibit Index. Exhibits which are incorporated herein by reference can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of such material can also be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates or on the SEC website at www.sec.gov.


FOLEY TRASIMENE ACQUISITION CORP.INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 42)

F-2

Financial Statements (as restated):

Consolidated Balance SheetSheets as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022

F-3

F-4

Statement of Operations

F-4

StatementConsolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ EquityComprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years ended December 31, 2023, December 31, 2022 and Six Months ended December 31, 2021 (Successor) and Six Months ended June 30, 2021 (Predecessor)

F-5

StatementConsolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years ended December 31, 2023, December 31, 2022 and Six Months ended December 31, 2021 (Successor) and Member's Equity for the Six Months ended June 30, 2021 (Predecessor)

F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years ended December 31, 2023 , December 31, 2022 and Six Months ended December 31, 2021 (Successor) and Six Months Ended June 30, 2021 (Predecessor)

F-6

F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-7 to F-23

F-8

F-1


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Alight, Inc.

Foley Trasimene Acquisition Corp.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheetsheets of Foley Trasimene Acquisition Corp.Alight, Inc. (the “Company”)Company) as of December 31, 2020,2023 and 2022, the related consolidated statements of operations, changescomprehensive income (loss), stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2023, the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the period from March 26, 2020 (inception)July 1, 2021 through December 31, 2020,2021 (Successor), the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss), members’ equity and cash flows for the period from January 1, 2021 through June 30, 2021 (Predecessor), and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial“consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as ofat December 31, 2020,2023 and 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2023, the period from March 26, 2020 (inception)July 1, 2021 through December 31, 2020,2021 (Successor), and the period from January 1, 2021 through June 30, 2021 (Predecessor), in conformity with accounting principlesU.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the United Statesstandards of America.

Restatement of Financial Statements

As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued a public statement entitled Staff Statement on Accounting and Reporting Considerations for Warrants Issued by Special Purpose Acquisition Companies (“SPACs”) (the “Public Statement”) on April 12, 2021, which discusses the accounting for certain warrants as liabilities. The Company previously accounted for its warrants as equity instruments. Management evaluated its warrants against the Public Statement,Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework), and determined that the warrants and warrant-related instruments should be accounted for as liabilities. Accordingly, the 2020 financial statements have been restated to correct the accounting and related disclosure for the warrants and warrant-related instruments.our report dated February 29, 2024 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’sCompany's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company'sCompany’s financial statements based on our audit.audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”)PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our auditaudits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our auditaudits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our auditaudits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit providesaudits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

Goodwill Impairment Assessment

Description of the Matter

At December 31, 2023, the Company’s Health Solutions, Wealth Solutions, Cloud Services, and Professional Services reporting units had $3,084 million, $128 million, $258 million and $73 million of goodwill, respectively, as disclosed in Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements. Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level at least annually or when impairment indicators are present. The Company determined the fair value of its Health Solutions, Wealth Solutions and Professional Services reporting units exceeded the carrying values. The Company recognized an impairment of $148 million related to the Cloud Services reporting unit during the year ended December 31, 2023.

Auditing management’s goodwill impairment assessment was complex and highly judgmental due to the significant estimation required in determining the fair value of the Company’s reporting

F-2


units. The more subjective assumptions used in the analysis were projections of future revenue growth and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and intangible amortization margin, the long term growth rate, and the discount rate, which are all affected by expectations about future market or economic conditions.

How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design, and tested the operating effectiveness of controls over the Company’s goodwill impairment review process, including controls over management's review of the significant assumptions discussed above. We also tested management's controls over the completeness and accuracy of the underlying data used in the valuation.

To test the estimated fair value of the Company’s reporting units, we performed audit procedures that included, among others, assessing methodologies and testing the significant assumptions discussed above and the underlying data used by the Company in its analysis. We involved our valuation specialists to evaluate the Company’s model, methods, and the more sensitive assumptions utilized, such as the discount rate. We compared the significant assumptions used by management to current industry, market and economic trends. In addition, we assessed the historical accuracy of management’s estimates, performed sensitivity analyses of significant assumptions to evaluate the changes in the fair value of the reporting units that would result from changes in the assumptions, and tested the reconciliation of the fair value of the reporting units to the market capitalization of the Company. We also tested the completeness and accuracy of the underlying data used by management in its analysis.

Measurement of the Tax Receivable Agreement Liability

Description of the Matter

As discussed in Note 15 of the consolidated financial statements, the Company has a Tax Receivable Agreement (“TRA”) with certain owners of Alight Holdings prior to the Business Combination, which is a contractual commitment to distribute 85% of any tax benefits (“TRA Payment”), realized or deemed to be realized by the Company to the parties to the TRA. At December 31, 2023, the Company’s liability due under the TRA (“TRA liability”) that is measured at fair value on a recurring basis was $634 million.

Auditing management’s accounting for the TRA liability that is measured at fair value on a recurring basis is especially challenging and judgmental due to the complex model used to calculate the TRA liability. Also, the liability recorded is based on several inputs, including the discount rate applied to the TRA payments. Significant changes in the discount rate could have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations.

How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design, and tested the operating effectiveness of controls over the Company’s process of measuring the TRA liability at fair value, including management's controls over the completeness and accuracy of the underlying data used in the valuation and the controls over management's review of the significant inputs discussed above.

Our audit procedures included, among others, testing the measurement of the TRA liability measured at fair value by evaluating whether the calculation of the TRA liability was in accordance with the terms set out in the TRA and recalculating the TRA liability. With the assistance of our valuation specialists, we evaluated the reasonableness of the discount rate by testing the third-party inputs and the valuation methodology employed.

/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PCErnst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company'sCompany’s auditor since 2020.2016.

New York, New YorkChicago, Illinois

April 28, 2021February 29, 2024

F-3


Alight, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets


 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

(in millions, except par values)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

 

358

 

 

$

 

250

 

Receivables, net

 

 

 

698

 

 

 

 

678

 

Other current assets

 

 

 

319

 

 

 

 

379

 

Total Current Assets Before Fiduciary Assets

 

 

 

1,375

 

 

 

 

1,307

 

Fiduciary assets

 

 

 

1,401

 

 

 

 

1,509

 

Total Current Assets

 

 

 

2,776

 

 

 

 

2,816

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

3,543

 

 

 

 

3,679

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

 

3,554

 

 

 

 

3,872

 

Fixed assets, net

 

 

 

371

 

 

 

 

320

 

Deferred tax assets, net

 

 

 

41

 

 

 

 

6

 

Other assets

 

 

 

497

 

 

 

 

542

 

Total Assets

 

$

 

10,782

 

 

$

 

11,235

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

 

$

 

444

 

 

$

 

508

 

Current portion of long-term debt, net

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

31

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

 

317

 

 

 

 

300

 

Total Current Liabilities Before Fiduciary Liabilities

 

 

 

786

 

 

 

 

839

 

Fiduciary liabilities

 

 

 

1,401

 

 

 

 

1,509

 

Total Current Liabilities

 

 

 

2,187

 

 

 

 

2,348

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

 

60

 

Long-term debt, net

 

 

 

2,769

 

 

 

 

2,792

 

Long-term tax receivable agreement

 

 

 

733

 

 

 

 

568

 

Financial instruments

 

 

 

109

 

 

 

 

97

 

Other liabilities

 

 

 

210

 

 

 

 

281

 

Total Liabilities

 

$

 

6,040

 

 

$

 

6,146

 

Commitments and Contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders' Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock at $0.0001 par value: 1.0 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

Class A Common Stock: $0.0001 par value, 1,000.0 shares authorized; 510.9 and 478.3 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class B Common Stock: $0.0001 par value, 20.0 shares authorized; 9.9 and 10.0 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class V Common Stock: $0.0001 par value, 175.0 shares authorized; 29.0 and 63.5 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class Z Common Stock: $0.0001 par value, 12.9 shares authorized; 3.4 and 5.6 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Treasury stock, at cost (6.4 and 1.5 shares at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively)

 

 

 

(52

)

 

 

 

(12

)

Additional paid-in-capital

 

 

 

4,946

 

 

 

 

4,514

 

Retained deficit

 

 

 

(503

)

 

 

 

(158

)

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

 

71

 

 

 

 

95

 

Total Alight, Inc. Stockholders' Equity

 

$

 

4,462

 

 

$

 

4,439

 

Noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

280

 

 

 

 

650

 

Total Stockholders' Equity

 

$

 

4,742

 

 

$

 

5,089

 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

 

$

 

10,782

 

 

$

 

11,235

 

FOLEY TRASIMENE ACQUISITION CORP.

BALANCE SHEET

DECEMBER 31, 2020
(Restated)

ASSETS   
Current assets:    
Cash $496,471 
Prepaid expenses  225,747 
Total Current Assets  722,218 
     
Cash and marketable securities held in Trust Account  1,035,849,267 
Total Assets $1,036,571,485 
     
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY    
Current liabilities:    
Accrued expenses $2,980,284 
Income taxes payable  147,695 
Total Current Liabilities  3,127,979 
     
Warrant liability  

127,388,332

 
FPA liability   54,277,110 
Deferred underwriting fee payable  36,225,000 
Total Liabilities  

221,018,421

 
     
Commitments and Contingencies    
     
Class A common stock subject to possible redemption, 81,055,306 shares at $10.00 per share  810,553,063 
     
Stockholders’ Equity    
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding   
Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value; 400,000,000 shares authorized; 22,444,694 issued and outstanding (excluding 81,055,306 shares subject to possible redemption)  2,244 
Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value; 40,000,000 shares authorized; 25,875,000 shares issued and outstanding  2,588 
Additional paid-in capital  119,427,819 
Accumulated deficit  (114,432,650)
Total Stockholders’ Equity  5,000,001 
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity $1,036,571,485 

The accompanying notesNotes are an integral part of the financial statements.these Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-4


Alight, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)


 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

June 30,

 

(in millions, except per share amounts)

2023

 

2022

 

 

 

2021

 

 

 

2021

 

Revenue

$

 

3,410

 

$

 

3,132

 

 

$

 

1,554

 

 

 

$

 

1,361

 

Cost of services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

 

 

2,188

 

 

 

2,080

 

 

 

 

1,001

 

 

 

 

 

888

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

82

 

 

 

56

 

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

38

 

Gross Profit

 

 

1,140

 

 

 

996

 

 

 

 

532

 

 

 

 

 

435

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

 

754

 

 

 

671

 

 

 

 

304

 

 

 

 

 

222

 

Depreciation and intangible amortization

 

 

339

 

 

 

339

 

 

 

 

163

 

 

 

 

 

111

 

Goodwill impairment

 

 

148

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Operating expenses

 

 

1,241

 

 

 

1,010

 

 

 

 

467

 

 

 

 

 

333

 

Operating Income (Loss)

 

 

(101

)

 

 

(14

)

 

 

 

65

 

 

 

 

 

102

 

Other (Income) Expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Gain) Loss from change in fair value of financial instruments

 

 

10

 

 

 

(38

)

 

 

 

65

 

 

 

 

 

(Gain) Loss from change in fair value of tax receivable agreement

 

 

118

 

 

 

(41

)

 

 

 

(37

)

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

131

 

 

 

122

 

 

 

 

57

 

 

 

 

 

123

 

Other (income) expense, net

 

 

6

 

 

 

(16

)

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

Total Other (income) expense, net

 

 

265

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

 

88

 

 

 

 

 

132

 

Income (Loss) Before Taxes

 

 

(366

)

 

 

(41

)

 

 

 

(23

)

 

 

 

 

(30

)

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

31

 

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

Net Income (Loss)

 

 

(362

)

 

 

(72

)

 

 

 

(48

)

 

 

 

 

(25

)

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

(17

)

 

 

(10

)

 

 

 

(13

)

 

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Alight, Inc.

$

 

(345

)

$

 

(62

)

 

 $

 

(35

)

 

 

$

 

(25

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings Per Share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic (net loss) earnings per share

$

 

(0.70

)

$

 

(0.14

)

 

$

 

(0.08

)

 

 

$

 

 

Diluted (net loss) earnings per share

$

 

(0.70

)

$

 

(0.14

)

 

$

 

(0.08

)

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income (Loss)

$

 

(362

)

$

 

(72

)

 

$

 

(48

)

 

 

$

 

(25

)

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of derivatives

 

 

(42

)

 

 

114

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

23

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

 

9

 

 

 

(14

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

Total Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

 

 

(33

)

 

 

100

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

31

 

Comprehensive Income (Loss) Before Noncontrolling Interests

 

 

(395

)

 

 

28

 

 

 

 

(39

)

 

 

 

 

6

 

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

(26

)

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

(12

)

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive Income (Loss) Attributable to Alight, Inc.

$

 

(369

)

$

 

25

 

 

$

 

(27

)

 

 

$

 

6

 

FOLEY TRASIMENE ACQUISITION CORP.

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE PERIOD FROM MARCH 26, 2020 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2020

(Restated) 

Formation and general and administrative expenses $3,258,112 
Loss from operations  (3,258,112)
     
Other income:    

Loss on change in fair value of warrant liability

  

(57,599,000

)
Loss on change in fair value of FPA liability   (54,277,110
Interest earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account  849,267 
     
Loss before provision for income taxes  (114,284,955)
Provision for income taxes  (147,695)
Net loss $(114,432,650)
     
Weighted average shares outstanding of Class A redeemable common stock  103,500,000 
Basic and diluted income per share, Class A $0.01 
     
Weighted average shares outstanding of Class B non-redeemable common stock  25,875,000 
Basic and diluted net loss per share, Class B $(4.44)

The accompanying notesNotes are an integral part of the financial statements.these Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-5


Alight, Inc.


Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

FOLEY TRASIMENE ACQUISITION CORP.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Common

 

 

Treasury

 

 

Paid-in

 

 

Retained

 

 

Comprehensive

 

 

Alight, Inc.

 

 

Noncontrolling

 

 

Stockholders'

 

(in millions)

 

Stock

 

 

Stock

 

 

Capital

 

 

Deficit

 

 

Income

 

 

Equity

 

 

Interest

 

 

Equity

 

Balance at December 31, 2021

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

4,228

 

 

$

 

(96

)

 

$

 

8

 

 

$

 

4,140

 

 

$

 

788

 

 

$

 

4,928

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(62

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(62

)

 

 

 

(10

)

 

 

 

(72

)

Other comprehensive income, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

87

 

 

 

 

87

 

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

100

 

Common stock issued under ESPP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conversion of noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

113

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

113

 

 

 

 

(141

)

 

 

 

(28

)

Share-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

181

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

181

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

181

 

Shares withheld in lieu of taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8

)

Share repurchases

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12

)

Balance at December 31, 2022

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

(12

)

 

$

 

4,514

 

 

$

 

(158

)

 

$

 

95

 

 

$

 

4,439

 

 

$

 

650

 

 

$

 

5,089

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(345

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(345

)

 

 

 

(17

)

 

 

 

(362

)

Other comprehensive income, net

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

(24

)

 

 

 

(24

)

 

 

 

(9

)

 

 

 

(33

)

Common stock issued under ESPP

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

10

 

Conversion of noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

278

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

278

 

 

 

 

(344

)

 

 

 

(66

)

Share-based compensation expense

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

160

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

160

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

160

 

Shares withheld in lieu of taxes

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

(16

)

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

(16

)

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

(16

)

Share repurchases

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

(40

)

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

(40

)

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

(40

)

Balance at December 31, 2023

 

$

 

-

 

 

 $

 

(52

)

 

 $

 

4,946

 

 

 $

 

(503

)

 

 $

 

71

 

 

 $

 

4,462

 

 

 $

 

280

 

 

 $

 

4,742

 

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

FOR THE PERIOD FROM MARCH 26, 2020 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2020
(Restated)

  Class A
Common Stock
  Class B
Common Stock
  Additional
Paid-in
  Accumulated  Total
Stockholders’
 
  Shares  Amount  Shares  Amount  Capital  Deficit  Equity 
Balance – March 26, 2020 (inception)   $     $  $  $  $ 
                      
Issuance of Class B common stock to Sponsors        25,875,000   2,588   22,412      25,000 
                             
Sale of 103,500,000 Units, net of allocation to warrant liabilities, underwriting discounts and other offering costs  103,500,000   10,350         928,739,696      928,750,04 
                             
Excess of cash received over fair value of private placement warrants              1,210,668      1,210,668 
                             
Class A common stock subject to possible redemption  (81,055,306)  (8,106)        (810,544,957)     (810,553,063)
                             
Net loss                 (114,432,650)  (114,432,650)
Balance – December 31, 2020  22,444,694  $2,244   25,875,000  $2,588  $119,427,819  $(114,432,650) $5,000,001 

The accompanying notesNotes are an integral part of the financial statements.these Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-6


Alight, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows


 

 

Successor

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

Year ended

 

Year ended

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

June 30,

 

(in millions)

 

2023

 

2022

 

2021

 

 

2021

 

Operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

 

(362

)

$

 

(72

)

$

 

(48

)

 

$

 

(25

)

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

 

102

 

 

 

79

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

 

49

 

Intangible asset amortization

 

 

 

319

 

 

 

316

 

 

 

153

 

 

 

 

100

 

Noncash lease expense

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

10

 

Financing fee and premium amortization

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

9

 

Share-based compensation expense

 

 

 

160

 

 

 

181

 

 

 

67

 

 

 

 

5

 

(Gain) loss from change in fair value of financial instruments

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

(38

)

 

 

65

 

 

 

 

 

(Gain) loss from change in fair value of tax receivable agreement

 

 

 

118

 

 

 

(41

)

 

 

(37

)

 

 

 

 

Release of unrecognized tax provision

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(31

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Deferred tax expense (benefit)

 

 

 

(9

)

 

 

26

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

Goodwill Impairment

 

 

 

148

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

1

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of business combinations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

 

(25

)

 

 

(136

)

 

 

(28

)

 

 

 

51

 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

 

 

 

(68

)

 

 

72

 

 

 

56

 

 

 

 

(45

)

Other assets and liabilities

 

 

 

(25

)

 

 

(94

)

 

 

(222

)

 

 

 

(97

)

Cash provided by operating activities

 

$

 

386

 

$

 

286

 

$

 

57

 

 

$

 

58

 

Investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

(87

)

 

 

(1,793

)

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditures

 

 

 

(160

)

 

 

(148

)

 

 

(59

)

 

 

 

(55

)

Cash used in investing activities

 

$

 

(159

)

$

 

(235

)

$

 

(1,852

)

 

$

 

(55

)

Financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in fiduciary liabilities

 

 

 

(108

)

 

 

229

 

 

 

266

 

 

 

 

(15

)

Distributions of equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

Borrowings from banks

 

 

 

 

 

 

104

 

 

 

627

 

 

 

 

110

 

Financing fees

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

(8

)

 

 

 

 

Repayments to banks

 

 

 

(25

)

 

 

(141

)

 

 

(120

)

 

 

 

(124

)

Principal payments on finance lease obligations

 

 

 

(25

)

 

 

(30

)

 

 

(14

)

 

 

 

(17

)

Payments on tax receivable agreements

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax payment for shares/units withheld in lieu of taxes

 

 

 

(16

)

 

 

(8

)

 

 

(11

)

 

 

 

(1

)

Deferred and contingent consideration payments

 

 

 

(9

)

 

 

(85

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

(1

)

FTAC share redemptions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(142

)

 

 

 

 

Proceeds related to FTAC investors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,813

 

 

 

 

 

Repurchase of shares

 

 

 

(40

)

 

 

(12

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other financing activities

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

 

(16

)

Cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

$

 

(231

)

$

 

54

 

$

 

2,400

 

 

$

 

(64

)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

 

 

 

 

 

107

 

 

 

616

 

 

 

 

(61

)

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period

 

 

 

1,759

 

 

 

1,652

 

 

 

1,036

 

 

 

 

1,536

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period

 

$

 

1,759

 

$

 

1,759

 

$

 

1,652

 

 

$

 

1,475

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash to the Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

 

358

 

 

 

250

 

$

 

372

 

 

$

 

460

 

Restricted cash included in fiduciary assets

 

 

 

1,401

 

 

 

1,509

 

 

 

1,280

 

 

 

 

1,015

 

Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

$

 

1,759

 

$

 

1,759

 

$

 

1,652

 

 

$

 

1,475

 

FOLEY TRASIMENE ACQUISITION CORP.

Supplemental disclosures:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

$

 

128

 

$

 

126

 

$

 

64

 

 

$

 

112

 

Income taxes paid

 

 

 

46

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed asset additions acquired through finance leases

 

$

 

12

 

$

 

9

 

$

 

2

 

 

$

 

2

 

Right of use asset additions acquired through operating leases

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

10

 

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE PERIOD FROM MARCH 26, 2020 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2020

(Restated) 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:   
Net loss $(114,432,650)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:    
Loss on change in fair value of warrant liability  

57,599,000

 
Loss on change in fair value of FPA liability   54,277,110
Interest earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account  (849,267)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:    
Prepaid expenses  (225,747)
Accrued expenses  2,980,284 
Income taxes payable  147,695 
Net cash used in operating activities  (503,575)
     
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:    
Investment of cash into Trust Account  (1,035,000,000)
Net cash used in investing activities  (1,035,000,000)
     
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:    
Proceeds from issuance of Class B common stock to Sponsor  25,000 
Proceeds from sale of Units, net of underwriting discounts and other offering costs paid  1,014,300,000 
Proceeds from sale of Private Placement Warrants  22,700,000 
Proceeds from promissory note - related party  250,000 
Repayment of promissory note - related party  (250,000)
Payment of offering costs  (1,024,954)
Net cash provided by financing activities  1,036,000,046 
     
Net Change in Cash  496,471 
Cash – Beginning of period   
Cash – End of period $496,471 
     
Supplemental Disclosure of Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities:    
Initial classification of Class A common stock subject to possible redemption $924,978,987 
Initial classification of warrant liability $

69,789,333

 
Change in value of Class A common stock subject to possible redemption $(114,425,924)
Deferred underwriting fee payable $36,225,000 

The accompanying notesNotes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-7


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Basis of Presentation and Nature of Business

Alight delivers human capital management solutions to many of the financial statements.world’s largest and most complex companies. This includes the implementation and administration of both employee wellbeing (e.g. health, wealth and leaves benefits) and global payroll solutions. In addition, the Company implements and runs human capital management software platforms on behalf of third-party providers.


NOTE 1. DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS

Foley Trasimene Acquisition Corp.On July 2, 2021 (the “Company”“Closing Date”), Alight Holding Company, LLC (the “Predecessor” or “Alight Holdings”) iscompleted a blank check company incorporated in Delaware on March 26, 2020. The Company was formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses (“Business(the “Business Combination”).

Although the Company is not limited to a particular industry or geographic region for purposes of consummating a Business Combination, the Company intends to focus on identifying a prospective target business in financial technology or business process outsourcing, which acts as an essential utility to industries that are core to the economy. The Company is an early stage and emerging growth company and, as such, the Company is subject to all of the risks associated with early stage and emerging growth companies.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity for the period from March 26, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 relates to the Company’s formation, the initial public offering (“Initial Public Offering”), which is described below, and identifying a target company for a Business Combination. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of a Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company generates non-operating income in the form of interest income from the proceeds derived from the Initial Public Offering.


The registration statement for the Company’s Initial Public Offering was declared effective on May 26, 2020. On May 29, 2020, the Company consummated the Initial Public Offering of 103,500,000 units (the “Units” and, with respect to the Class A common stock included in the Units sold, the “Public Shares”), which includes the full exercise by the underwriters of the over-allotment option to purchase an additional 13,500,000 Units, at $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $1,035,000,000, which is described in Note 3.

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the sale of 15,133,333 warrants (the “Private Placement Warrants”) at a price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant in a private placement to Trasimene Capital Management FT, LP, an affiliate of Trasimene Capital Management, LLC, and Bilcar FT, LP, an affiliate of Bilcar Limited Partnership (collectively the “Sponsors”), generating gross proceeds of $22,700,000, which is described in Note 4.

Transaction costs amounted to $57,949,954, consisting of $20,700,000 of underwriting fees, $36,225,000 of deferred underwriting fees and $1,024,954 of other offering costs.

Following the closing of the Initial Public Offering on May 29, 2020, an amount of $1,035,000,000 ($10.00 per Unit) from the net proceeds of the sale of the Units in the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants was placed in a trust account (the “Trust Account”) and invested in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), with a maturity of 185 days or less or in any open-ended investment company that holds itself out as a money market fund selected byspecial purpose acquisition company. On the Company meeting the conditions of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act, as determined by the Company, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of a Business Combination and (ii) the distribution of the funds in the Trust AccountClosing Date, pursuant to the Company’s stockholders, as described below.

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummating a Business Combination. The Company must complete its initial Business Combination with one or more target businesses that together have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the net assets held in the Trust Account (excluding any deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the interest earned in the Trust Account) at the time the Company signs a definitive agreement in connection with a Business Combination. The Company will only complete a Business Combination if the post-Business Combination company owns or acquires 50% or more of the issued and outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target business sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully effect a Business Combination.

The Company will provide its stockholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares upon the completion of a Business Combination either (i) in connection with a stockholder meeting called to approve the Business Combination or (ii) by meansAgreement, the special purpose acquisition company became a wholly owned subsidiary of a tender offer. The decision as to whether the Company will seek stockholder approval of a Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by the Company. The stockholders will be entitled to redeem their shares for a pro rata portion of the amount held in the Trust Account (initially $10.00 per share)Alight, Inc. (“Alight”, calculated as of two business days prior to the completion of a Business Combination, including any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay its tax obligations. There will be no redemption rights upon the completion of a Business Combination with respect to the Company’s warrants. 

The Company will only proceed with a Business Combination if the Company has net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 either prior to or upon such consummation of a Business Combination and, if the Company seeks stockholder approval, a majority of the shares voted are voted in favor of the Business Combination. If a stockholder vote is not required by applicable law or stock exchange rules and the Company does not decide to hold a stockholder vote for business or other reasons, the Company will, pursuant to its Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation”)“the Company”, conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing a Business Combination. If, however, stockholder approval of the transaction is required by applicable law or stock exchange rules,“we” “us” “our” or the Company decides to obtain stockholder approval for business or other reasons, the Company will offer to redeem shares in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to the proxy rules and not pursuant to the tender offer rules. If the Company seeks stockholder approval in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsors have agreed to vote their Founder Shares (as defined in Note 5), and any Public Shares purchased during or after the Initial Public Offering in favor of approving a Business Combination and not to convert any shares in connection with a stockholder vote to approve a Business Combination. Additionally, each public stockholder may elect to redeem their Public Shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the Initial Public transaction or do not vote at all.


Notwithstanding the above, if the Company seeks stockholder approval of a Business Combination and it does not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, the Company’s Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation provides that a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”“Successor”)), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the Public Shares without the Company’s prior written consent.

The Sponsors have agreed (a) to waive their redemption rights with respect to any Founder Shares and Public Shares held by them in connection with the completion of a Business Combination and (b) not to propose an amendment to the Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (i) to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of the Public Shares if the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period (as defined below) or (ii) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity, unless the Company provides the public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their Public Shares in conjunction with any such amendment and (iii) to waive its rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to the Founder Shares if the Company fails to consummate a Business Combination.

The Company will have until May 29, 2022 to consummate a Business Combination (the “Combination Period”). If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but no more than ten business days thereafter, redeem 100% of the outstanding Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the remaining stockholders and the Company’s board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to its obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.

The Sponsors have agreed to waive their liquidation rights with respect to the Founder Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. However, if the Sponsors acquire Public Shares in or after the Initial Public Offering, such Public Shares will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. The underwriters have agreed to waive their rights to their deferred underwriting commission (see Note 6) held in the Trust Account in the event the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period and, in such event, such amounts will be included with the funds held in the Trust Account that will be available to fund the redemption of the Public Shares. In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the assets remaining available for distribution will be less than the Initial Public Offering price per Unit ($10.00).

In order to protect the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Sponsors have agreed that they will be liable to the Company, if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to the Company, or by a prospective target business with which the Company has discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below (1) $10.00 per Public Share or (2) such lesser amount per Public Share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account due to reductions in the value of trust assets, in each case net of the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes. This liability will not apply with respect to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account nor will it apply to any claims under the Company’s indemnity of the underwriters of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, the Sponsors will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. The Company will seek to reduce the possibility that the Sponsors will have to indemnify the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers (other than the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses or other entities with which the Company does business, execute agreements with the Company waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account.

Liquidity and Going Concern Consideration

As of December 31, 2020, the Company had $496,471 in its operating bank account, and working capital deficit of approximately $2,405,761.

The Company's liquidity needs up to December 31, 2020 were satisfied through a contribution of $25,000 from Sponsors to cover certain expenses in exchange for the issuance of the Founder Shares, the loan of $250,000 from the Sponsors pursuant to a Promissory Note (defined below, see Note 5), and the proceeds from the consummation of the Private Placement not held in the Trust Account. The Company fully repaid the Promissory Note as of May 29, 2020. In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsors or an affiliate of the Sponsors, or certain of the Company's officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, provide the Company Working Capital Loans (defined below, see Note 5). As of December 31, 2020, there were no amounts outstanding under the Working Capital Loans.


Management has determined that the Company has access to funds from the Sponsors, and the Sponsors have the financial wherewithal to fund the Company, that are sufficient to fund the Company's working capital needs until the consummation of an initial business combination or for a minimum of one year from the date of issuance2023, Alight owned 95% of the financial statements. Over this time period,economic interest in the Company will be using these funds for paying existing accounts payable, identifying and evaluating prospective initial Business Combination candidates, performing due diligence on prospective target businesses, paying for travel expenditures, selecting the target business to merge with or acquire, and structuring, negotiating and consummating the Business Combination.

NOTE 2. Correction of an Error in Previously Issued Financial Statements

On April 12, 2021, the StaffPredecessor, had 100% of the SEC issued a statement entitled “Staff Statement on Accountingvoting power and Reporting Considerations for Warrants Issuedcontrolled the management of the Predecessor. The non-voting ownership percentage held by Special Purpose Acquisition Companies.” In the statement, the SEC Staff, among other things, highlighted potential accounting implicationsnoncontrolling interest was approximately 5% as of certain terms that are common in warrants issued in connection with the initial public offeringsDecember 31, 2023.

Basis of special purpose acquisition companies such as the Company. Presentation

As a result of the Staff statement and in light of evolving views as to certain provisions commonly included in warrants issued by special purpose acquisition companies, we re-evaluated theBusiness Combination, for accounting for Warrants (as defined in Note 4) and FPAs (as defined in Note 7) under ASC 815-40, Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity, and concluded that they do not meet the criteria to be classified in stockholders’ equity. Since the Warrants and FPAs meet the definition of a derivative under ASC 815-40, we have restated the financial statements to classify the Warrants and FPAs as liabilities on the balance sheet at fair value, with subsequent changes in their respective fair values recognized in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss) at each reporting date.

The Company's prior accounting treatment for the Warrants and FPAs was equity classification rather than as derivative liabilities. Accounting for the Warrants and FPAs as liabilities pursuant to ASC 815-40 requires thatpurposes, the Company re-measureis the Warrantsacquirer and FPAsAlight Holdings is the acquiree and accounting predecessor. While the Closing Date was July 2, 2021, we determined the impact of one day would be immaterial to their fair value each reporting period and record the changes in such value in the statementresults of operations. Accordingly, the Company has restated the value and classification of the Warrants and FPAs in the Company's financial statements included herein (“Restatement”).

The following summarizes the effect of the Restatement on each financial statement line item for each period presented herein, each prior interim period of the current fiscal year, andAs such, we utilized July 1, 2021 as of the date of the Company’s consummation of its IPO.

  As of 
  December 31, 2020 
  As Reported  As Restated  Difference 
Balance Sheet            
Warrant liability $  $127,388,332  $127,388,332 
FPA liability     54,277,110   54,277,110 
Total Liabilities  39,352,979   221,018,421   181,665,442 
Class A common stock subject to possible redemption  992,218,500   810,553,063   (181,665,437)
Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value  428   2,244   1,816 
Additional paid-in capital  7,553,530   119,427,819   111,874,289 
Accumulated deficit  (2,556,540)  (114,432,650)  (111,876,110)
Total Stockholder’s Equity  5,000,006   5,000,001   (5)

  For the Period from March 26, 2020 
  Through December 31, 2020 
  As Reported  As Restated  Difference 
Statements of Operations            
Loss on change in fair value of warrant liability $  $(57,599,000) $(57,599,000)
Loss on change in fair value of FPA liability     (54,277,110)  (54,277,210)
Loss before provision for income taxes  (2,408,845)  (114,284,955)  (111,876,110)
Net loss $(2,556,540) $(114,432,650) $(111,876,110)
Per Share Data:            
Basic and diluted net loss per share, Class B $(0.12) $(4.44) $(4.32)


  As of 
  September 30, 2020 
  As Reported  As Restated  Difference 
Balance Sheet            
Warrant liability $  $112,927,999  $112,927,999 
FPA liability     35,392,825   35,392,825 
Total Liabilities  36,454,065   184,774,889   148,320,824 
Class A common stock subject to possible redemption  994,929,100   846,608,276   (148,320,824)
Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value  401   1,884   1,483 
Additional paid-in capital  4,842,957   83,372,965   78,530,008 
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)  154,057   (78,377,434)  (78,531,491)

  Three Months Ended  For the Period from March 26, 2020 
  September 30, 2020  Through September 30, 2020 
  As Reported  As Restated  Difference  As Reported  As Restated  Difference 
Statements of Operations                  
Loss on change in fair value of warrant liability $  $(31,033,000) $(31,033,000) $  $(43,138,666) $(43,138,666)
Loss on change in fair value of FPA liability     (16,482,904)  (16,482,904)     (35,392,825)  (35,392,825)
Income (loss)  before provision for income taxes  228,054   (47,287,850)  (47,515,904)  242,106   (78,289,385)  (78,531,491)
Net income (loss)  155,641   (47,360,263)  (47,515,904)  154,057   (78,377,434)  (78,531,491)
Per Share Data:                        
Basic and diluted net less per share, Class B     (1.84)  (1.84) $(0.01) $(3.04)  (3.03)

  As of 
  June 30, 2020 
  As Reported  As Restated  Difference 
Balance Sheet            
Warrant liability $  $81,894,999  $81,894,999 
FPA liability     18,909,921   18,909,921 
Total Liabilities  36,949,650   137,754,569   100,804,919 
Class A common stock subject to possible redemption  994,773,460   893,968,540   (100,804,920)
Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value  402   1,410   1,008 
Additional paid-in capital  4,998,596   36,013,175   36,014,579 
Accumulated deficit  (1,584)  (31,017,172)  (31,015,588)


  Three Months Ended  For the Period from March 26, 2020 
  June 30, 2020  Through June 30, 2020 
  As Reported  As Restated  Difference  As Reported  As Restated  Difference 
Statements of Operations                        
Loss on change in value of warrant liability $  $(12,105,667) $(12,105,667) $  $(12,105,667) $(12,105,667)
Loss on change in fair value of FPA liability     (18,909,921)  (18,909,921)     (18,909,921)  (18,909,921)
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes  15,011   (31,000,577)  (31,015,588)  14,052   (31,001,536)  (31,015,588)
Net loss $(625) $(31,016,213) $(31,015,588) $(1,584) $(31,017,172) $(31,015,588)
Per Share Data:                        
Basic and diluted net less per share, Class B $  $(1.20) $(1.20) $  $(1.20) $(1.20)

  As of 
  May 29, 2020 
  As Reported  As Restated  Difference 
Balance Sheet            
Warrant liability $  $69,789,333  $69,789,333 
Total Liabilities  36,881,502   106,670,835   69,789,333 
Class A common stock subject to possible redemption  994,768,320   924,978,987   (69,789,333)
Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value  402   1,100   698 
Additional Paid in Capital  5,003,736   5,003,038   (698)

Total operating, investing and financing cash flowsBusiness Combination for all periods herein and in all previous interim periods were not impacted byaccounting purposes. Therefore, the Restatement.

NOTE 3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanyingfinancial statement presentation includes the financial statements are presented in U.S. dollarsof Alight Holdings as Predecessor for the periods prior to July 1, 2021 and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the accounting and disclosure rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

Emerging Growth Company

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company as an emerging growth company, can adoptSuccessor for the new or revised standard atperiods including and after July 1, 2021, including the time private companies adoptconsolidation of Alight Holdings. In the new or revised standard. This may make comparisonopinion of management, all adjustments, including normal recurring adjustments, considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated upon consolidation.

Segment Reporting

Effective January 1, 2023, the Company's former Hosted business revenues and gross margin are reported in Other as the business is no longer core to the Company’s operations. There is no change in composition among the Employer Solutions and Professional Services segments. Additionally, the Company changed its measure of segment profit and loss that is reported to the chief operating decision maker ("CODM") for purposes of making decisions about allocating resources to the Company’s segments and assessing business performance. See Note 12 “Segment Reporting” for additional information.

Nature of Business

We are a leading cloud-based provider of integrated digital human capital and business solutions. We have an unwavering belief that a company’s success starts with its people, and our solutions connect human insights with technology. The Alight Worklife® employee engagement platform provides a seamless customer experience by combining content, plus artificial intelligence (“AI”) and data analytics to enable Alight’s business process as a service ("BPaaS") model. Our mission-critical solutions enable employees to enrich their health, wealth and wellbeing which helps global organizations achieve a high-performance culture. Our solutions include:

Employer Solutions: are driven by our Alight Worklife platform, and include total employee wellbeing, integrated benefits administration, healthcare navigation, financial statementswellbeing, leave of absence management, retiree healthcare and payroll. We leverage data across all interactions and activities to improve the employee experience, reduce operational costs and better inform management processes and decision-making. Our clients’ employees benefit from an integrated platform and user experience, coupled with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted outa full-service customer care center, helping them manage the full life cycle of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.their health wealth and wellbeing.
Professional Services: includes our project-based cloud deployment and consulting offerings that provide expertise with both human capital and financial platforms. Specifically, this includes cloud advisory and deployment, and optimization services for cloud platforms such as Workday, SAP SuccessFactors, Oracle, and Cornerstone OnDemand.

F-8


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

2. Accounting Policies and Practices

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statementsthe accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosuredisclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenuesreserves and expenses duringexpenses.

These estimates and assumptions are based on management’s best estimates and judgments. Management evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis using historical experience and other factors, including the reporting period.

Makingcurrent economic environment. Management believes its estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible thatbe reasonable given the estimate ofcurrent facts available. Management adjusts such estimates and assumptions when facts and circumstances dictate. Illiquid credit markets, volatile equity markets, and foreign currency exchange rate movements increase the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which management considereduncertainty inherent in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or moresuch estimates and assumptions. As future events. Accordingly, theevents and their effects cannot be predicted with certainty, actual results could differ significantly from thosethese estimates. Changes in estimates resulting from continuing changes in the economic environment would, if applicable, be reflected in the financial statements in future periods.

Concentration of Risk

The Company has no significant off-balance sheet risks related to foreign exchange contracts or other foreign hedging arrangements. Management believes that its account receivable credit risk exposure is limited, and the Company has not experienced significant write-downs in its accounts receivable balances. Additionally, there was no single client who accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s revenues in any of the periods presented.


Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company did not have anyCash and cash equivalents as ofinclude cash balances. At December 31, 2020.

Warrant2023 and FPA Liabilities

The Company accounts for the WarrantsDecember 31, 2022, Cash and FPAs as either equity-classified or liability-classified instruments based on an assessmentcash equivalents totaled $358 million and $250 million, respectively, and none of the specific terms thebalances were restricted as to its use.

Fiduciary Assets and of the Warrants and FPAs applicable authoritative guidance in Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (“ASC 480”) and ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging (“ASC 815”). The assessment considers whether the Warrants and FPAs are freestanding financial instruments pursuant to ASC 480, meet the definition of a liability pursuant to ASC 480, and meet all of the requirements for equity classification under ASC 815, including whether the Warrants and FPAs are indexed to the Company’s own common shares and whether the warrant holders could potentially require “net cash settlement” in a circumstance outside

Some of the Company’s control, amongagreements require it to hold funds to pay certain obligations on behalf of its clients. Funds held on behalf of clients are segregated from Company funds, and their use is restricted to the payment of obligations on behalf of clients. There is typically a short period of time between when the Company receives funds and when it pays obligations on behalf of clients. These funds are recorded as Fiduciary assets with the related obligation recorded as Fiduciary liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Our Fiduciary assets included cash of $1,401 million and $1,509 million at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively.

Commissions Receivable

Commissions receivable, which is recorded in Other current assets and Other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, are contract assets that represent estimated variable consideration for commissions to be received from insurance carriers for performance obligations that have been satisfied. The current portion of Commissions receivable is expected to be received within one year, while the non-current portion of Commissions receivable is expected to be received beyond one year.

Allowance for Expected Credit Losses

The Company’s allowance for expected credit losses with respect to trade receivables and contract assets is based on a combination of factors, including evaluation of historical write-offs, current conditions and reasonable economic forecasts that affect collectability and other conditionsqualitative and quantitative analysis. Receivables, net included an allowance for equity classification. This assessment, which requiresexpected credit losses of $12 million and $9 million at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively.

Fixed Assets, Net

The Company records fixed assets at cost. We compute depreciation and amortization using the use of professional judgment, is conducted atstraight-line method on the time of issuanceestimated useful lives of the Warrantsassets, which are generally as follows:

Asset Description

Asset Life

Capitalized software

Lesser of the life of an associated license, or 4 to 7 years

Leasehold improvements

Lesser of estimated useful life or lease term, not to exceed 10 years

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

4 to 10 years

Computer equipment

4 to 6 years

F-9


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

Goodwill and executionIntangible Assets, Net

In applying the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations, amounts assigned to identifiable assets and liabilities acquired were based on estimated fair values as of the FPAsdate of acquisition, with the remainder recorded as goodwill. Intangible assets are initially valued at fair value using generally accepted valuation methods appropriate for the type of intangible asset. Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives and are reviewed for impairment if indicators of impairment arise. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually as of each subsequent quarterly period end date whileOctober 1, and whenever indicators of impairment arise.

Derivatives

The Company uses derivative financial instruments, such as interest rate swaps. Interest rate swaps are used to manage interest risk exposures and have been designated as cash flow hedges. The changes in the Warrants and FPAsfair value of derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting as cash flow hedges are outstanding. For issuedrecorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Amounts are reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into earnings when the hedge exposure affects earnings.

The Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when: (1) the derivative expires or modified warrants that meet allis sold, terminated, or exercised; (2) the qualifying criteria are no longer met; or (3) management removes the designation of the criteria for equity classification, such warrants are required to be recordedhedging relationship.

Foreign Currency

Certain of the Company’s non-U.S. operations use their respective local currency as a component of additional paid-in capital at the time of issuance. For issued or modified warrantstheir functional currency. The operations that do not meet allhave the criteriaU.S. dollar as their functional currency translate their financial statements at the current exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date and revenues and expenses using rates that approximate those in effect during the period. The resulting translation adjustments are included in net foreign currency translation adjustments within the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity. Gains and losses from the remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in a non-functional currency are included in Other (income) expense, net within the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). The impact of the foreign exchange gains and losses for equity classification, such warrantsthe Successor year ended December 31, 2023 and year ended December 31, 2022 was a loss of $10 million and a gain of $1 million, respectively. The impact of the foreign exchange gains and losses for Successor six months ended December 31, 2021 and Predecessor six months ended June 30, 2021 were a loss of $4 million and a loss of $9 million, respectively.

Share-Based Compensation Costs

Share-based payments, including grants of restricted share units (“RSUs”) and performance-based restricted share units (“PRSUs”), for both the Predecessor and Successor periods, are requiredmeasured based on their estimated grant date fair value. The Company recognizes compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for awards expected to be recorded at their initial fair valueultimately vest. Forfeitures are estimated on the date of issuance,grant and each balance sheet date thereafter. Changes inrevised if actual or expected forfeiture activity differs materially from original estimates.

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the estimated fair valuenet loss attributable to Alight, Inc. by the weighted average number of liability-classified warrants are recognized as a non-cash gain or loss on the statementsshares of operations.

The Company accounts for the Warrants and FPAs in accordance with ASC 815-40 under which the Warrants and FPAs do not meet the criteria for equity classification and must be recorded as liabilities. The fair value of the Public Warrants has been estimated using the Public Warrants’ quoted market price. The Private Placement Warrants are valued using a Modified Black Scholes Option Pricing Model. The fair value of the FPAs has been estimated using an adjusted net assets method. See Note 9 for further discussion of the pertinent terms of the Warrants and Note 11 for further discussion of the methodology used to determine the value of the Warrants and FPAs.

Class A Common Stock Subjectissued and outstanding for the Successor period. The computation of diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if dilutive securities and other contracts to Possible Redemptionissue shares were exercised or converted into shares or resulted in the issuance of shares that would then share in the net income of Alight, Inc.

Seller Earnouts

The Company accounts for itsUpon completion of the Business Combination, we executed a contingent consideration agreement (the “Seller Earnouts”) that results in the issuance of non-voting shares of Class B-1 and Class B-2 Common Stock, which automatically convert into Class A common stockCommon Stock upon the achievement of certain criteria. The majority of the Seller Earnouts are accounted for as a contingent consideration liability at fair value within Financial instruments on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and are subject to possible redemptionremeasurement at each balance sheet date. Any change in accordance withfair value is recognized within the guidanceConsolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

F-10


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

Noncontrolling Interest

Noncontrolling interest represents the Company’s noncontrolling interest in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.”consolidated subsidiaries which are not attributable, directly or indirectly, to the controlling Class A Common stock subject to mandatory redemptionStock ownership of the Company. Net (loss) income is classified as a liability instrument and is measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable common stock (including common stock that features redemption rightsreduced by the portion of net (loss) income that is either within the controlattributable to noncontrolling interests. These noncontrolling interests are convertible into Class A Common Stock of the holder or subject to redemption uponCompany at the occurrence of uncertain events not solely withinholder’s discretion.

Income Taxes

During the Company’s control) is classified as temporary equity. At all other times, common stock is classified as stockholders’ equity. The Company’s Class A common stock features certain redemption rights that are considered to be outsidePredecessor periods, a portion of the Company’s control andearnings were subject to occurrencecertain U.S. federal, state and foreign taxes. During the Successor period, the portion of uncertain future events. Accordingly, at December 31, 2020,earnings allocable to the 81,055,306 shares of Class A common stockCompany is subject to possible redemption are presented as temporary equity, outsidecorporate level tax rates at the U.S. federal, state and local levels. Therefore, the amount of income taxes recorded in the Predecessor periods is not representative of the stockholders’ equity section ofexpenses expected in the Company’s balance sheet.future.


Offering Costs

Offering costs consist of underwriting, legal, accounting and other expenses incurred through the Initial Public Offering that are directly related to the Initial Public Offering. Offering costs amounting to $57,949,954 were charged to stockholders’ equity upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under ASC 740, “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”). ASC 740pursuant to the asset and liability method which requires it to recognize current tax liabilities or receivables for the recognitionamount of taxes it estimates are payable or refundable for the current year, deferred tax assets and liabilities for both the expected impact offuture tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and their respective tax basisbases of assets and liabilities and for the expected futurebenefits of net operating loss and credit carryforwards. Deferred tax benefitassets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be derived fromrecovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax lossassets and liabilities of a change in tax credit carry forwards. ASC 740 additionally requires arates is recognized in operations in the period enacted. A valuation allowance to be establishedis provided when it is more likely than not that all or a portion or all of a deferred tax assets will not be realized.

ASC 740 also clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. There were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penalties as of December 31, 2020. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position. The Company is subject to income tax examinations by major taxing authorities since inception.

Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share

Net income (loss) per common share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. The Company has not considered the effect of warrants sold in the Initial Public Offering and private placement to purchase 49,633,333 shares of Class A common stock in the calculation of diluted income (loss) per share, since the exercise of the warrants are contingent upon the occurrence of future events and the inclusion of such warrants would be anti-dilutive.

The Company’s statement of operations include a presentation of income (loss) per share for common shares subject to possible redemption in a manner similar to the two-class method of income (loss) per share. Net income per common share, basic and diluted, for Class A redeemable common stock is calculated by dividing the interest income earned on the Trust Account, by the weighted average number of Class A redeemable common stock outstanding since original issuance. Net loss per share, basic and diluted, for Class B non-redeemable common stock is calculated by dividing the net loss, adjusted for income attributable to Class A redeemable common stock, net of applicable franchise and income taxes, by the weighted average number of Class B non-redeemable common stock outstanding for the period. Class B non-redeemable common stock includes the Founder Shares as these shares do not have any redemption features and do not participate in the income earned on the Trust Account.


The following table reflects the calculation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share (in dollars, except per share amounts): 

  December 31, 
  2020 
  

(As restated)

 
Redeemable Class A Common Stock   
Numerator: Earnings allocable to Redeemable Class A Common Stock   
Interest Income $849,267 
Income and Franchise Tax  (293,653)
Net Earnings $555,614 
Denominator: Weighted Average Redeemable Class A Common Stock   
Redeemable Class A Common Stock, Basic and Diluted  103,500,000 
Earnings/Basic and Diluted Redeemable Class A Common Stock $0.01 
     
Non-Redeemable Class B Common Stock   
Numerator: Net Loss minus Redeemable Net Earnings   
Net Loss $(114,432,650)
Redeemable Net Earnings  (555,614)
Non-Redeemable Net Loss $(114,988,264)
Denominator: Weighted Average Non-Redeemable Class B Common Stock   
Non-Redeemable Class B Common Stock, Basic and Diluted  25,875,000 
Loss/Basic and Diluted Non-Redeemable Class B Common Stock $(4.44)

Note: As of December 31, 2020, basic and diluted shares are the same as there are no non-redeemable securities that are dilutive to the Company’s stockholders.  

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of a cash account in a financial institution, which, at times, may exceed the Federal Depository Insurance Coverage of $250,000. The Company has not experienced losses on this account and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such account.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurement,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the accompanying balance sheet, primarily due to their short-term nature.

Recent Accounting Standards

Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

NOTE 4. INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING

Pursuant to the Initial Public Offering, the Company sold 103,500,000 Units, at $10.00 per Unit, which includes the full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase an additional 13,500,000 Units. Each Unit consists of one share of Class A common stock and one-third of one redeemable warrant (each whole warrant, a “Public Warrant” and collectively with the Private Placement Warrants, the “Warrants”). Each whole Public Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of Class A common stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment (see Note 7).


NOTE 5. PRIVATE PLACEMENT

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Sponsors purchased an aggregate of 15,133,333 Private Placement Warrants at a price of $1.50 per Private Placement Warrant, for an aggregate purchase price of $22,700,000. Each Private Placement Warrant is exercisable for one share of Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment (see Note 7). The proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants were added to the net proceeds from the Initial Public Offering held in the Trust Account. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants held in the Trust Account will be used to fund the redemption of the Public Shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law) and the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless.

NOTE 6. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Founder Shares

During the period from March 26, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, the Sponsors purchased 21,562,500 of the Company’s Class B common stock (the “Founder Shares”) for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000. On May 18, 2020, Bilcar FT, LP transferred 4,312,500 of its Founder Shares to Trasimene Capital FT, LP at their original purchase price. On May 19, 2020, the Sponsors transferred 25,000 of the Founder Shares to each of the independent director nominees at their original purchase price. On May 26, 2020, the Company effected a stock dividend with respect to its Class B common stock of 4,312,500 shares thereof, resulting in an aggregate of 25,875,000 outstanding shares of Class B common stock. All share and per-share amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the stock dividend. The Founder Shares included an aggregate of up to 3,375,000 Class B common stock subject to forfeiture by the Sponsors to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment was not exercised in full or in part, so that the number of Founder Shares would collectively represent 20% of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering. As a result of the underwriters’ election to fully exercise their over-allotment option, 3,375,000 Founder Shares are no longer subject to forfeiture.


The Sponsors have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Founder Shares until the earlier to occur of: (A) one year after the completion of a Business Combination; and (B) subsequent to a Business Combination, (x) if the last reported sale price of the Class A common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after a Business Combination, or (y) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, amalgamation, stock exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of the Company’s stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of Class A common stock for cash, securities or other property. 

Promissory Note with Related Parties

On April 7, 2020, the Company issued a promissory note (the “Promissory Note”) to affiliates of the Sponsors, pursuant to which the Company could borrow up to an aggregate principal amount of $150,000. On May 20, 2020, the Promissory Note was amended and restated to increase the aggregate principal amount available for borrowing to $300,000. The Promissory Note was non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of (i) January 31, 2021 and (ii) the completion of the Initial Public Offering. The outstanding balance under the Promissory Note of $250,000 was repaid upon the consummation of the Initial Public Offering on May 29, 2020.

Related Party Loans

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsors or an affiliate of the Sponsors, or certain of the Company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). Such Working Capital Loans would be evidenced by promissory notes. The notes may be repaid upon completion of a Business Combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1,500,000 of the notes may be converted upon completion of a Business Combination into warrants at a price of $1.50 per warrant. Such warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans. No amounts have been borrowed under this arrangement as of December 31, 2020.

Administrative Services Agreement

The Company entered into an agreement whereby, commencing on May 26, 2020 through the earlier of the Company’s consummation of a Business Combination and its liquidation, the Company will pay an affiliate of the Sponsors up to $5,000 per month for office space, and administrative support services. For the period from March 26, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, the Company incurred and paid $40,000, in fees for these services.

NOTE 7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Registration and Stockholder Rights

Pursuant to a registration rights agreement entered into on May 26, 2020, the holders of the Founder Shares, Private Placement Warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of the Working Capital Loans (and any Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans and upon conversion of the Founder Shares) are entitled to registration rights. The holders of these securities will be entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, that the Company register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the completion of a Business Combination. However, the registration and stockholder rights agreement provides that the Company will not permit any registration statement filed under the Securities Act to become effective until termination of the applicable lockup period. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Underwriting Agreement

The underwriters are entitled to a deferred fee of $0.35 per Unit, or $36,225,000 in the aggregate. The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that the Company completes a Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.


Forward Purchase Agreements

In May 2020, the Company entered into forward purchase agreements with each of Cannae Holdings, Inc. and THL FTAC LLC (the “FPAs”). Pursuant to each agreement, Cannae Holdings, Inc. and THL FTAC LLC have each agreed to purchase shares of the Company’s Class A common stock in an aggregate share amount equal to 15,000,000 shares of the Company’s Class A Common stock (or a total of 30,000,000 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock), plus an aggregate of 5,000,000 redeemable warrants (or a total of 10,000,000 redeemable warrants) to purchase one share of the Company’s Class A common stock at $11.50 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $150,000,000 (or a total of $300,000,000), or $10.00 for one share of the Company’s Class A common stock and one-third of one warrant, in a private placement to occur concurrently with the closing of a Business Combination. The warrants to be sold as part of the FPAs will be identical to the warrants underlying the Units sold in the Initial Public Offering. 

In connection with the forward purchase securities sold to Cannae Holdings and THL FTAC, the Company expects that the initial stockholders will receive (by way of an adjustment to the conversion terms of their existing shares of the Company’s Class B common stock) an aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock so that the initial stockholders, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, will hold 20% of the Company’s Class A common stock at the time of the closing of a Business Combination, after giving effect to the issuances under the forward purchase agreements.

Under the FPAs, the Company will provide a right of first offer to Cannae Holdings, Inc. and THL FTAC LLC, if the Company proposes to raise additional capital by issuing any equity, or securities convertible into, exchangeable or exercisable for equity securities, other than the units and certain excluded securities. In addition, if the Company seeks stockholder approval of a Business Combination, each of Cannae Holdings, Inc. and THL FTAC LLC has agreed under the forward purchase agreements to vote any shares of Class A common stock owned by each of Cannae Holdings, Inc. and THL FTAC LLC in favor of any proposed initial Business Combination.

Risks and Uncertainties

Management continues to evaluate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that the virus could have a negative effect on the Company’s financial position, results of its operations and/or search for a target company, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of these financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

NOTE 8. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Preferred Stock.   The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. The Company’s board of directors are authorized to fix the voting rights, if any, designations, powers, preferences, the relative, participating, optional or other special rights and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, applicable to the shares of each series. The board of directors will be able to, without stockholder approval, authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting and other rights that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of the common stock and could have anti-takeover effects. At December 31, 2020, there were no shares of preferred stock issued or outstanding.

Class A Common Stock.   The Company is authorized to issue 400,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of Class A common stock are entitled to one vote for each share. At December 31, 2020, there were 22,444,694 shares of Class A common stock issued or outstanding excluding 81,055,306 shares of Class A common stock subject to possible redemption.

Class B Common Stock.   The Company is authorized to issue 40,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of the Class B common stock are entitled to one vote for each share. At December 31, 2020, there were 25,875,000 shares of Class B common stock issued and outstanding.


Only holders of the Class B common stock will have the right to vote on the election of directors prior to the Business Combination. Holders of Class A common stock and holders of Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all other matters submitted to a vote of the Company’s stockholders except as otherwise required by law.

The Class B common stock will automatically convert into Class A common stock on the first business day following the completion of a business combination at a ratio such that the number of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of all Class B common stock will equal, in the aggregate, 25% of the sum of (i) the total number of shares of Class A common stock issued and outstanding upon completion of Initial Public Offering, plus (ii) the sum of (a) the total number of shares of Class A common stock issued or deemed issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any equity-linked securities or deemed issued, by the Company in connection with or in relation to the completion of a Business Combination (including the forward purchase shares, but not the forward purchase warrants), excluding any Class A common stock or equity-linked securities exercisable for or convertible into Class A common stock issued, or to be issued, to any seller in a Business Combination, and any private placement warrants issued to the Sponsors upon conversion of Working Capital Loans, minus (b) the number of Public Shares redeemed by public stockholders in connection with a Business Combination. Any conversion of Class B common stock will take effect as a compulsory redemption of Class B common stock and an issuance of Class A common stock as a matter of Delaware law. In no event will the Class B common stock convert into Class A common stock at a rate of less than one to one.

NOTE 9. WARRANTS

Warrants.   Public Warrants may only be exercised for a whole number of shares. No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the Public Warrants. The Public Warrants will become exercisable on the later of (a) 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination and (b) 12 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering. The Public Warrants will expire five years from the completion of a Business Combination, at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation. 

The Company will not be obligated to deliver any Class A common stock pursuant to the exercise of a Public Warrant and will have no obligation to settle such Public Warrant exercise unless a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the Class A common stock underlying the Public Warrants is then effective and a prospectus relating thereto is current or a valid exemption from registration is available. No Public Warrant will be exercisable and the Company will not be obligated to issue shares of Class A common stock upon exercise of a warrant unless the Class A common stock issuable upon such warrant exercise has been registered, qualified or deemed to be exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the registered holder of the warrants.

The Company has agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 20 business days after the closing of a Business Combination, it will use its commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement for the registration, under the Securities Act, of the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants. The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the same to become effective and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration or redemption of the warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. If a registration statement covering the issuance of the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is not effective by the 60th business day after the closing of a Business Combination, warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when the Company will have failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise warrants on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act or another exemption. In addition, if the shares of Class A common stock are at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that they satisfy the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, the Company may, at its option, require holders of the Public Warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event the Company elects to do so, the Company will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but it will use its best efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available. In such event, each holder would pay the exercise price by surrendering the warrants for that number of shares of Class A common stock equal to the lesser of (A) the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of shares of Class A common stock underlying the warrants, multiplied the excess of the “fair market value” less the exercise price of the warrants by (y) the fair market value and (B) 0.361. The “fair market value” shall mean the volume weighted average price of the Class A common stock for the 10 trading days ending on the trading day prior to the date on which the notice of exercise is received by the warrant agent.


Redemption of Warrants When the Price per Share of Class A Common Stock Equals or Exceeds $18.00 — Once the warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the outstanding Public Warrants:

in whole and not in part;

at a price of $0.01 per Public Warrant;

upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each warrant holder; and

if, and only if, the last reported sale price of the Class A common stock for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading day period ending three business days before sending the notice of redemption to warrant holders (the “Reference Value”) equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like).

If and when the warrants become redeemable by the Company, the Company may exercise its redemption right even if it is unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. However, the Company will not redeem the warrants unless an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is effective and a current prospectus relating to those shares of Class A common stock is available throughout the 30-day redemption period.


Redemption of Warrants When the Price per Share of Class A Common Stock Equals or Exceeds $10.00 — Once the warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the outstanding warrants: 

in whole and not in part;

at $0.10 per warrant upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption provided that holders will be able to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis prior to redemption and receive that number of shares determined, based on the redemption date and the “fair market value” of the Class A common stock;

if, and only if, the Reference Value (as defined in the above under “Redemption of Warrants When the Price per Share of Class A Common Stock Equals or Exceeds $18.00”) equals or exceeds $10.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like); and

if the Reference Value is less than $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) the private placement warrants must also be concurrently called for redemption on the same terms (except as described below with respect to a holder’s ability to cashless exercise its warrants) as the outstanding public warrants, as described above.

The exercise price and number of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, extraordinary dividend or recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, except as described below, the Public Warrants will not be adjusted for issuances of common stock at a price below its exercise price. Additionally, in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the Public Warrants. If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period and the Company liquidates the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of Public Warrants will not receive any of such funds with respect to their Public Warrants, nor will they receive any distribution from the Company’s assets held outside of the Trust Account with respect to such Public Warrants. Accordingly, the Public Warrants may expire worthless.

In addition, if (x) the Company issues additional Class A common stock or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of a Business Combination at an issue price or effective issue price of less than $9.20 per share (with such issue price or effective issue price to be determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors, and in the case of any such issuance to the Sponsors or their affiliates, without taking into account any Founder Shares held by the Sponsors or such affiliates, as applicable, prior to such issuance) (the “Newly Issued Price”), (y) the aggregate gross proceeds from such issuances represent more than 60% of the total equity proceeds, and interest thereon, available for the funding of a Business Combination on the date of the completion of a Business Combination (net of redemptions), and (z) the volume weighted average trading price of the Company’s Class A common stock during the 20 trading day period starting on the trading day prior to the day on which the Company consummates a Business Combination (such price, the “Market Value”) is below $9.20 per share, the exercise price of the Public Warrants will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 115% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, and the $10.00 and $18.00 per share redemption trigger prices described above adjacent to “Redemption of Warrants When the Price per Share of Class A Common Stock Equals or Exceeds $18.00” and “Redemption of Warrants When the Price per Share of Class A Common Stock Equals or Exceeds $10.00” will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 100% and 180% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, respectively.

The Private Placement Warrants are identical to the Public Warrants underlying the Units sold in the Initial Public Offering, except that (x) the Private Placement Warrants and the Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants will not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination, subject to certain limited exceptions, (y) the Private Placement Warrants will be exercisable on a cashless basis and be non-redeemable so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees and (z) the Private Placement Warrants and the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants will be entitled to registration rights. If the Private Placement Warrants are held by someone other than the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants.


NOTE 10. INCOME TAX

The Company did not have any significant deferred tax assets or liabilities as of December 31, 2020.

The Company’s net deferred tax assets are as follows:

  December 31, 
  2020 
Deferred tax asset    
Organizational costs/Startup expenses $653,552 
Total deferred tax asset  653,552 
Valuation allowance  (653,552)
Deferred tax asset, net of allowance $ 

The income tax provision consists of the following:

  December 31, 
  2020 
Federal:    
Current $147,695 
Deferred  (653,552)
     
State:    
Current $ 
Deferred   
Change in valuation allowance  653,552 
Income tax provision $147,695 

As of December 31, 2020, the Company did not have any U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryovers available to offset future taxable income.

In assessing the realization of the deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion of all of the deferred tax assetsasset will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income duringand the periods in which temporary differences representing net future deductible amounts become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities during the period in which related temporary differences become deductible.

The Company recognizes the benefits of tax return positions in the financial statements if it is “more-likely-than-not” they will be sustained by a taxing authority. The measurement of a tax position meeting the more-likely-than-not criteria is based on the largest benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized. Only information that is available at the reporting date is considered in the Company’s recognition and measurement analysis and events or changes in facts and circumstances are accounted for in the period in which the event or change in circumstance occurs.

New Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In November 2023, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures (ASU 2023-07), which requires an enhanced disclosure of significant segment expenses on an annual and interim basis. This guidance will be effective for the annual periods beginning the year ended December 31, 2024, and for interim periods beginning January 1, 2025. Early adoption is permitted. Upon adoption, the guidance should be applied retrospectively to all prior periods presented in the financial statements. The Company is currently evaluating the standard to determine the impact of adoption to its consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures (ASU 2023-09), which improves the transparency of income tax disclosures by requiring consistent categories and greater disaggregation of information in the effective tax rate reconciliation and income taxes paid disaggregated by jurisdiction. It also includes certain other amendments to improve the effectiveness of income tax disclosures. This guidance will be effective for the annual periods beginning the year ended December 31, 2025. Early adoption is permitted. Upon adoption, the guidance can be applied prospectively or retrospectively. The Company is currently evaluating the standard to determine the impact of adoption to its consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

3. Revenue from Contracts with Customers

The majority of the Company’s revenue is highly recurring and is derived from contracts with customers to provide integrated, cloud-based human capital solutions that empower clients and their employees to manage their health, wealth and HR needs. The Company’s revenues are disaggregated by recurring and project revenues within each reportable segment. Recurring revenues are typically longer term in nature and more predictable on an annual basis, while project revenues consist of project work of a shorter duration. See Note 12 “Segment Reporting” for quantitative disclosures of recurring and project revenues by reportable segment. The Company’s reportable segments are Employer Solutions and Professional Services. Employer Solutions are driven by our digital, software and AI-led capabilities powered by the Alight Worklife® platform and spanning total employee wellbeing and engagement, including integrated benefits administration, healthcare navigation, financial health and employee wellbeing and payroll. Professional Services includes project-based cloud deployment and consulting offerings. The Company believes these revenue categories depict how the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of its revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors.

F-11


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

Revenues are recognized when control of the promised services is transferred to the customer in the amount that best reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those services. The majority of the Company’s revenue is recognized over time as the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits of our services. We may occasionally be entitled to a fee based on achieving certain performance criteria or contract milestones. To the extent that we cannot estimate with reasonable assurance the likelihood that we will achieve the performance target, we will constrain this portion of the transaction price and recognize it when or as the uncertainty is resolved. Any taxes assessed on revenues relating to services provided to our clients are recorded on a net basis. All of the Company’s revenues are described in more detail below.

Administrative Services

We provide benefits, human resource and payroll administration services across all of our solutions, which are highly recurring. The Company’s contracts may include administration services across one or multiple solutions and typically have three to five-year terms with mutual renewal options.

These contracts typically consist of an implementation phase and an ongoing administration phase:

Implementation phase – In connection with the Company’s long-term agreements, highly customized implementation efforts are often necessary to set up clients and their human resource, payroll or benefit programs on the Company’s systems and operating processes. Work performed during the implementation phase is considered a set-up activity because it does not transfer a service to the customer. Therefore, it is not a separate performance obligation. As these agreements are longer term in nature, our contracts generally provide that if the client terminates a contract, we are entitled to an additional payment for services performed through the termination date designed to recover our up-front costs of implementation. Any fees received from the customer as part of the implementation are, in effect, an advance payment for the future ongoing administration services to be provided.

Ongoing administration services phase – For all solutions, the ongoing administration phase includes a variety of plan and payroll administration services and system support services. More specifically, these services include data management, calculations, reporting, fulfillment/communications, compliance services, call center support, and in our Health Solutions agreements, annual on-boarding and enrollment support. While there are a variety of activities performed across all solutions, the overall nature of the obligation is to provide integrated administration solutions to the customer. The agreement represents a stand-ready obligation to perform these activities across all solutions on an as-needed basis. The customer obtains value from each period of service, and each time increment (i.e., each month, or each benefit cycle in the case of our Health Solutions arrangements) is distinct and substantially the same. Accordingly, the ongoing administration services for each solution represents a series and each series (i.e., each month, or each benefit cycle including the enrollment period in the case of our Health Solutions arrangements) of distinct services are deemed to be a single performance obligation. In agreements that include multiple performance obligations, the transaction price related to each performance obligation is based on a relative stand-alone selling price basis. We establish the stand-alone selling price using a suitable estimation method, which includes a market assessment approach using observable market prices the Company charges separately for similar solutions to similar customers, or an expected cost plus margin approach.

Our contracts with our clients specify the terms and conditions upon which the services are based. Fees for these services are primarily based on a contracted fee charged per participant per period (e.g., monthly or annually, as applicable). These contracts may also include fixed components, including lump-sum implementation fees. Our fees are not typically payable until the commencement of the ongoing administration phase. Once fees become payable, payment is typically due on a monthly basis as we perform under the contract, and we are entitled to be reimbursed for work performed to date in the event of termination.

For Health Solutions administration services, each benefits cycle inclusive of the enrollment period represents a time increment under the series guidance and is a single performance obligation. Although ongoing fees are typically not payable until the commencement of the ongoing administrative phase, we begin transferring services to our customers approximately four months prior to payments being due as part of our annual enrollment services. Although our per-participant fees are considered variable, they are typically predictable in nature, and therefore we do not generally constrain any portion of our transaction price estimates. We use an input method based on the labor costs incurred relative to total labor costs as the measure of progress in satisfying our Health Solutions performance obligation commencing when the customer’s annual enrollment services begin. Given that the Health Solutions enrollment and administrative services are stand-ready in nature, it can be difficult to estimate the total expected efforts or hours we will incur for a particular benefits cycle. Therefore, the input measure is based on the historical effort expended, which is measured as labor cost.

For all other benefits administration, human resources and payroll services where each month represents a distinct time increment under the series guidance, we allocate the transaction price to the month we are performing our services. Therefore, the amount recognized each month is the variable consideration related to that month plus any fixed monthly or annual fee, which is recognized on a straight-line basis. Revenue for these types of arrangements is therefore more consistent throughout the year.

F-12


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

In the normal course of business, we enter into change orders or other contract modifications to add or modify services provided to the customer. We evaluate whether these modifications should be accounted for as separate contracts or a modification to an existing contract. To the extent that the modification changes a promise that forms part of the underlying series, the modification is not accounted for as a separate contract.

Other Contracts

In addition to the ongoing administration services, the Company also has services across all solutions that represent separate performance obligations and that are often shorter in duration, such as our cloud deployment services, cloud advisory services, participant financial advisory services, and enrollment services not bundled with ongoing administration services.

Fee arrangements can be in the form of fixed-fee, time-and-materials, or fees based on assets under management. Payment is typically due on a monthly basis as we perform under the contract, and we are entitled to be reimbursed for work performed to date in the event of termination.

Services may represent stand-ready obligations that meet the series provision, in which case all variable consideration is allocated to each distinct time increment.

Other services are recognized over-time based on a method that faithfully depicts the transfer of value to the customer, which may be based on the value of labor hours worked or time elapsed, depending on the facts and circumstances.

The majority of the fees for enrollment services not bundled with ongoing administration services may be in the form of commissions received from insurance carriers for policy placement and are variable in nature. These annual enrollment services include both employer-sponsored arrangements that place both retiree Medicare coverage and voluntary benefits and direct-to-consumer Medicare placement. Our performance obligations under these annual enrollment services are typically completed over a short period upon which a respective policy is placed or confirmed with no ongoing fulfillment obligations. For both the employer-sponsored and direct-to-consumer arrangements, we recognize the majority of the placement revenue in the fourth quarter of the calendar year, which is when most of the placement or renewal activity occurs. However, the Company may continue to receive commissions from carriers until the respective policy lapses or is canceled. The Company bases the estimates of total transaction price on supportable evidence from an analysis of past transactions, and only includes amounts that are probable of being received or not refunded.

As it relates to the direct-to-consumer arrangements, because our obligation is complete upon placement of the policy, we recognize revenue at that date, which includes both compensation due to us in the first year as well as an estimate of the total renewal commissions that will be received over the lifetime of the policy. The variable consideration estimate requires significant judgement, and will vary based on product type, estimated commission rates and the expected lives of the respective policies and other factors.

For both the employer-sponsored and direct-to-customer arrangements, the estimated total transaction price may differ from the ultimate amount of commissions we may collect. Consequently, the estimate of total transaction price is adjusted over time as the Company receives confirmation of cash received, or as other information becomes available.

A portion of the Company's revenue is subscription-based where monthly fees are paid to the Company. The subscription-based revenue is recognized straight-line over the contract term, which is generally three years.

The Company has elected to apply practical expedients to not disclose the revenue related to unsatisfied performance obligations if (1) the contract has an original duration of one year or less, or (2) the variable consideration is allocated entirely to an unsatisfied performance obligation which is recognized as a series of distinct goods and services that form a single performance obligation.

Contract Costs

Costs to obtain a Contract

The Company capitalizes incremental costs to obtain a contract with a customer that are expected to be recovered. Assets recognized for the costs to obtain a contract, which primarily includes sales commissions paid in relation to the initial contract, are amortized over the expected life of the underlying customer relationships, which is generally 7 years for our payroll, cloud and leaves solutions and generally 15 years for all of our other solutions. For situations where the duration of the contract is 1 year or less, the Company has applied a practical expedient and recognized the costs of obtaining a contract as an expense when incurred. These costs are recorded in Cost of services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

F-13


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

Costs to fulfill a Contract

The Company capitalizes costs to fulfill contracts which includes highly customized implementation efforts to set up clients and their human resource, payroll or benefit programs. Assets recognized for the costs to fulfill a contract are amortized on a systematic basis over the expected life of the underlying customer relationships, which is generally 7 years for our payroll, cloud and leaves solutions and generally 15 years for all of our other solutions.

Amortization for all contracts costs is recorded in Cost of services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss), see Note 5 “Other Financial Data”.

4. Acquisitions

2022 Acquisition

In December 2022, the Company completed the acquisition of ReedGroup for a purchase price of approximately $86 million, net of cash acquired. This acquisition was not material to the Company’s results of operations, financial position, or cash flows. The Company accounted for the acquisition as a business combination under Accounting Standards Codification Topic 805, Business Combinations. The goodwill identified by this acquisition is primarily attributed to the synergies that are expected to be realized as well as intangible assets that do not qualify for separate recognition, such as assembled workforce. None of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. The purchase price allocation was based upon a valuation and the Company's estimates and assumptions. The business is now wholly owned by the Company and is included within the Employer Solutions segment.

2021 Acquisitions

Alight Business Combination

On July 2, 2021, the Company completed the Business Combination for consideration transferred of approximately $5.0 billion. The Business Combination was accounted for using the acquisition method under ASC 805, which requires, among other things, that most assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recognized at their fair values as of the acquisition date. The final consideration and allocation of the purchase price to the fair value of the combined assets acquired and liabilities assumed is presented below.

On the Closing Date, the Company paid $36 million of deferred underwriting costs related to FTAC’s initial public offering and $37 million of fees related to the private placement transaction, which were treated as a reduction of equity. Approximately $21 million of the Company’s acquisition-related costs were paid on the Closing Date. Additionally, $39 million of seller transaction costs were paid on the Closing Date, including $36 million in advisory and investment banker fees that were contingent upon the consummation of the Business Combination. As these fees are considered success fees in nature, they are considered to have been incurred “on the line”, and therefore, were not recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) in either the Predecessor or Successor periods.

On the Closing Date, approximately $36 million of certain executive compensation-related expenses that were contingent upon the closing of the Business Combination were triggered. As these expenses were contingent upon the change-in-control event, they are considered to have been incurred “on the line”, and therefore, were not recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) in either the Predecessor or Successor periods.

F-14


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

The following table summarizes the final consideration transferred (in millions):

Cash consideration to prior equityholders(1)

$

1,055

Repayment of debt

1,814

Total cash consideration

$

2,869

Continuing unitholders rollover equity into the Company(2)

1,414

Contingent consideration - Tax Receivable Agreement(3)

610

Contingent consideration - Seller Earnouts(3)

109

Total consideration transferred

$

5,002

Noncontrolling interest(4)

$

799

(1)
Includes cash consideration paid to reimburse seller for certain transaction expenses.
(2)
The Company issued approximately 141 million shares of Class A Common Stock that had a total fair value of approximately $1.4 billion based on the price of $10 per share on July 2, 2021, the acquisition date.
(3)
The TRA and Seller Earnouts represent liability classified contingent consideration. Refer to Note 9 “Stockholders’ Equity”, Note 14 “Financial Instruments” and Note 15 “Tax Receivable Agreement” for further discussion.
(4)
The fair value of the noncontrolling interest is based on the fair value of acquired business, which was determined based on the price of the Company's Class A Common Stock at the July 2, 2021 Closing Date, plus the contingent consideration related to the Seller Earnouts. The noncontrolling interest is exchangeable for Class A Common Stock at the option of the holder. Refer to Note 9 “Stockholders’ Equity” for additional information.

The following table summarizes the final purchase price allocation (in millions):

Cash and cash equivalents

$

460

Receivables

484

Fiduciary assets

1,015

Other current assets

162

Fixed assets

205

Other assets

425

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

(327

)

Fiduciary liabilities

(1,015

)

Other current liabilities

(291

)

Debt assumed

(2,370

)

Deferred tax liabilities

(3

)

Other liabilities

(396

)

Intangible assets

4,078

Total identifiable net assets

$

2,427

Goodwill

$

3,374


Measurement Period Adjustments

During the first half of 2022, the Company recorded measurement period adjustments to its initial allocation of purchase price as a result of ongoing valuation procedures on assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including (i) a decrease in Receivables of $2 million, (ii) a decrease in Other current liabilities of $2 million, (iii) a decrease in consideration transferred of $8 million due to an updated TRA valuation, and (iv) a decrease of $1 million in noncontrolling interest due to the change in consideration transferred. The impact of these measurement period adjustments on the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) was not material.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets were identified that met either the separability criterion or the contractual-legal criterion described in ASC 805. The trade name intangible asset represents the corporate Alight tradename, which was valued using the relief-from-royalty method. The technology related intangible assets represent software developed by Alight Holdings to differentiate its product/service offerings for its customers, valued using the relief-from-royalty method. The customer-related and contract-based intangible assets represent

F-15


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

strong, long-term relationships with customers, valued using the multi-period excess earnings method. The values allocated to identifiable intangible assets and their estimated useful lives are as follows:

 

 

Fair value

 

 

Useful life

 

Identifiable intangible assets

 

(in millions)

 

 

(in years)

 

Definite lived trade names

 

$

 

400

 

 

 

15

 

Technology related intangibles

 

$

 

222

 

 

 

6

 

Customer-related and contract-based intangibles

 

$

 

3,456

 

 

 

15

 

Goodwill

Approximately $3.4 billion has been allocated to goodwill following the closing of the Business Combination. Goodwill represents the excess of the gross consideration transferred over the fair value of the underlying net tangible and identifiable definite-lived intangible assets acquired. Qualitative factors that contribute to the recognition of goodwill include certain intangible assets that are not recognized as separate identifiable intangible assets apart from goodwill, including assembled workforce and expected future market conditions. Of the goodwill established, $1.6 billion was tax deductible.

Retiree Health Exchange

On October 1, 2021, the Company completed the acquisition of AON Retiree Health Exchange, Inc., a retiree health exchange, for consideration transferred of approximately $199 million. The acquisition was accounted for using the acquisition method under ASC 805, which requires, among other things, that most assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recognized at their fair values as of the acquisition date. The consideration and allocation of the purchase price to the fair value of the combined assets acquired and liabilities assumed is presented below.

The following table summarizes the purchase price allocation (in millions):

Receivables

$

1

Other current assets

29

Deferred tax assets

1

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

(13

)

Intangible assets

104

Fair value of net assets acquired and liabilities assumed

122

Goodwill

77

Total consideration

$

199

Measurement Period Adjustments

During the third quarter of 2022, the Company recorded a measurement period adjustment to its initial allocation of purchase price as a result of ongoing valuation procedures on assets acquired and liabilities assumed of an increase of $1 million to deferred tax assets. There was no impact on the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) from this measurement period adjustment.

Intangible Assets and Goodwill

Intangible assets include customer-related and contract-based intangibles and technology with estimated useful lives of 13 years and 5 years, respectively. Approximately $77 million was allocated to goodwill, all of which was tax deductible.

Other Acquisitions

The Company also completed one acquisition during the year ended December 31, 2021. The acquisition was not material to the Company’s results of operations, financial position, or cash flows. The Company accounted for the acquisition as a business combination under ASC 805. The goodwill identified by this acquisition is primarily attributed to the synergies that are expected to be realized as well as intangible assets that do not qualify for separate recognition, such as assembled workforce. Goodwill is not amortized and is deductible for tax purposes. Upon completion of this acquisition, the business is now wholly-owned by the Company.

F-16


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

5. Other Financial Data

Consolidated Balance Sheets Information

Receivables, net

The components of Receivables, net are as follows (in millions):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

 

2022

 

Billed and unbilled receivables

 

$

 

710

 

 

 

$

 

687

 

Allowance for expected credit losses

 

 

 

(12

)

 

 

 

 

(9

)

Balance at end of period

 

$

 

698

 

 

 

$

 

678

 

The Company has not experienced significant write-downs in its receivable balances.

Other current assets

The components of Other current assets are as follows (in millions):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

 

2022

 

Deferred project costs

 

$

 

50

 

 

 

$

 

43

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

 

63

 

 

 

 

 

68

 

Commissions receivable

 

 

 

107

 

 

 

 

 

149

 

Other

 

 

 

99

 

 

 

 

 

119

 

Total

 

$

 

319

 

 

 

$

 

379

 

Other assets

The components of Other assets are as follows (in millions):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

 

2022

 

Deferred project costs

 

$

 

371

 

 

 

$

 

342

 

Operating lease right of use asset

 

 

 

68

 

 

 

 

 

86

 

Commissions receivable

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

28

 

Other

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

 

 

86

 

Total

 

$

 

497

 

 

 

$

 

542

 

The current and non-current portions of deferred project costs relate to costs to obtain and fulfill contracts (see Note 3 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”). Total amortization expense related to deferred project costs for the Successor years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, Successor six months ended December 31, 2021 and Predecessor six months ended June 30, 2021 were $56 million, $50 million, $31 million and $33 million, respectively, and are recorded in Cost of services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

Other current assets and Other assets include the fair value of outstanding derivative instruments related to interest rate swaps. The balance in Other current assets as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 was $60 million and $72 million, respectively. The balance in Other assets as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 was $17 million and $62 million, respectively, (see Note 13 “Derivative Financial Instruments” for further information).

See Note 19 "Lease Obligations" for further information regarding the Operating lease right of use assets recorded as of December 31, 2023 and 2022.

F-17


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

Fixed assets, net

The components of Fixed assets, net are as follows (in millions):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

 

2022

 

Capitalized software

 

$

 

340

 

 

 

$

 

183

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

 

47

 

 

 

 

 

42

 

Computer equipment

 

 

 

122

 

 

 

 

 

116

 

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

Construction in progress

 

 

 

59

 

 

 

 

 

73

 

Total Fixed assets, gross

 

 

 

582

 

 

 

 

 

426

 

Less: Accumulated depreciation

 

 

 

211

 

 

 

 

 

106

 

Fixed assets, net

 

$

 

371

 

 

 

$

 

320

 

As a result of the Business Combination, all fixed assets acquired were recorded at fair value and accumulated depreciation previously recorded by the Predecessor was reduced to zero as of July 1, 2021 (see Note 1 “Basis of Presentation and Nature of Business”). In addition, as part of the purchase price accounting for the Business Combination, Capitalized software related to internally developed software in-service as of the Closing Date was reclassified and included in the fair value of the Technology related intangible assets acquired.

Included in Computer equipment are assets under finance leases. The balances as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, net of accumulated depreciation related to these assets, were $21 million and $46 million, respectively.

Other current liabilities

The components of Other current liabilities are as follows (in millions):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

 

2022

 

Deferred revenue

 

$

 

148

 

 

 

$

 

141

 

Operating lease liabilities

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

 

 

34

 

Finance lease liabilities

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

25

 

Other

 

 

 

123

 

 

 

 

 

100

 

Total

 

$

 

317

 

 

 

$

 

300

 

Other liabilities

The components of Other liabilities are as follows (in millions):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

 

2022

 

Deferred revenue

 

$

 

82

 

 

 

$

 

93

 

Operating lease liabilities

 

 

 

71

 

 

 

 

 

103

 

Finance lease liabilities

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

18

 

Unrecognized tax positions

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

Other

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

 

 

54

 

Total

 

$

 

210

 

 

 

$

 

281

 

The current and non-current portions of deferred revenue relate to consideration received in advance of performance under client contracts. During the Successor year ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, Successor six months ended December 31, 2021 and Predecessor six months ended June 30, 2021, revenue of approximately, $163 million, $123 million, $44 million, and $101 million was recognized that was recorded as deferred revenue at the beginning of each period, respectively.

Other current liabilities as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, included the current portion of tax receivable agreement liability of $62 million and $7 million, respectively (see Note 15 "Tax Receivable Agreement" for additional information).

As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the current and non-current portions of operating lease liabilities represent the Company's obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease (see Note 19 "Lease Obligations" for further information). Operating leases for the Company's office facilities expire at various dates through 2031.

F-18


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

Other current liabilities and Other liabilities include the fair value of outstanding derivative instruments related to interest rate swaps. There were no interest rate swaps recorded in Other current liabilities as of December 31, 2023. The balance in Other liabilities as of December 31, 2023 was $3 million (see Note 13 “Derivative Financial Instruments” for additional information). There were no interest rate swaps recorded in Other current liabilities or Other liabilities as of December 31, 2022.

6. Goodwill and Intangible assets, net

The changes in the net carrying amount of goodwill are as follows (in millions):

 

 

Employer

 

 

Professional

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Solutions

 

 

Services

 

 

Total

 

Balance as of December 31, 2022

 

$

 

3,606

 

 

$

 

73

 

 

$

 

3,679

 

Acquisitions(1)

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

Impairment(2)

 

 

 

(148

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(148

)

Foreign currency translation

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Balance at December 31, 2023

 

$

 

3,470

 

 

$

 

73

 

 

$

 

3,543

 

(1)
Amounts relate to measurement period adjustments from prior acquisitions.
(2)
Amounts relate to a non-cash goodwill impairment charge related to the Company's Cloud Services reporting unit.

Goodwill for each reporting unit is tested for impairment annually as of October 1, or more frequently if there are indicators that a reporting unit may be impaired. Accounting Standard Codification 350, Intangibles and Other ("ASC 350") states that an optional qualitative impairment assessment can be performed to determine whether an impairment is more likely than not by considering various factors such as macroeconomic and industry trends, reporting unit performance and overall business changes. If inconclusive evidence results from the qualitative impairment test, a quantitative assessment is performed where the Company determines the fair value of the reporting units by using a combination of the present value of expected future cash flows and a market approach based on earnings multiple data from peer companies using unobservable level 3 inputs. If an impairment is identified, an impairment is recorded by the amount that the carrying value exceeds the fair value for each reporting unit as a non-recurring fair value measurement. While the future cash flows are consistent with those that are used in our internal planning process inclusive of long-term growth assumptions, estimating cash flows requires significant judgment. Future changes to our projected cash flows can vary from the cash flows eventually realized, which may have a material impact on the outcomes of future goodwill impairment tests. The Company uses a weighted average cost of capital that represents the blended average required rate of return for equity and debt capital based on observed market return data and company specific risk factors.

During the fourth quarter of 2023, the Company performed a quantitative assessment in accordance with ASC 350. We evaluated the potential for goodwill impairment by considering macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, cost factors, both current and future expected financial performance, and relevant entity-specific events for each of the reporting units. We also considered our overall market performance discretely as well as in relation to our peers. We utilized a discount rate of 11.5% and a long-term growth rate of 3.5% for our Health and Wealth Solutions reporting units in the determination of fair value. We utilized a discount rate of 12.0% and a long-term growth rate of 3.5% in the determination of fair value for our Cloud Services reporting unit. We utilized a discount rate of 15.0% and a long-term growth rate of 3.0% for our Professional Services reporting unit fair value determination. Other significant assumptions utilized included the Company’s projections of expected future revenues and EBITDA margin, which is defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and intangible amortization as a percentage of revenue.

The Company determined the fair value of its reporting units exceeded the carrying value as of October 1, 2023, and therefore, goodwill was not impaired. Based on the results of the Company’s quantitative assessment, the fair value of the Health Solutions and Wealth Solutions reporting units exceeded their carrying values by 1.8% and 7.1%, respectively. A hypothetical 25-basis point increase in the discount rate or a hypothetical 50-basis point decrease in the long-term growth rate could have resulted in a goodwill impairment in the Company’s Health Solutions reporting unit of $82 million.

Subsequent to our October 1, 2023 annual impairment test, we evaluated the macroeconomic, industry and market conditions to determine whether there had been any significant changes. While these factors remained broadly consistent with those that existed as of our annual impairment test date, subsequent to that date, the Company had begun a strategic portfolio review which resulted in new market information relating to the Cloud Services and Professional Services reporting units that did not exist as of October 1, 2023. Management determined there was an interim indicator of impairment with the Cloud Services and Professional Services reporting units. As part of this process, the Company identified a goodwill impairment in its Cloud Services reporting unit and recorded a $148 million non-cash goodwill impairment charge, which is included in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the year ended December 31, 2023. No additional goodwill impairment testing was warranted based on this assessment. The Company's Professional Services reporting unit fair value exceeded its carrying value by 0.7% or approximately $1 million, and the estimated fair value of the Health Solutions and Wealth Solutions reporting units continued to exceed their respective

F-19


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

carrying values. At December 31, 2023, our Health Solutions, Wealth Solutions, Cloud Services and Professional Services reporting units had $3,084 million, $128 million, $258 million and $73 million of goodwill, respectively.

Intangible assets by asset class are as follows (in millions):

 

 

December 31, 2023

 

 

December 31, 2022

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net

 

 

 

Carrying

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Carrying

 

 

Carrying

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Carrying

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

Amortization

 

 

Amount

 

 

Amount

 

 

Amortization

 

 

Amount

 

Intangible assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer-related and contract based
   intangibles

 

$

 

3,671

 

 

 $

 

610

 

 

$

 

3,061

 

 

$

 

3,670

 

 

$

 

364

 

 

$

 

3,306

 

Technology related intangibles

 

 

 

263

 

 

 

 

108

 

 

 

 

155

 

 

 

 

263

 

 

 

 

63

 

 

 

 

200

 

Trade name (finite life)

 

 

 

408

 

 

 

 

70

 

 

 

 

338

 

 

 

 

408

 

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

 

366

 

Total

 

$

 

4,342

 

 

$

 

788

 

 

$

 

3,554

 

 

$

 

4,341

 

 

$

 

469

 

 

$

 

3,872

 

The net carrying amount of Intangible assets as of December 31, 2023 includes customer-related and contract based identifiable intangible assets, technology related intangible assets and trade name intangible assets. The change in gross carrying amounts for customer-related and contract-based intangibles includes the impact of foreign currency translation adjustments.

Amortization expense from finite-lived intangible assets for Successor years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, Successor six months ended December 31, 2021 and Predecessor six months end June 31, 2021 was $319 million and $316 million, $153 million, and $100 million, respectively, which was recorded in Depreciation and intangible amortization in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

The following table reflects intangible asset net carrying amount and weighted-average remaining useful lives as of December 31, 2023 (in millions, except for years):

 

 

December 31, 2023

 

 

December 31, 2022

 

 

Net

 

 

Weighted-Average

 

 

Net

 

 

Weighted-Average

 

 

Carrying

 

 

Remaining

 

 

Carrying

 

 

Remaining

 

 

Amount

 

 

Useful Lives

 

 

Amount

 

 

Useful Lives

Intangible assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer-related and contract-based
   intangibles

 

$

 

3,061

 

 

 

 

12.5

 

 

$

 

3,306

 

 

 

13.5

Technology-related intangibles

 

 

 

155

 

 

 

 

3.5

 

 

 

 

200

 

 

 

4.5

Trade name (finite life)

 

 

 

338

 

 

 

 

12.4

 

 

 

 

366

 

 

 

13.3

Total

 

$

 

3,554

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

3,872

 

 

 

 

Subsequent to December 31, 2023, the annual amortization expense is expected to be as follows (in millions):

 

 

Customer-Related

 

 

Technology

 

 

Trade

 

 

 

 

 

and Contract Based

 

 

Related

 

 

Name

 

 

 

 

 

Intangibles

 

 

Intangibles

 

 

Intangibles

 

Total

 

2024

 

$

 

246

 

 

$

 

44

 

 

$

 

29

 

$

 

319

 

2025

 

 

 

246

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

318

 

2026

 

 

 

246

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

317

 

2027

 

 

 

246

 

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

295

 

2028

 

 

 

246

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

274

 

Thereafter

 

 

 

1,831

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

200

 

 

 

2,031

 

Total amortization expense

 

$

 

3,061

 

 

 $

 

155

 

 

 $

 

338

 

 $

 

3,554

 

F-20


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

7. Income Taxes

Provision for Income Taxes

(Loss) income before income tax expense (benefit) consists of the following (in millions):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

 

2022

 

 

 

2021

 

 

 

2021

 

(Loss) income before income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. (loss) income

 

$

 

(301

)

 

$

 

(27

)

 

$

 

(14

)

 

 

$

 

(28

)

Non-U.S. (loss) income

 

 

 

(65

)

 

 

 

(14

)

 

 

 

(9

)

 

 

 

 

(2

)

Total

 

$

 

(366

)

 

$

 

(41

)

 

$

 

(23

)

 

 

$

 

(30

)

(Loss) income before income tax expense (benefit) shown above is based on the location of the business unit to which such earnings are attributable for tax purposes. In addition, because the earnings shown above may in some cases be subject to taxation in more than one country, the income tax provision shown below as federal, state, or foreign may not correspond to the geographic attribution of the earnings.

The provision for income tax consists of the following (in millions):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

June 30,

 

Income tax expense (benefit):

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

 

2021

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

 

(10

)

 

$

 

(10

)

 

$

 

17

 

 

 

$

 

1

 

State

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

Total current tax expense (benefit)

 

$

 

5

 

 

$

 

5

 

 

$

 

26

 

 

 

$

 

(4

)

Deferred tax expense (benefit):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

 

(3

)

 

$

 

18

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

State

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

(1

)

Total deferred tax (benefit) expense

 

$

 

(9

)

 

$

 

26

 

 

$

 

(1

)

 

 

$

 

(1

)

Total income tax expense (benefit)

 

$

 

(4

)

 

$

 

31

 

 

$

 

25

 

 

 

$

 

(5

)

F-21


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

Effective Tax Rate Reconciliation

The reconciliation of the effective tax rate for all periods presented is as follows (in millions):

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

Year Ended

 

Year Ended

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

June 30,

 

 

2023

 

2022

 

2021

 

 

2021

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

(Loss) income before income tax expense (benefit)

 

$

 

(366

)

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

(41

)

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

(23

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

(30

)

 

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes at the statutory rate

 

$

 

(77

)

 

 

21

 

%

 

$

 

(9

)

 

 

21

 

%

 

$

 

(5

)

 

 

21

 

%

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

%

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

%

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

(7

)

%

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

(12

)

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

Jurisdictional rate differences

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

(3

)

%

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

(20

)

%

 

 

 

(11

)

 

 

49

 

%

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

(3

)

%

Changes in valuation allowances

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

(3

)

%

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

(95

)

%

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

(100

)

%

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

6

 

%

Benefit of income not allocated to the Company

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

(1

)

%

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

(14

)

%

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

(4

)

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income in separate U.S. tax consolidations

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

%

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

(37

)

%

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

(68

)

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-deductible expenses

 

 

 

63

 

 

 

(17

)

%

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

(9

)

%

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

(35

)

%

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

6

 

%

Tax credits

 

 

 

(14

)

 

 

4

 

%

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

17

 

%

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

19

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in uncertain tax positions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

 

 

(28

)

 

 

68

 

%

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

24

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(3

)

%

 

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

7

 

%

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

$

 

(4

)

 

 

1

 

%

 

$

 

31

 

 

 

(76

)

%

 

$

 

25

 

 

 

(109

)

%

 

 

$

 

(5

)

 

 

16

 

%

The Company’s effective tax rate for the Successor year ended December 31, 2023 and year ended December 31, 2022 was 1% and (76%), respectively. The Company’s effective tax rate for Successor six months ended December 31, 2021 and the Predecessor six months ended June 30, 2021 was (109%) and 16%, respectively.

The Company’s income tax expense varies from the expense that would be expected based on statutory rates due principally to its organizational structure. Prior to the Business Combination, Alight Holdings operated as a U.S. Partnership which generally is not subject to federal and state income taxes. Subsequent to the Business Combination, the Company’s effective tax rate differs from the U.S.’s statutory rate primarily due to foreign rate differences, valuation allowances, separate entity corporate taxes, changes in statutory reserves, and the noncontrolling interest associated with the portion of Alight Holdings income not allocable to the Company. The Company is taxed as a corporation and is subject to corporate federal, state, and local taxes on the income allocated to it from Alight Holdings, based upon the Company’s economic interest in Alight Holdings, and any stand-alone income or loss generated by the Company. Alight Holdings and certain subsidiaries combine to form a single entity taxable as a partnership for U.S. federal and most applicable state and local income tax purposes. As such, Alight Holdings is not subject to U.S. federal and certain state and local income taxes. The partners of Alight Holdings, including the Company, are liable for federal, state, and local income taxes based on their allocable share of Alight Holdings’ pass-through taxable income, which includes income of Alight Holdings’ subsidiaries that are treated as disregarded entities separate from Alight Holdings for income tax purposes. The effective tax rate for the Successor year ended December 31, 2023 is lower than the 21% U.S. statutory corporate income tax rate primarily due to the structure after the Business Combination, the recognition of expenses which are not deductible for income tax purposes, including the goodwill impairment charge, and valuation allowances.

F-22


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

Deferred Income Taxes

The components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in millions):

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

 

2022

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee benefit plans

 

$

 

1

 

 

 

$

 

3

 

Interest expense carryforward

 

 

 

64

 

 

 

 

 

55

 

Other credits

 

 

 

57

 

 

 

 

 

39

 

Tax receivable agreement

 

 

 

114

 

 

 

 

 

72

 

Other accrued expenses

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

Seller Earnouts

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

Intangible assets

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating losses

 

 

 

165

 

 

 

 

 

213

 

Other

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

Total

 

 

 

421

 

 

 

 

 

398

 

Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets

 

 

 

(140

)

 

 

 

 

(127

)

Total

 

$

 

281

 

 

 

$

 

271

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets

 

$

 

(45

)

 

 

$

 

(32

)

Investment in partnership

 

 

 

(194

)

 

 

 

 

(254

)

Interest rate swap

 

 

 

(15

)

 

 

 

 

(30

)

Other

 

 

 

(18

)

 

 

 

 

(9

)

Total

 

$

 

(272

)

 

 

$

 

(325

)

Net deferred tax (liability) asset

 

$

 

9

 

 

 

$

 

(54

)

As a result of the Business Combination, the Company established a deferred tax asset for the value of certain tax loss and credit carryforward attributes of the merged entities. In addition, the Company established a deferred tax liability to account for the difference between the Company’s book and tax planning strategiesbasis in making this assessment. After considerationits investment in Alight Holdings. The Company also has historically maintained deferred tax assets on certain net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards in non-U.S. jurisdictions.

As of allDecember 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company had U.S. and foreign NOLs of $165 million and $213 million, respectively. The material jurisdictions for the information available, management believesNOLs are the United States and United Kingdom and the NOLs can be carried forward indefinitely.

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether it is more likely than not that significant uncertainty exists with respect to future realizationsome portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized and adjusts the valuation allowance accordingly. In evaluating the Company's ability to recover its deferred tax assets within the jurisdiction from which they arise, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including the period of expiration, scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, tax-planning strategies, and three years of cumulative operating income (loss). Management judgment is required in determining the assumptions and estimates related to the amount and timing of future taxable income by jurisdiction to which the tax asset relates. The Company maintains valuation allowances with regard to the tax benefits of certain NOLs and other deferred tax assets, and periodically assesses the adequacy thereof. During the year ended December 31, 2023, the valuation allowance increased by $13 million compared to the prior year, of which $10 million related to U.S. tax credits and $3 million related to NOLs in non-U.S. jurisdictions. During the year ended December 31, 2022, the valuation allowance decreased by $99 million compared to the prior year, primarily attributable to acquired NOLs and other deferred tax assets, as well as the effect of rate changes in non-U.S. jurisdictions.

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act established global intangible law-taxed income ("GILTI") provisions that impose a tax on foreign income in excess of a deemed return on intangible assets of foreign corporations. The Company recognizes the taxes on GILTI as a period expense rather than recognizing deferred taxes for basis differences that are expected to affect the amount of GILTI inclusion upon reversal.

F-23


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

Uncertain Tax Positions

The following is a reconciliation of the Company’s beginning and ending amount of uncertain tax positions (in millions):

Balance at January 1, 2021 (Predecessor)

$

34

Additions for tax positions of prior years

1

Balance at June 30, 2021 (Predecessor)

$

35

Balance at July 1, 2021 (Successor)

35

Lapse of statute of limitations

(5

)

Balance at December 31, 2021 (Successor)

$

30

Lapse of statute of limitations

(22

)

Balance at December 31, 2022 (Successor)

$

8

Lapse of statute of limitations

Balance at December 31, 2023 (Successor)

$

8

The Company’s liability for uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 includes $8 million and $8 million, respectively, related to amounts that would impact the effective tax rate if recognized.

The Company records interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in its provision for income taxes. The Company accrued potential interest and penalties of $6 million and $6 million as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in their respective jurisdictions. The Company has therefore establishedsubstantially concluded all U.S. federal income tax matters for years through 2019.

The Company has concluded income tax examinations in its primary non-U.S. jurisdictions through 2016. With respect to open tax periods, the Company expects unrecognized tax benefits to decrease by an immaterial amount including interest and penalties, within 12 months of the reporting date. This expectation is based on the timing of limitation expirations on certain corporate income tax returns.

8. Debt

Debt outstanding consisted of the following (in millions):

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

Maturity Date

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Term Loan

 

May 1, 2024

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

65

 

Term Loan, B-1 (1)

 

August 31, 2028

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,448

 

Fifth Incremental Term Loans(2)

 

August 31, 2028

 

 

 

2,488

 

 

 

 

 

Secured Senior Notes

 

June 1, 2025

 

 

 

306

 

 

 

 

310

 

$300 million Revolving Credit Facility, Amended

 

August 31, 2026

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total debt, net

 

 

 

 

 

2,794

 

 

 

 

2,823

 

Less: current portion of long-term debt, net

 

 

 

 

 

(25

)

 

 

 

(31

)

Total long-term debt, net

 

 

 

$

 

2,769

 

 

$

 

2,792

 

(1)
The net balance for the B-1 Term Loan includes unamortized debt issuance costs at December 31, 2022 of approximately $8 million.
(2)
The net balance for the Fifth Incremental Term Loans includes unamortized debt issuance costs at December 31, 2023 of approximately $8 million.

Term Loan

In May 2017, the Company entered into a 7-year Initial Term Loan. During November 2017 and November 2019, the Company entered into Incremental Term Loans under identical terms as the Initial Term Loan. In August 2020, the Company refinanced the Term Loan by paying down $270 million of principal using the proceeds from the August 2020 Unsecured Senior Notes issuance, extending the maturity date on $1,986 million of the balance to October 31, 2026, and adding an interest rate floor of 50 bps (the "Amended Term Loan"). As part of the consideration transferred in the Business Combination, $556 million of principal was repaid on the portion of the Term Loan that was not amended. In August 2021, the Company entered into a new Third Incremental Term Loan facility for $525 million that matures August 31, 2028. In March 2023, the Company refinanced the remaining portion of the 7-year Term Loan in full valuation allowance. Forby increasing the existing B-1 Term Loan by approximately $65 million under identical terms as the B-1 Term Loan.

F-24


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

Interest rates on the B-1 Term Loan borrowings are based on the Secured Overnight Financing Rate ("SOFR"). The Company is required to make principal payments at the end of each fiscal quarter based on defined terms in the agreement with the remaining principal balances due on the maturity dates.

In September 2023, the Company entered into Amendment No. 9 to Credit Agreement with a syndicate of lenders to establish a new class of Fifth Incremental Term Loans with an aggregate principal amount of $2,507 million to reprice the outstanding Initial Term B-1 Loans due August 31, 2028 by reducing the applicable rate from a SOFR + 3.00% to SOFR + 2.75%. The Company utilized swap agreements to fix a portion of the floating interest rates through December 2026 (see Note 13 “Derivative Financial Instruments”).

During the Successor year ended December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, and Successor six months ended December 31, 2021 and the Predecessor six months ended June 30, 2021, respectively, the Company made total principal payments of $25 million, $31 million, $571 million, and $13 million, respectively.

Secured Senior Notes

During May 2020, the Company issued $300 million of Secured Senior Notes. These Secured Senior Notes have a maturity date of June 1, 2025 and accrue interest at a fixed rate of 5.75% per annum, payable semi-annually on June 1 and December 1 of each year, beginning on December 1, 2020.

Revolving Credit Facility

In May 2017, the Company entered into a 5-year $250 million Revolver with a multi-bank syndicate with a maturity date of May 1, 2022. During August 2020, the Company extended the maturity date for $226 million of the Revolver to October 31, 2024. In August 2021, the Company replaced and refinanced the Revolvers with a $294 million Revolver with a maturity date of August 31, 2026. In March 2023, the Company amended and upsized the revolving credit facility to $300 million and updated the benchmark reference rate from LIBOR to Term SOFR. No changes were made to the maturity date. At December 31, 2023, $3 million of unused letters of credit related to various insurance policies and real estate leases were issued under the Revolver and there were no additional borrowings. The Company is required to make periodic payments for commitment fees and interest related to the Revolver and outstanding letters of credit. During the Successor years ended December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively, and the Successor six months ended December 31, 2021 and Predecessor six months year ended June 30, 2021, respectively, the Company made immaterial payments related to these fees.

Financing Fees, Premiums and Interest Expense

The Company capitalized financing fees and premiums related to the Term Loan, Revolver and Secured Senior Notes issued. These financing fees and premiums were recorded as an offset to the aggregate debt balances and are being amortized over the respective loan terms.

Total interest expense related to the debt instruments for the Successor years ended December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively, and the Successor six months ended December 31, 2021 and Predecessor six months ended June 30, 2021, respectively, was $219 million, $138 million, $53 million, $105 million, respectively. This included a benefit of $2 million, $3 million, and $2 million for the Successor years ended December 31, 2023, December 31, 2022, and for the six months ended December 31, 2021, respectively, and an expense of approximately $8 million for the Successor six months ended June 30, 2021. Interest expense is recorded in Interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss), and is net of interest rate swap derivative gains recognized.

Principal Payments

Aggregate remaining contractual principal payments as of December 31, 2023 are as follows (in millions):

2024

 

$

 

25

 

2025

 

 

 

325

 

2026

 

 

 

25

 

2027

 

 

 

25

 

2028

 

 

 

2,394

 

Total payments

 

$

 

2,794

 

F-25


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

9. Stockholders’ Equity

Predecessor Equity

Class A Common Units

There were no grants of Class A common units during the six months ended June 30, 2021 or the years ended December 31, 2020. Each holder of Class A common units is entitled to one vote per unit.

Class A-1 Common Units

During the six months ended June 30, 2021, the Company granted 643 Restricted Class A-1 common units. There were no grants of Class A-1 common units during the year ended December 31, 2020. Holders of Class A-1 common units are not entitled to voting rights.

Class B Common Units

During the six months ended June 30, 2021 there were no grants of Class B common units, and during the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company granted 7,459 and 2,587 units, respectively. Holders of Class B common units are not entitled to voting rights.

Successor Equity

Preferred Stock

Upon the Closing Date of the Business Combination, 1,000,000 preferred shares, par value $0.0001 per share, were authorized. There were no preferred shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2023.

Class A Common Stock

As of December 31, 2023, 510,888,937 shares of Class A Common Stock, including 3,321,260 shares of unvested Class A Common Stock, were legally issued and outstanding. Holders of shares of Class A Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share, and together with the holders of shares of Class B Common Stock, will participate ratably in any dividends that may be declared by the Company’s Board of Directors.

Class B Common Stock

Upon the Closing Date of the Business Combination, certain equityholders of Alight Holdings received earnouts (the "Seller Earnouts") that resulted in the issuance of a total of 14,999,998 Class B instruments (including 470,760 unvested shares of Class B Common Stock related to employee compensation as of December 31, 2023) to the equityholders of the Predecessor. The equityholders of the Predecessor that exchanged their Predecessor Class A units for shares of Class A Common Shares in the Business Combination received shares of Class B Common Stock, and the equityholders of the Predecessor that continue to hold Class A units of Alight Holdings (“Continuing Unitholders”) received Class B common units of Alight Holdings.

The Class B Common Stock and Class B common units are not entitled to a vote and accrue dividends equal to amounts declared per corresponding share of Class A Common Stock and Class A unit; however, such dividends are paid if and when such share of Class B Common Stock or Class B unit converts into a share of Class A Common Stock or Class A unit. If any of the shares of Class B Common Stock or Class B common units do not vest on or before the seventh anniversary of the Closing Date, such shares or units will be automatically forfeited and cancelled for no consideration and will not be entitled to receive any cumulative dividend payments.

These Class B instruments (excluding the unvested Class B Common Stock related to employee compensation) are liability classified; refer to Note 14 “Financial Instruments” for additional information. As further described below, there are two series of Class B instruments outstanding.

Class B-1

As of December 31, 2023, 4,951,235 shares of Class B-1 Common Stock were legally issued and outstanding, including 235,380 unvested shares of Class B-1 Common Stock related to employee compensation. Shares of Class B-1 Common Stock vest and automatically convert into shares of Class A Common Stock on a 1-for-1 basis if the volume weighted average price (“VWAP”) of the shares of Class A Common Stock equals or exceeds $12.50 per share for 20 or more trading days within a consecutive 30-trading day period (or in the event of a change of control or liquidation event that implies a $12.50 per share valuation on a diluted basis).

F-26


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

To the extent any unvested share of Class B-1 Common Stock automatically converts into a share of Class A Common Stock, (i) such share or unit shall remain unvested in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable award agreement until it vests or is forfeited in accordance with the terms thereof and (ii) such share or unit shall be treated as unvested Class A consideration as if such share or unit was part of the unvested Class A consideration as of the Closing Date.

As of December 31, 2023, 2,548,764 Class B-1 common units of Alight Holdings were legally issued and outstanding. Class B-1 common units vest and automatically convert into Class A common units of Alight Holdings on a 1-for-1 basis if the VWAP of the Class A common shares equals or exceeds $12.50 per share for 20 or more trading days within a consecutive 30-trading day period (or in the event of a change of control or liquidation event that implies a $12.50 per share valuation on a diluted basis).

Class B-2

As of December 31, 2023, 4,951,235 shares of Class B-2 Common Stock were legally issued and outstanding, par value of $0.0001, including 235,380 unvested shares of Class B-2 Common Stock related to employee compensation. Shares of Class B-2 Common Stock vest and automatically convert into shares of Class A common shares on a 1-for-1 basis if the VWAP of the shares of Class A Common Stock equals or exceeds $15.00 per share for 20 or more trading days within a consecutive 30-trading day period (or in the event of a change of control or liquidation event that implies a $15.00 per share valuation on a diluted basis).

To the extent any unvested share of Class B-2 Common Stock automatically converts into a share of Class A Common Stock, (i) such share or unit shall remain unvested in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable award agreement until it vests or is forfeited in accordance with the terms thereof and (ii) such share or unit shall be treated as unvested Class A consideration as if such share or unit was part of the unvested Class A consideration as of the Closing Date.

As of December 31, 2023, 2,548,764 Class B-2 common units of Alight Holdings were legally issued and outstanding. Class B-2 common units vest and automatically convert into Class A common units of Alight Holdings on a 1-for-1 basis if the VWAP of the shares of Class A Common Stock equals or exceeds $15.00 per share for 20 or more trading days within a consecutive 30-trading day period (or in the event of a change of control or liquidation event that implies a $15.00 per share valuation on a diluted basis).

Class B-3

Upon the Closing Date of the Business Combination, 10,000,000 shares of Class B-3 Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, were authorized. There are no shares of Class B-3 Common Stock issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2023.

Class V Common Stock

As of December 31, 2023, shares of 28,962,218 Class V Common Stock were legally issued and outstanding. Holders of Class V Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share and have no economic rights. The Class V Common Stock is held on a 1-for-1 basis with Class A Units in Alight Holdings held by Continuing Unitholders. The Class A Units, together with an equal number of shares of Class V Common Stock, can be exchanged for an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock.

Class Z Common Stock

Upon the Closing Date of the Business Combination, a total of 8,671,507 Class Z instruments were issued to the equityholders of the Predecessor. The equityholders of the Predecessor that exchanged their Predecessor Class A units for shares of Class A Common Stock in the Business Combination received shares of Class Z Common Stock, and the Continuing Unitholders received Class Z common units of Alight Holdings. The Class Z instruments were issued to the equityholders of the Predecessor to allow for the re-allocation of the consideration paid to the holders of unvested management equity (i.e., the unvested Class A, unvested Class B-1, and unvested Class B-2 Common Stock) to the equityholders of the Predecessor in the event such equity is forfeited under the terms of the applicable award agreement and will only vest in connection with any such forfeiture.

As of December 31, 2023, 3,420,215 shares of class Z Common Shares (2,988,649 Class Z-A, 215,783 Class Z-B-1, and 215,783 Class Z-B-2) were legally issued and outstanding. Holders of shares of Class Z-A, Class Z-B-1 and Class Z-B-2 Common Stock are not entitled to voting rights. The Class Z shares convert into shares of Class A Common Stock, Class B-1 or Class B-2 Common Stock, as applicable, in connection with the ultimate forfeiture of the shares of unvested Class A, unvested Class B-1, and unvested Class B-2 Common Stock issued to participating management holders.

As of December 31, 2023, 1,880,117 Class Z common units (1,642,881 Class Z-A, 118,618 Class Z-B-1, and 118,618 Class Z-B-2) were legally issued and outstanding. Holders of Class Z-A, Class Z-B-1 and Class Z-B-2 common units are not entitled to voting rights. The Class Z units convert into units of Alight Holdings Class A common units, Alight Holdings Class B-1 or Alight Holdings Class B-2 common units, as applicable, in connection with the ultimate forfeiture of the shares of unvested Class A, unvested Class B-1, and unvested Class B-2 Common Stock issued to participating management holders.

F-27


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

Class A Units

Holders of Alight Holdings Class A units can exchange all or any portion of their Class A units, together with the cancellation of an equal number of shares of Class V Common Stock, for a number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the number of exchanged Class A units. Alight has the option to cash settle any future exchange.

The Continuing Unitholders’ ownership of Class A units represents the noncontrolling interest of the Company, which is accounted for as permanent equity on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of December 31, 2023, there were 539,851,156 Class A Units outstanding, of which 510,888,938 are held by the Company and 28,962,218 are held by the noncontrolling interest of the Company.

The Alight Holdings limited liability company agreement contains provisions which require that a one-to-one ratio is maintained between each class of Alight Holdings units held by Alight and its subsidiaries (including the Alight Group, Inc. and certain tax blocker entities, but excluding subsidiaries of Alight Holdings) and the number of outstanding shares of the corresponding class of Alight common stock, subject to certain exceptions (including in respect of management equity in the form of options, rights or other securities which have not been converted into or exercised for Alight common stock). In addition, the Alight Holdings limited liability company agreement permits Alight, in its capacity as the managing member of Alight Holdings, to take actions to maintain such ratio, including undertaking stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations and exercises of the exchange rights of holders of Alight Holdings units.

Exchange of Class A Units

During the Successor year ended December 31, 2023, 34,519,247 Class A units and a corresponding number of shares of Class V Common Stock were exchanged for Class A Common Stock. As a result of the exchanges, Alight, Inc. increased its ownership in Alight Holdings and accordingly increased its equity by approximately $344 million, recorded in Additional paid-in capital. Pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement (the “TRA”) that we entered into in connection with the Business Combination, described in Note 15 "Tax Receivable Agreement," the Class A unit exchanges created additional TRA liabilities of $109 million, with offsets to Additional paid-in-capital. An additional $43 million increase to Additional paid-in-capital was due to exchanges as a result of deferred tax assets due to our change in ownership.

Secondary Offerings

On March 6, 2023, the valuation allowance was $653,552.

A reconciliationCompany completed a secondary offering of 46,000,000 shares of the federalCompany’s Class A Common Stock by certain selling stockholders at a public offering price of $9.00 per share. In connection with the offering, the selling stockholders granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to 6,900,000 additional shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock, which the underwriters exercised in full. The Company did not sell any shares of Class A Common Stock in the offering and did not receive any proceeds from the offering. The Company paid certain costs associated with the sale of shares by the selling stockholders, excluding underwriting discounts which were borne by the selling stockholders.

On August 16, 2023, the Company completed a secondary offering of 22,500,000 shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock by certain selling stockholders at a public offering price of $7.98 per share. The Company did not sell any shares of Class A Common Stock in the offering and did not receive any proceeds from the offering. The Company paid certain costs associated with the sale of shares by the selling stockholders, excluding underwriting discounts which were borne by the selling stockholders.

Share Repurchase Program

On August 1, 2022, the Company's Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program (the "Program"), under which the Company may repurchase up to $100 million of issued and outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, from time to time, depending on market conditions and alternate uses of capital. The Program has no expiration date and may be suspended or discontinued at any time. The Program does not obligate the Company to purchase any particular number of shares and there is no guarantee as to any number of shares being repurchased by the Company.

During the Successor year ended December 31, 2023, 4,921,468 shares of Class A Common Stock were repurchased under the Program for a total cost of $40 million. As of December 31, 2023, there was $48 million remaining under the Program authorization for future share repurchases. Repurchased shares are reflected as Treasury Stock on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as a component of equity.

F-28


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

The following table reflects the changes in our outstanding stock:

 

 

Class A(2)

 

 

Class B-1

 

 

Class B-2

 

 

Class V

 

 

Class Z

 

 

Treasury

 

Balance at December 31, 2022

 

 

470,756,961

 

 

 

4,990,453

 

 

 

4,990,453

 

 

 

63,481,465

 

 

 

5,595,577

 

 

 

1,506,385

 

Conversion of noncontrolling interest

 

 

34,519,247

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(34,519,247

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Shares granted upon vesting

 

 

7,129,735

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(2,175,362

)

 

 

-

 

Issuance for compensation to non-employees(1)

 

 

83,203

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Share repurchases

 

 

(4,921,468

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

4,921,468

 

Share forfeitures

 

 

-

 

 

 

(39,218

)

 

 

(39,218

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Balance at December 31, 2023

 

 

507,567,678

 

 

 

4,951,235

 

 

 

4,951,235

 

 

 

28,962,218

 

 

 

3,420,215

 

 

 

6,427,853

 

(1)
Issued to certain members of the Board of Directors in lieu of cash retainer.
(2)
Does not include 3,321,260 of unvested shares of Class A Common Stock as of December 31, 2023.

Dividends

There were no dividends declared during the Successor years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

As of December 31, 2023, the Accumulated other comprehensive income ("AOCI") balance included unrealized gains and losses for interest rate swaps and foreign currency translation adjustments related to our foreign subsidiaries that do not have the U.S. dollar as their functional currency. The tax effect on the Company's pre-tax AOCI items is recorded in the AOCI balance. This tax is comprised of two items: (1) the tax effects related to the unrealized pre-tax items recorded in AOCI and (2) the tax effect related to certain valuation allowances that have also been recorded in AOCI. When unrealized items in AOCI are recognized, the associated tax effects on these items will also be recognized in the tax provision.

Changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of noncontrolling interests, are as follows (in millions):

 

 

 

Foreign

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Currency

 

 

 

Interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

Translation

 

 

 

Rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustments (1)

 

 

 

Swaps (2)

Total

 

Balance at December 31, 2022

 

$

 

(11

)

 

$

 

106

 

 

$

 

95

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

 

43

 

Tax (expense) benefit

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

 

13

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications, net of tax

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

48

 

 

 

 

56

 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

(80

)

 

 

 

(80

)

Tax expense

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

(80

)

 

 

 

(80

)

Net current period other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

(32

)

 

 

 

(24

)

Balance at December 31, 2023

 

$

 

(3

)

 

$

 

74

 

 

$

 

71

 

(1)
Foreign currency translation adjustments include $5 million gains related to intercompany loans that have been designated long-term investment nature.
(2)
Reclassifications from this category are recorded in Interest expense. See Note 13 "Derivative Financial Instruments" for additional information.

F-29


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

10. Share-Based Compensation Expense

Predecessor Plans

Prior to the Business Combination, share-based payments to employees include grants of restricted share units (“RSUs”) and performance based restricted share units (“PRSUs”), which consist of both Class A-1 and Class B common units in each type, are measured based on their estimated grant date fair value. The grant date fair value of the RSUs is equal to the value of the shares acquired by the Predecessor’s initial investors at the time of Alight Holding’s formation in 2017. The grant date fair values of the PRSUs are based on a Monte Carlo simulation methodology, which requires management to make certain assumptions and apply judgement.

Management determined the expected volatility based on the average implied asset volatilities of comparable companies as we do not have sufficient trading history for the PRSUs. The expected term represents the period that the PRSUs are expected to be outstanding. Because of the lack of sufficient historical data necessary to calculate the expected term, we used the contractual vesting period of five years to estimate the expected term. For the Predecessor period, the key assumptions included in the Monte Carlo simulation were expected volatility of 45%, a risk-free interest rate of 1% and no expected dividends.

The Company recognizes share-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for awards expected to ultimately vest. As a result of the change in control related to the Business Combination, the vesting of the time-based PRSU Class B units accelerated on the Closing Date. Prior to the Closing Date, the time-based PRSUs vested ratably over periods of one to five years. The remaining unvested PRSU Class B units have vesting conditions that are contingent upon the achievement of defined internal rates of return and multiples on invested capital occurrence and of certain liquidity events. The Class A-1 RSUs and PRSUs that were unvested as of the Closing Date have time-based and/or vesting conditions that are contingent upon the achievement of defined internal rates of return and multiples on invested capital occurrence and of certain liquidity events. Both the unvested Class A-1 and Class B units were replaced with unvested shares of Alight common stock as discussed below.

The following tables summarizes the unit activity related to the RSUs and PRSUs during the Predecessor periods as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grant Date

 

 

 

 

 

Grant Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

Predecessor

 

RSUs

 

 

Per Unit

 

 

PRSUs

 

 

Per Unit

 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

 

 

2,907

 

 

$

 

4,785

 

 

 

7,563

 

 

$

 

3,350

 

Granted

 

 

1,990

 

 

 

 

4,578

 

 

 

5,469

 

 

 

 

4,572

 

Vested

 

 

(944

)

 

 

 

5,374

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

(954

)

 

 

 

4,491

 

 

 

(3,809

)

 

 

 

3,513

 

Balance as of December 31, 2020

 

 

2,999

 

 

$

 

4,563

 

 

 

9,223

 

 

$

 

4,015

 

Granted

 

 

254

 

 

 

 

28,875

 

 

 

389

 

 

 

 

24,420

 

Vested

 

 

(517

)

 

 

 

5,459

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

(121

)

 

 

 

4,527

 

 

 

(567

)

 

 

 

2,626

 

Balance as of June 30, 2021

 

 

2,614

 

 

$

 

6,741

 

 

 

9,045

 

 

$

 

4,888

 

Successor Plans

Share-based payments consist of grants of RSUs and PRSUs. The Company recognizes compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for awards expected to ultimately vest.

Predecessor Replacement Awards

In connection with the Business Combination, the holders of certain unvested awards under the Predecessor plans were granted replacement awards in the Successor company.

Class B units: The unvested Class B units of Alight Holdings were granted replacement unvested Class A Common Stock, unvested Class B-1 Common Stock, and unvested Class B-2 Common Stock of the Company that ultimately vest on the third anniversary of the Closing Date, but could vest earlier based on the achievement of certain market-based conditions.
Class A-1 units: The unvested Class A-1 units of Alight Holdings were granted replacement unvested Class A Common Stock, unvested Class B Common Stock, and unvested Class B-2 Common Stock of the Company on an equivalent fair value basis. The service-based portion of the grant vests ratably over periods of two to five years and the remaining portion vests upon achievement of certain market-based conditions.

F-30


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

The Class B and Class A-1 units that were replaced represent the unvested Class A, unvested Class B-1 and unvested Class B-2 Common Stock subject to the forfeiture re-allocation provision per the Class Z instruments discussed in Note 9 “Stockholders’ and Members’ Equity”. These unvested shares are accounted for as restricted stock in accordance with ASC 718.

Successor Awards

In connection with the Business Combination, the Company adopted the Alight, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Under this plan, for grants issued during the Successor year ended December 31, 2023, approximately 60% of the units are subject to time-based vesting requirements and approximately 40% are subject to performance-based vesting requirements. The majority of the time-based RSUs vest ratably on an annual basis over a three-year period. The PRSUs granted vest upon achievement of various performance metrics aligned to goals established by the Company. As of December 31, 2023, there were 86,428,864 remaining shares of common stock authorized for issuance pursuant to the Company’s effective tax rate atstock-based compensation plans under its 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan.

The Company begins to recognize expense associated with the PRSUs when the achievement of the performance condition is deemed probable. During the year ended December 31, 20202023, expected achievement levels did not change for any of the performance periods based on management's analysis of the corresponding performance conditions.

The fair value of each RSU and PRSU is based upon the grant date market price. The aggregate grant date fair value of RSUs and PRSUs granted during the Successor year ended December 31, 2023 was $58 million and $48 million, respectively.

Restricted Share Units and Performance Based Restricted Share Units

The following tables summarizes the unit activity related to the RSUs and PRSUs during the Successor years ended December 31, 2023, December 31, 2022 and the Successor six months ended December 31, 2021:

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

Grant Date

 

 

 

 

 

Grant Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

RSUs(1)

 

 

Per Unit

 

 

PRSUs(1)(2)

 

 

Per Unit

 

Balance as of July 1, 2021

 

 

854,764

 

 

$

 

9.91

 

 

 

7,816,743

 

 

$

 

9.56

 

Granted

 

 

9,475,330

 

 

 

 

12.60

 

 

 

9,107,424

 

 

 

 

12.63

 

Vested

 

 

(3,014,054

)

 

 

 

12.62

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

(167,624

)

 

 

 

12.64

 

 

 

(181,054

)

 

 

 

12.51

 

Balance as of December 31, 2021

 

 

7,148,416

 

 

$

 

12.27

 

 

 

16,743,113

 

 

$

 

11.20

 

Granted

 

 

5,019,998

 

 

 

 

9.01

 

 

 

15,816,619

 

 

 

 

11.76

 

Vested

 

 

(3,053,701

)

 

 

 

12.24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

(1,348,552

)

 

 

 

11.46

 

 

 

(2,474,009

)

 

 

 

11.90

 

Balance as of December 31, 2022

 

 

7,766,161

 

 

$

 

10.28

 

 

 

30,085,723

 

 

$

 

11.38

 

Granted

 

 

6,598,201

 

 

 

 

8.72

 

 

 

5,481,499

 

 

 

 

8.82

 

Vested

 

 

(4,338,325

)

 

 

 

8.81

 

 

 

(3,860,600

)

 

 

 

10.06

 

Forfeited

 

 

(1,851,225

)

 

 

 

9.53

 

 

 

(3,664,948

)

 

 

 

9.77

 

Balance as of December 31, 2023

 

 

8,174,812

 

 

$

 

9.78

 

 

 

28,041,674

 

 

$

 

11.25

 

(1)
These share totals include both unvested shares and restricted stock units.
(2)
PRSUs granted includes both new grants in the period as follows:well as adjustments in the period to existing grants to account for the expected level of achievement of the performance-based vesting requirements.

F-31


Alight, Inc.

December 31,
2020

As Restated

Statutory federal income tax rate21.0%
State taxes, net of federal tax benefit0.0%
Change in valuation of warrant liability

(10.5

)%
Change in valuation of FPA liability(10.0)%
Change in valuation allowance(0.6)%
Income tax provision(0.1)%

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

The

Share-based Compensation

Total share-based compensation costs related to the RSUs and PRSUs are recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss) as follows (in millions):

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

 

2021

 

Cost of services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization

 

 

$

 

39

 

 

$

 

40

 

 

 $

 

19

 

 

 

 $

 

1

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

 

 

 

121

 

 

 

 

141

 

 

 

 

48

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

Total share-based compensation expense

 

 

$

 

160

 

 

$

 

181

 

 

 $

 

67

 

 

 

 $

 

5

 

As of December 31, 2023, total future compensation expense related to unvested RSUs is $50 million which will be recognized over a remaining weighted-average amortization period of approximately 1.5 years. As of December 31, 2023, total future compensation expense related to PRSUs is $57 million which will be recognized over the next 1.5 years.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In December 2022, the Company files income tax returnsbegan offering its employees an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”). Under the ESPP, all full-time and certain part-time employees of the Company based in the U.S. federal jurisdictionand certain other countries are eligible to purchase Class A Common Stock of the Company twice per year at the end of a six-month payment period (a “Payment Period”). During each Payment Period, eligible employees who so elect may authorize payroll deductions in an amount no less than 1% nor greater than 10% of his or her base pay for each payroll period in the Payment Period. At the end of each Payment Period, the accumulated deductions are used to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock from the Company up to a maximum of 1,250 shares for any one employee during a Payment Period. Shares are purchased at a price equal to 85% of the fair market value of the Company’s Class A Common Stock on the last business day of a Payment Period. As of December 31, 2023, there were 11,961,530 remaining shares available for grant under the ESPP. For the year ended as of December 31, 2023, 1,499,751 shares had been issued under the ESPP and the amount of share-based compensation expense related to the ESPP was $2 million.

11. Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the net (loss) income attributable to Alight, Inc. by the weighted average number of shares of Class A Common Stock issued and outstanding for the Successor period. The computation of diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if dilutive securities and other contracts to issue shares were exercised or converted into shares or resulted in the issuance of shares that would then share in the net income of Alight, Inc. The Company’s Class V Common Stock and Class Z Common Stock do not participate in the earnings or losses of the Company and are therefore not participating securities and have not been included in either the basic or diluted earnings per share calculations.

In conjunction with the Business Combination, the Company issued Seller Earnouts contingent consideration, which is payable in the Company’s Common Stock when the related market conditions are achieved. As the related conditions to pay the consideration had not been satisfied as of December 31, 2023, the Seller Earnouts were excluded from the diluted earnings per share calculations.

Basic and diluted (net loss) earnings per share are as follows (in millions, except for share and per share amounts):

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

December 31,

December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Basic and diluted (net loss) earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Numerator

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (loss) income attributable to Alight, Inc. - basic

 

$

 

(345

)

 

 $

 

(62

)

 

$

 

(35

)

Denominator

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares outstanding - basic

 

 

 

489,461,259

 

 

 

 

458,558,192

 

 

 

 

439,800,624

 

Basic (net loss) earnings per share

 

$

 

(0.70

)

 

 $

 

(0.14

)

 

$

 

(0.08

)

Diluted (net loss) earnings per share

 

$

 

(0.70

)

 

 $

 

(0.14

)

 

$

 

(0.08

)

F-32


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

For the Successor year ended December 31, 2023, 28,962,218 units related to noncontrolling interests and 10,080,390 unvested RSUs were not included in the computation of diluted shares outstanding as their impact would have been anti-dilutive. In addition, 14,999,998 shares related to the Seller Earnouts and 27,411,360 unvested PRSUs were excluded from the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share as the market and performance conditions had not yet been met as of the end of the period.

For the Successor year ended December 31, 2022, 63,481,465 units related to noncontrolling interests and 7,624,817 unvested RSUs were not included in the computation of diluted shares outstanding as their impact would have been anti-dilutive. In addition, 14,999,998 shares related to the Seller Earnouts and 32,852,974 unvested PRSUs were excluded from the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share as the market and performance conditions had not yet been met as of the end of the period.

For the Successor six months ended December 31, 2021, 77,459,687 units related to noncontrolling interests and 7,007,072 unvested RSUs were not included in the computation of diluted shares outstanding as their impact would have been anti-dilutive. In addition, 14,999,998 shares related to the Seller Earnouts and 16,036,220 unvested PRSUs were excluded from the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share as the market and performance conditions had not yet been met as of the end of the period.

12. Segment Reporting

Effective January 1, 2023, the Company's former Hosted business revenues and gross profit are reported in Other as the business is no longer core to the Company’s operations. There is no change in composition among the Employer Solutions and Professional Services segments.

Additionally, the Company changed its measure of segment profit and loss that is reported to the CODM for purposes of making decisions about allocating resources to the Company’s segments and assessing business performance.

Prior to January 1, 2023, the Company reported its measure of segment profit as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and intangible amortization adjusted for the impact of certain non-cash and other items that the Company does not consider in the evaluation of ongoing operational performance. Effective January 1, 2023, the Company's measure of segment profit is gross profit, which is defined as revenue less cost of services. Accordingly, prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation, in all material respects.

The Company’s reportable segments have been determined using a management approach, which is consistent with the basis and manner in which the Company’s CODM uses financial information for the purposes of allocating resources and evaluating performance. The Company’s CODM is its Chief Executive Officer. The CODM evaluates the performance of the Company based on its total revenue and segment profit.

The CODM also uses revenue and segment profit to manage and evaluate our business, make planning decisions, and as performance measures for a Company-wide bonus plans. These key financial measures provide an additional view of our operational performance over the long-term and provide useful information that we use in order to maintain and grow our business.

The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 2 “Accounting Policies and Practices.” The Company does not report assets by reportable segments as this information is not reviewed by the CODM on a regular basis.

F-33


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

Information regarding the Company’s current reportable segments is as follows (in millions):

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

 

2023

 

 

 

2022

 

 

 

2021

 

 

 

 

2021

 

Employer Solutions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recurring

 

$

 

2,695

 

 

 $

 

2,467

 

 

 $

 

1,213

 

 

 

 $

 

1,049

 

Project

 

 

 

268

 

 

 

 

251

 

 

 

 

134

 

 

 

 

 

107

 

Total Employer Solutions

 

 

 

2,963

 

 

 

 

2,718

 

 

 

 

1,347

 

 

 

 

 

1,156

 

Professional Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recurring

 

 

 

142

 

 

 

 

128

 

 

 

 

65

 

 

 

 

 

60

 

Project

 

 

 

279

 

 

 

 

243

 

 

 

 

121

 

 

 

 

 

124

 

Total Professional Services

 

 

 

421

 

 

 

 

371

 

 

 

 

186

 

 

 

 

 

184

 

Total Reportable Segments

 

 

 

3,384

 

 

 

 

3,089

 

 

 

 

1,533

 

 

 

 

 

1,340

 

Other

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

Total revenue

 

$

 

3,410

 

 

 $

 

3,132

 

 

 $

 

1,554

 

 

 

 $

 

1,361

 

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

 

2023

 

 

 

2022

 

 

 

2021

 

 

 

 

2021

 

 Employer Solutions

 

 $

 

1,033

 

 

 $

 

911

 

 

 $

 

489

 

 

 

 $

 

392

 

 Professional Services

 

 

 

109

 

 

 

 

86

 

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

 

 

46

 

 Other

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

(3

)

  Total Gross Profit

 

 

 

1,140

 

 

 

 

996

 

 

 

 

532

 

 

 

 

 

435

 

 Selling, general and administrative

 

 

 

754

 

 

 

 

671

 

 

 

 

304

 

 

 

 

 

222

 

 Depreciation and intangible amortization

 

 

 

339

 

 

 

 

339

 

 

 

 

163

 

 

 

 

 

111

 

 Goodwill Impairment

 

 

 

148

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

 Operating Income (Loss)

 

 

 

(101

)

 

 

 

(14

)

 

 

 

65

 

 

 

 

 

102

 

 (Gain) Loss from change in fair value of financial instruments

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

(38

)

 

 

 

65

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

 (Gain) Loss from change in fair value of tax receivable agreement

 

 

 

118

 

 

 

 

(41

)

 

 

 

(37

)

 

 

 

 

-

 

 Interest expense

 

 

 

131

 

 

 

 

122

 

 

 

 

57

 

 

 

 

 

123

 

 Other (income) expense, net

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

(16

)

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 Income (Loss) Before Taxes

 

 $

 

(366

)

 

 $

 

(41

)

 

 $

 

(23

)

 

 

 $

 

(30

)

Revenue by geographic location is as follows (in millions):

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Six months Ends

 

 

Six months Ends

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

June 30

 

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2021

 

 

United States

 

$

 

2,993

 

 

$

 

2,759

 

 

$

 

1,358

 

 

$

 

1,168

 

 

Rest of world

 

 

 

417

 

 

 

 

373

 

 

 

 

196

 

 

 

 

193

 

 

Total

 

$

 

3,410

 

 

$

 

3,132

 

 

$

 

1,554

 

 

$

 

1,361

 

 

There was no single client who accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s revenues in any of the periods presented.

Long-lived assets, representing Fixed assets, net and Operating lease right of use assets, by geographic location is as follows (in millions):

F-34


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

 

2022

 

United States

 

$

 

389

 

 

 

$

 

359

 

Rest of world

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

 

 

47

 

Total

 

$

 

439

 

 

 

$

 

406

 

13. Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company is exposed to market risks, including changes in interest rates. To manage the risk related to these exposures, the Company has entered into various statederivative instruments that reduce these risks by creating offsetting exposures.

Interest Rate Swaps

The Company has utilized swap agreements that will fix the floating interest rates associated with its Term Loan as shown in the following table:

Designation Date

 

Effective Date

 

Initial Notional Amount

 

 

Notional Amount Outstanding as of
December 31, 2023

 

 

Fixed Rate

 

Expiration Date

December 2021

 

August 2020

 

$

 

181,205,050

 

 

$

 

516,919,634

 

 

 

0.7203

 

%

 

April 2024

December 2021

 

August 2020

 

$

 

388,877,200

 

 

$

 

645,230,936

 

 

 

0.6826

 

%

 

April 2024

December 2021

 

May 2022

 

$

 

220,130,318

 

 

$

 

270,246,116

 

 

 

0.4570

 

%

 

April 2024

December 2021

 

May 2022

 

$

 

306,004,562

 

 

$

 

344,387,064

 

 

 

0.4480

 

%

 

April 2024

December 2021

 

April 2024

 

$

 

871,205,040

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

1.6533

 

%

 

June 2025

December 2021

 

April 2024

 

$

 

435,602,520

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

1.6560

 

%

 

June 2025

December 2021

 

April 2024

 

$

 

435,602,520

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

1.6650

 

%

 

June 2025

March 2022

 

June 2025

 

$

 

1,197,000,000

 

 

 

n/a

 

 

 

2.5540

 

%

 

December 2026

March 2023

 

March 2023

 

$

 

150,000,000

 

 

$

 

150,000,000

 

 

 

3.9025

 

%

 

December 2026

March 2023

 

March 2023

 

$

 

150,000,000

 

 

$

 

150,000,000

 

 

 

3.9100

 

%

 

December 2026

Concurrent with the Term Loan refinancing, we amended our interest rate swap to incorporate Term SOFR. In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic 848, Reference Rate Reform,we did not redesignate the interest rate hedges when they were amended from LIBOR to SOFR; as we are permitted to maintain designation through the transition. Also, during the Successor year ended December 31, 2023, we executed two additional interest rate swaps, which have been designated as cash flow hedges.

Certain swap agreements amortize or accrete based on achieving targeted hedge ratios. All interest rate swaps have been designated as cash flow hedges. The Company currently has two instruments that the fair value of the instruments at the time of re-designation are being amortized into interest expense over the remaining life of the instruments.

Financial Instrument Presentation

The fair values and local jurisdictionslocation of outstanding derivative instruments recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets are as follows (in millions):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

 

2022

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other current assets

 

$

 

60

 

 

 

$

 

72

 

Other assets

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

62

 

Total

 

$

 

77

 

 

 

$

 

134

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other current liabilities

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

Other liabilities

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

 

3

 

 

 

$

 

 

The Company estimates that approximately $64 million of derivative gains included in Accumulated other comprehensive income as of December 31, 2023 will be reclassified into earnings over the next twelve months.

F-35


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

14. Financial Instruments

Seller Earnouts

Upon completion of the Business Combination, the equity owners of Alight Holdings received an earnout in the form of nonvoting shares of Class B-1 and Class B-2 Common Stock, which automatically convert into Class A Common Stock if, at any time during the seven years following the Closing Date certain criteria are achieved. See Note 9 “Stockholders’ Equity” for additional information regarding the Seller Earnouts.

The portion of the Seller Earnouts related to employee compensation is accounted for as share-based compensation. See Note 10 “Share-Based Compensation Expense” for additional information.

The portion of the Seller Earnouts, which are not related to employee compensation, are accounted for as a contingent consideration liability at fair value within Financial instruments on the Consolidated Balance Sheets because the Seller Earnouts do not meet the criteria for classification within equity. This portion of the Seller Earnouts are subject to examination byremeasurement at each balance sheet date. At December 31, 2023 and 2022, the various taxing authorities.Seller Earnouts had a fair value of $95 million and $96 million, respectively. For the Successor years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, the fair value remeasurement of the Seller Earnouts was a gain of $2 million and $38 million, respectively, was recorded in (Gain) Loss from change in fair value of financial instruments within the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

NOTE 11. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The fair value of the Company’s financial assetsClass B-1 and liabilities reflects management’s estimateB-2 Seller Earnouts, and the Class Z-B-1 and Z-B-2 contingent consideration instruments, is determined using Monte Carlo simulation and Option Pricing Methods (Level 3 inputs, see Note 16 "Fair Value Measurements"). Significant unobservable inputs are used in the assessment of amounts thatfair value, including the following assumptions: volatility of 50%, risk-free interest rate of 3.88%, expected holding period of 4.51 years and probability assessments based on the likelihood of reaching the performance targets defined in the Business Combination. An increase in the risk-free interest rate or expected volatility would result in an increase in the fair value measurement of the Seller Earnouts and vice versa.

In addition, the Class Z instruments are also accounted for as a contingent consideration liability at fair value within Financial instruments on the Consolidated Balance Sheets because these instruments do not meet the criteria for classification within equity. The fair value of the Class Z-A contingent consideration is determined using the ending share price as of the last day of each quarter. For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company would have receivedrecorded expense of $12 million and $1 million, respectively, in (Gain) Loss from change in fair value of financial instruments in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) as a result of the forfeiture of unvested management equity relating to the consideration that will be re-allocated to the holders of Class Z instruments upon vesting. See Note 9 “Stockholders’ Equity” for additional information regarding these instruments.

Warrants

Upon the completion of the prior year Business Combination, there were issued and outstanding Company warrants to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment for stock splits and/or extraordinary dividends, as described in the warrant agreement, including 10,000,000 warrants that were issued as a result of the consummation of the Forward Purchase Agreements (“Forward Purchase Warrants”). Private Warrants were exchanged for an equivalent number of Class C Units representing limited liability company interests of Alight Holdings and had the same terms as the Private Warrants. Each of the Public Warrants, Forward Purchase Warrants and Class C Units (collectively the “Warrants”) were exercisable for one share of Alight, Inc. Class A Common Stock.

The Warrants had an expiration date of July 2, 2026, (five years after the completion of the Business Combination) and were exercisable beginning after certain lock-up periods as described in the warrant agreement. Once the warrants became exercisable, the Company was permitted to redeem for $0.01 per warrant the outstanding Public Warrants if the Company’s Class A Share price equaled or exceeded $18.00 per share, subject to certain conditions and adjustments. If the Company’s Class A Share price was greater than $10.00 per share but less than $18.00 per share, then the Company was permitted to redeem Warrants for $0.10 per warrant, subject to certain conditions and adjustments. Holders were permitted to elect to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis.

The Company accounted for Warrants as liabilities at fair value within Financial instruments on the Consolidated Balance Sheets because the Warrants do not meet the criteria for classification within equity. The Warrants were subject to remeasurement at each balance sheet date. In December 2021, the majority of the Warrants were exercised under cashless (net) exercise provisions resulting in the issuance of 15,315,429 shares of Class A Common Stock. Additionally, the Company redeemed 742,918 Warrants for $0.10 per warrant.

Just prior to the exercise and redemption of the Warrants, the Company remeasured the warrant liability to its fair value. Upon exercise of the Warrants, the respective carrying value of the warrant liability was reclassified into additional paid in capital. As of December 31, 2023 , 2022 and 2021, no

F-36


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

Warrants were outstanding. For the Successor six months ended December 31, 2021, a loss of $39 million was recorded in Loss from change in fair value of financial instruments in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) due to the remeasurement of the warrant liability prior to the exercise and redemption of the Warrants.

15. Tax Receivable Agreement

In connection with the Business Combination, Alight entered into the TRA with certain owners of Alight Holdings prior to the Business Combination. Pursuant to the TRA, the Company will pay certain sellers, as applicable, 85% of the tax benefits, of any savings that we realize, calculated using certain assumptions, as a result of (i) tax basis adjustments from sales and exchanges of Alight Holdings equity interests in connection with or following the saleBusiness Combination and certain distributions with respect to Alight Holdings equity interests, (ii) our utilization of certain tax attributes, and (iii) certain other tax benefits related to entering into the TRA.

Actual tax benefits realized by Alight may differ from tax benefits calculated under the TRA as a result of the assetsuse of certain assumptions in the TRA, including the use of an assumed weighted-average state and local income tax rate to calculate tax benefits. While the amount of existing tax basis, the anticipated tax basis adjustments and the actual amount and utilization of tax attributes, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the TRA, will vary depending upon a number of factors, we expect that the payments that Alight may make under the TRA will be substantial.

The Company’s TRA liability established upon completion of the Business Combination is measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3). The TRA liability balance at December 31, 2023 assumes: (i) a constant blended U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate of 27.0%; (ii) no material changes in tax law; (iii) the ability to utilize tax attributes based on current tax forecasts; and (iv) future payments under the TRA are made when due under the TRA. The amount of the expected future payments under the TRA has been discounted to its present value using a discount rate of 7.9%.

Subsequent to the Business Combination, we record additional liabilities under the TRA as and when Class A units of Alight Holdings are exchanged for Class A Common Stock. Liabilities resulting from these exchanges will be recorded on a gross undiscounted basis and are not remeasured at fair value. During the year ended December 31, 2023, an additional TRA liability of $109 million was established as a result of these exchanges. As of the year ended December 31, 2023, $634 million of the TRA liability is measured at fair value on a recurring basis and $161 million is undiscounted and not remeasured at fair value.

The following table summarizes the changes in the TRA liabilities (in millions):

Tax Receivable

Agreement Liability

Beginning balance as of December 31, 2022

$

575

Fair value remeasurement

118

Payments

(7

)

Conversion of noncontrolling interest

109

Ending Balance as of December 31, 2023

795

Less: current portion included in other current liabilities

(62

)

Total long-term tax receivable agreement liability

$

733

16. Fair Value Measurement

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid in connection with theto transfer of the liabilitiesa liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In connection with measuring theThe accounting standards related to fair value of itsmeasurements include a hierarchy for information and valuations used in measuring fair value that is broken down into three levels based on reliability, as follows:

Level 1 – observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities, the Company seeks to maximizeliabilities;
Level 2 – inputs other than quoted prices for identical assets in active markets that are observable either directly or indirectly; and
Level 3 – unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data which requires the use of observable inputs (market data obtained from independent sources)valuation techniques and the development of assumptions.

F-37


Alight, Inc.

Notes to minimize the use of unobservable inputs (internal assumptions about how market participants would priceConsolidated Financial Statements — Continued

The Company’s financial assets and liabilities). The following fair value hierarchy is used to classify assets and liabilities based on the observable inputs and unobservable inputs used in order to value the assets and liabilities:

Level 1:Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. An active market for an asset or liability is a market in which transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.
Level 2:Observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs. Examples of Level 2 inputs include quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities and quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.
Level 3:Unobservable inputs based on the Company's assessment of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.


Cash Held in Trust

The Company classifies its U.S. Treasury and equivalent securities as held-to-maturity in accordance with ASC Topic 320 “Investments - Debt and Equity Securities.” Held-to-maturity securities are those securities which the Company has the ability and intent to hold until maturity. Held-to-maturity treasury securities are recorded at amortized cost on the accompanying balance sheet and adjusted for the amortization or accretion of premiums or discounts.

At December 31, 2020, assets held in the Trust Account were comprised of $383 in cash and $1,035,848,884 in U.S. Treasury securities. During the period from March 26, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, the Company did not withdraw any interest income from the Trust Account.

The following table presents information about the Company’s assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2020 and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation inputs the Company utilized to determine such fair value. The gross holding gains and fair value of held-to-maturity securities at December 31, 2020 are as follows:

   Held-To-Maturity Level  Amortized
Cost
  Gross
Holding
Gain
  Fair Value 
December 31, 2020  U.S. Treasury Securities (Mature on 2/25/2021)  1  $1,035,848,884  $22,518  $1,035,871,402 

Warrant Liability

The Warrants are accounted for as liabilities pursuant to ASC 815-40 and are measured at fair value as of each reporting period. Changes in the fair value of the Warrants are recorded in the statement of operations each period.

The following table presents the Company's fair value hierarchy for liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are as follows (in millions):

 

 

December 31, 2023

 

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

77

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

77

 

Total assets recorded at fair value

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

77

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

77

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

3

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

3

 

Contingent consideration liability

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

3

 

 

$

 

3

 

Seller Earnouts liability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

95

 

 

 

 

95

 

Tax receivable agreement liability (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

634

 

 

 

 

634

 

Total liabilities recorded at fair value

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

3

 

 

$

 

732

 

 

$

 

735

 

 

 

December 31, 2022

 

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

134

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

134

 

Total assets recorded at fair value

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

134

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

134

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contingent consideration liability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

13

 

Seller Earnouts liability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

96

 

 

 

 

96

 

Tax receivable agreement liability (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

575

 

 

 

 

575

 

Total liabilities recorded at fair value

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

684

 

 

$

 

684

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)
Excludes the portion of December 31, 2020:liability related to the exchanges of Class A Units not measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

Derivatives

  Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Total 
Warrant liabilities:                
Public Warrants $87,285,000  $  $  $87,285,000 
Private Placement Warrants        40,103,332   40,103,332 
     Total warrant liabilities $87,285,000  $  $40,103,332  $127,388,332 
FPA liability        54,277,110   54,277,110 

The Public Warrants were valued using the instrument’s publicly listed trading price (NYSE: WPF.WS) asvaluations of the balance sheet date.derivatives intended to mitigate our interest rate risk are determined using widely accepted valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of each instrument. This analysis utilizes observable market-based inputs, including interest rate curves, interest rate volatility, or spot and forward exchange rates, and reflects the contractual terms of these instruments, including the period to maturity. In addition, credit valuation adjustments, which consider the impact of any credit enhancements to the contracts, are incorporated in the fair values to account for potential non-performance risk.

Contingent Consideration

The Private Placement Warrants were valued using a Modified Black Scholes Model, which is consideredcontingent consideration liabilities relate to be a Level 3 fair value measurement.acquisitions in previous years and are included in Other current liabilities and Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Modified Black Scholes Model uses a Black Scholes Option Pricing Model that is modified to reduce the value of the Private Placement Warrants for a discount for the lack of marketability of the instrument as well as for the probability of consummation of the Business Combination. The primary unobservable inputs utilized in determining the fair value of the Private Placement Warrantsthese liabilities is the discount for lack of marketability and the probability of consummation of the Business Combination. The discount for lack of marketability was determined using the Finnerty Model at 11.0%. The probability assigned to the consummation of the Business Combination was 95% which was determined based on a hybrid approach of both observed success rates of business combinations for special purpose acquisition companies and the Sponsors’ track record for consummating similar transactions.

The following table presents a summary of the changesdiscounted cash flow analysis. Changes in the fair value of the Private Placement Warrants, a Level 3 liability, measured on a recurring basis.

  Private Placement 
  Warrant Liability 
Fair value, May 29, 2020 $21,489,333 
Loss on change in fair value (1)  18,613,999 
Fair value, December 31, 2020 $40,103,332 

(1)  Represents the non-cash loss on change in valuation of the Private Placement Warrants and isliabilities are included in Loss on changeOther (income) expense, net in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss). Significant unobservable inputs are used in the assessment of fair value, of warrant liabilityincluding assumptions regarding discount rates and probability assessments based on the statementlikelihood of operations.reaching the various targets set out in the acquisition agreements.

The following table summarizes the changes in deferred contingent consideration liabilities (in millions):

 

 

Year Ended December 31

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Beginning balance

 

$

 

13

 

 

$

 

33

 

Measurement period adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

Accretion of contingent consideration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Remeasurement of acquisition-related contingent consideration

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

 

(15

)

Payments

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

 

(4

)

Ending Balance

 

$

 

3

 

 

$

 

13

 

F-38


Alight, Inc.

Transfers to/from Levels 1, 2 and 3 are recognized at the end of the reporting period in which a change in valuation technique or methodology occurs. The estimated fair value of the Public Warrants transferred from a Level 3 measurementNotes to a Level 1 fair value measurement in July 2020, when the Public Warrants were separately listed and traded.Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

FPA LiabilityAdditional Disclosures Regarding Fair Value Measurement

The liability for the FPAs were valued using an adjusted net assets method, which is considered to be a Level 3 fair value measurement. Under the adjusted net assets method utilized, the aggregate commitment of $300 million pursuant to the FPAs is discounted to present value and compared to the fair value of the common stock and warrants to be issued pursuant to the FPAs. The fair value of the common stock and warrants to be issued under the FPAs are based on the public trading price of the Units issued in the Company’s IPO. The excess (liability) or deficit (asset) ofdebt is classified as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy and corroborated by observable market data is as follows (in millions):

 

 

December 31, 2023

 

 

 

December 31, 2022

 

 

 

Carrying Value

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

Carrying Value

 

 

Fair Value

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current portion of long-term debt, net

 

$

 

25

 

 

$

 

25

 

 

 

$

 

31

 

 

$

 

31

 

Long-term debt, net

 

 

 

2,769

 

 

 

 

2,780

 

 

 

 

 

2,792

 

 

 

 

2,780

 

Total

 

$

 

2,794

 

 

$

 

2,805

 

 

 

$

 

2,823

 

 

$

 

2,811

 

The carrying value of the common stock and warrants to be issued compared toTerm Loan, Secured Senior Notes include the $300 million fixed commitment is then reduced to account for the probability of consummationoutstanding principal balance, less any unamortized premium. The carrying value of the Business Combination.Term Loan approximates fair value as it bears interest at variable rates, and we believe our credit risk is consistent with when the debt originated. The primary unobservable input utilized in determiningoutstanding balances under the Senior Notes have fixed interest rates and the fair value is classified as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy and corroborated by observable market data (see Note 8 “Debt”).

The carrying amounts of Cash and cash equivalents, Receivables, net and Accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate their fair values due to the short-term maturities of these instruments.

During years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, there were no transfers in or out of the FPAsLevel 1, Level 2 or Level 3 classifications.

17. Restructuring

Transformation Program

On February 20, 2023, the Company approved a two-year strategic transformation restructuring program (the “Transformation Program”) intended to accelerate the Company’s back-office infrastructure into the cloud and transform its operating model leveraging technology in order to reduce its overall future costs. The Transformation Program includes process and system optimization, third party costs associated with technology infrastructure transformation, and elimination of full-time positions. The Company currently expects to record in the aggregate approximately $140 million in pre-tax restructuring charges over the two-year period. The restructuring charges are expected to include severance charges with an estimated range from $40 million to $50 million over the two-year period and other restructuring charges related to items such as data center exit costs, third party fees, and costs associated with transitioning existing technology and processes with an estimated range of $90 million to $100 million over the two-year period. The Company estimates an annual savings of over $100 million after the Transformation Program is completed. The Transformation Program commenced in the probabilityfirst quarter of consummation2023 and is expected to be substantially completed over an estimated two-year period.

From the inception of the Business Combination. plan through December 31, 2023, the Company has incurred total expenses of $85 million. These charges are recorded in Selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

The following table summarizes restructuring costs by type that have been incurred through December 31, 2023:

 

 

Twelve Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated

 

 

Estimated

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

Inception to

 

 

Remaining

 

 

Total

 

 

 

2023

 

 

 

Date

 

 

Costs

 

 

Cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employer Solutions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance and Related Benefits

 

$

 

11

 

 

$

 

11

 

 

$

 

10

 

 

$

 

21

 

Other Restructuring Costs(1)

 

 

 

56

 

 

 

 

56

 

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

 

91

 

Total Employer Solutions

 

$

 

67

 

 

$

 

67

 

 

$

 

45

 

 

$

 

112

 

Professional Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance and Related Benefits

 

$

 

1

 

 

$

 

1

 

 

$

 

3

 

 

$

 

4

 

Total Professional Services

 

$

 

1

 

 

$

 

1

 

 

$

 

3

 

 

$

 

4

 

Corporate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance and Related Benefits

 

$

 

15

 

 

$

 

15

 

 

$

 

6

 

 

$

 

21

 

Other Restructuring Costs(1)

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

3

 

Total Corporate

 

$

 

17

 

 

$

 

17

 

 

$

 

7

 

 

$

 

24

 

Total Restructuring Costs

 

$

 

85

 

 

$

 

85

 

 

$

 

55

 

 

$

 

140

 

F-39


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

(1)
Other restructuring costs associated with the Transformation Program primarily include data center exit costs, third party fees associated with the restructuring, and costs associated with transitioning existing technology and processes.

As of December 31, 2020, the probability assigned to the consummation2023, approximately $10 million of the Business Combination was 95%Company's total restructuring liability is unpaid and is recorded in Accounts payable and accrued liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

 

Severance and Related Benefits

 

 

Other Restructuring Costs

 

 

Total

 

Accrued restructuring liability as of December 31, 2022

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

Restructuring charges

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

 

58

 

 

 

 

85

 

Cash payments

 

 

 

(21

)

 

 

 

(55

)

 

 

 

(76

)

Accrued restructuring liability as of December 31, 2023

 

$

 

6

 

 

$

 

3

 

 

$

 

9

 

Plan

During the third quarter of 2019, management initiated a restructuring and integration plan (the “Plan”) following the completion of the Hodges acquisition and in anticipation of the NGA HR acquisition, which was determined basedcompleted on a hybrid approachNovember 1, 2019. The Plan was intended to integrate and streamline operations across the Company and to generate cost reductions related to position eliminations and facility and system rationalizations. This restructuring and integration plan was complete as of both observed success rates of business combinations for special purpose acquisition companies and the Sponsors’ track record for consummating similar transactions.December 31, 2022.

The following table presents a summary ofsummarizes the changes in the fairaccrual balance:

 

Severance and

 

 

Other Restructuring

 

 

 

 

 

 

Related Benefits

 

 

Costs

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued restructuring liability as of December 31, 2022

$

 

4

 

 

$

 

4

 

 

$

 

8

 

Cash payments

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

(4

)

 

 

 

(7

)

Accrued restructuring liability as of December 31, 2023

$

 

1

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

1

 

18. Employee Benefits

Defined Contribution Savings Plans

Certain of the Company’s employees participate in a defined contribution savings plan sponsored by the Company. For the Successor years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, the six months ended December 31, 2021, and the Predecessor six months ended June 30, 2021, expenses were $55 million, $59 million, $24 million, and $31 million, respectively. Expenses were recognized in Cost of services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization and Selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss).

19. Lease Obligations

The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Operating leases are included in Other assets, Other current liabilities and Other liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Right-of-use assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease right-of-use assets and liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the FPA liability, a Level 3 liability, measuredlease term. In determining the present value of lease payments, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate which is based on the information available at the lease commencement date. The Company’s lease terms may include options to extend or not terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that it will exercise any such options. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet. Lease expense is recognized on a recurring basis.

  FPA 
  Liability 
Fair value, May 29, 2020 $ 
Loss on change in fair value (1)  54,277,110 
Fair value, December 31, 2020 $54,277,110 

straight-line basis over the expected lease term.

(1) RepresentsThe Company’s most significant leases are office facilities. For these leases, the non-cash lossCompany has elected the practical expedient permitted under Accounting Standards Update 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)” (“ASC 842”) to combine lease and non-lease components. As a result, non-lease components are accounted for as an element within a single lease. The Company’s remaining operating leases are primarily comprised of equipment leases. The Company also leases certain IT equipment under finance leases which are reflected on change in valuationthe Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as computer equipment within Fixed assets, net.

F-40


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

Certain of the FPA liabilityCompany’s operating lease agreements include variable payments that are passed through by the landlord, such as insurance, taxes, common area maintenance, payments based on the usage of the asset, and isrental payments adjusted periodically for inflation. These variable payments are not included in Loss on change in fair value of FPA liabilitythe lease liabilities reflected on the statement of operations.

NOTE 12. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.
The Company evaluated subsequent events and transactions that occurred afterdoes sublease portions of our buildings to third parties. The right of use liability associated with these leases are not offset with expected rental incomes, as we remain primarily obligated for the leases.

The Company’s lease agreements do not contain material residual value guarantees, restrictions, or covenants.

The components of lease expense were as follows (in millions):

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

 

2021

 

Operating lease cost

 

$

 

22

 

 

$

 

25

 

 

$

 

14

 

 

 

$

 

16

 

Finance lease cost:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of leased assets

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

Interest of lease liabilities

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Variable and short-term lease cost

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

Sublease income

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

 

 

(4

)

Total lease cost

 

$

 

49

 

 

$

 

51

 

 

$

 

28

 

 

 

$

 

30

 

Supplemental balance sheet date upinformation related to leases was as follows (in millions, except lease term and discount rate):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

Operating Leases

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease right-of-use assets

 

$

 

68

 

 

$

 

86

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current operating lease liabilities

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

 

34

 

Noncurrent operating lease liabilities

 

 

 

71

 

 

 

 

103

 

Total operating lease liabilities

 

$

 

106

 

 

$

 

137

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance Leases

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed assets, net

 

$

 

21

 

 

$

 

46

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current finance lease liabilities

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

25

 

Noncurrent finance lease liabilities

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

18

 

Total finance lease liabilities

 

$

 

18

 

 

$

 

43

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted Average Remaining Lease Term (in years)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating leases

 

 

 

5.6

 

 

 

 

6.5

 

Finance leases

 

 

 

2.4

 

 

 

 

2.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted Average Discount Rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating leases

 

 

 

4.8

%

 

 

 

4.6

%

Finance leases

 

 

 

3.8

%

 

 

 

4.3

%

F-41


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

Supplemental cash flow and other information related to leases was as follows (in millions):

 

 

Successor

 

 

 

Predecessor

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2023

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

 

2021

 

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of
   lease liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating cash flows from operating leases

 

$

 

38

 

 

$

 

48

 

 

$

 

27

 

 

 

$

 

22

 

Operating cash flows from finance leases

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Financing cash flows from finance leases

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Right-of use assets obtained in exchange for lease
   obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating leases

 

$

 

4

 

 

$

 

11

 

 

$

 

2

 

 

 

$

 

10

 

Finance leases

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Future lease payments for lease obligations with initial terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2023 are as follows (in millions):

 

 

Finance
Leases

 

 

Operating
Leases

 

2024

 

$

 

9

 

 

$

 

33

 

2025

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

18

 

2026

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

17

 

2027

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

15

 

2028

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

Thereafter

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24

 

Total lease payments

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

120

 

Less: amount representing interest

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

(14

)

Total lease obligations, net

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

 

106

 

Less: current portion of lease obligations, net

 

 

 

(11

)

 

 

 

(35

)

Total long-term portion of lease obligations, net

 

$

 

7

 

 

$

 

71

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The operating lease future lease payments include sublease rental income of $5 million and $2 million for 2024 and 2025, respectively.

20. Commitments and Contingencies

Legal

The Company is subject to various claims, tax assessments, lawsuits, and proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business relating to the datedelivery of our services and the effectiveness of our technologies. The damages claimed in these matters are or may be substantial. Accruals for any exposures, and related insurance or other receivables, when applicable, are included on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and have been recognized in Selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) to the extent that losses are deemed probable and are reasonably estimable. These amounts are adjusted from time to time as developments warrant. Management believes that the reserves established are appropriate based on the facts currently known. The reserves recorded at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 were not material.

Guarantees and Indemnifications

The Company provides a variety of service performance guarantees and indemnifications to its clients. The maximum potential amount of future payments represents the notional amounts that could become payable under the guarantees and indemnifications if there were a total default by the guaranteed parties, without consideration of possible recoveries under recourse provisions or other methods. These notional amounts may bear no relationship to the future payments that may be made, if any, for these guarantees and indemnifications.

F-42


Alight, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

To date, the Company has not been required to make any payment under any client arrangement as described above. The Company has assessed the current status of performance risk related to the client arrangements with performance guarantees and believes that any potential payments would be immaterial to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Purchase Obligations

The Company’s expected cash outflow for non-cancellable purchase obligations related to purchases of information technology assets and services is $32 million, $20 million, $16 million, $16 million, $13 million, and $3 million for the years ended 2024, 2025, 2026, 2027, 2018 and thereafter, respectively.

Service Obligations

On September 1, 2018, the Company executed an agreement to form a strategic partnership with Wipro, a leading global information technology, consulting and business process services company.

The Company’s expected cash outflow for non-cancellable service obligations related to our strategic partnership with Wipro is $154 million, $162 million, $170 million, $178 million, and $154 million for the years ended 2024, 2025, 2026, 2027, 2028, respectively, and none thereafter.

The Company may terminate its arrangement with Wipro for cause or for the Company’s convenience. In the case of a termination for convenience, the Company would be required to pay a termination fee, including certain of Wipro’s unamortized costs, plus 25% of any remaining portion of the minimum level of services the Company agreed to purchase from Wipro over the course of 10 years.

F-43


Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures

Our management, with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, evaluated, as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report, the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required or necessary disclosures. Based on the aforementioned evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that, as of December 31, 2023, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

Management's Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as such term is defined in Rule 13a–15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to our management, including the principal executive officer and the principal financial officer) and the Company’s Board of Directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements were issued. Based uponin accordance with GAAP. The Company’s accounting policies and internal controls over financial reporting, established and maintained by management, are under the general oversight of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Audit Committee”).

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of the Company’s management and directors; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023. In making this review, other thanassessment, our management used the criteria set forth in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in 2013.

As reported in the Company’s Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2022, management previously identified a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting as described below, the Company did not have the appropriate complement of resources within its tax department commensurate with the nature and complexity associated with the Company’s income tax provision process.

Management implemented a remediation plan with steps that improved our internal control over financial reporting, including conducting a complete assessment of the organizational structure of the Company’s tax team to identify any subsequent eventsgaps or weaknesses, including necessary subject matter expertise, and make necessary changes to the personnel; engaging and working with an independent, third-party review team to conduct a review of tax department processes and procedure with a particular emphasis on roles, responsibilities and accountabilities; enhancing the level of precision in management’s review controls related to the review of significant tax balances to ensure transactions are recorded accurately and completely in accordance with GAAP, and strengthening our income tax internal controls with enhanced documentation, technical oversight and training.

Management executed the remediation steps discussed above and, as a result determined that, wouldas of December 31, 2023, such material weakness has been remediated. The enhanced controls have required adjustmentoperated for a sufficient period of time and management has concluded, through testing, that the related controls are effective.

Based on this evaluation, management concluded that as of December 31, 2023, our internal control over financial reporting was effective based on those criteria.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Except for the remediation by management of the material weakness in internal controls over financial reporting described above, there have been no other changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fourth quarter of the year ended December 31, 2023, that have materially affected, or disclosure inare reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

F-44


Ernst & Young LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the financial statements.statements included in this Annual Report, has issued a report on our internal control over financial reporting. That report follows.

F-45


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Alight, Inc.

On January 25, 2021,

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We have audited Alight, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, Alight, Inc. (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company entered into a Business Combination Agreement (the “Business Combination Agreement”) by and amongAccounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company, Tempo Holding Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Alight”), Acrobat Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation and direct, wholly owned subsidiaryconsolidated balance sheets of the Company (“Alight Pubco”), Acrobat SPAC Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Alight Pubco (“FTAC Merger Sub”), Acrobat Merger Sub, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and direct, wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (“Tempo Merger Sub”), Acrobat Blocker 1 Corp., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Alight Pubco (“Blocker Merger Sub 1”), Acrobat Blocker 2 Corp., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Alight Pubco (“Blocker Merger Sub 2”), Acrobat Blocker 3 Corp., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Alight Pubco (“Blocker Merger Sub 3”), Acrobat Blocker 4 Corp., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Alight Pubco (“Blocker Merger Sub 4” and, together with Blocker Merger Sub 1, Blocker Merger Sub 2 and Blocker Merger Sub 3, the “Blocker Merger Subs”), Tempo Blocker I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Tempo Blocker 1”), Tempo Blocker II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Tempo Blocker 2”), Blackstone Tempo Feeder Fund VII, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Tempo Blocker 3”), and New Mountain Partners IV Special (AIV-E), LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“Tempo Blocker 4” and, together with Tempo Blocker 1, Tempo Blocker 2 and Tempo Blocker 3, the “Tempo Blockers”).

The Business Combination Agreement contemplates the consummation of the following transactions (the “Pending Business Combination”): (i) FTAC Merger Sub will merge with and into the Company, with the Company being the surviving corporation in the merger and becoming a subsidiary of Alight Pubco (the “Pubco Merger”) and (ii) Alight Pubco will, through a series of mergers and related transactions, acquire equity interests in Alight and the Tempo Blockers. Following the consummation of the Pending Business Combination, the combined company will be organized in an “Up-C” structure, in which substantially all of the assets and business of Alight Pubco will be held by Alight. The combined company’s business will continue to operate through the subsidiaries of Alight.

The consideration to be paid to the pre-Closing equityholders of Alight and the pre-Closing equityholders of the Tempo Blockers (in connection with the merger of the Tempo Merger Sub with and into Alight (the “Tempo Merger”) and the merger of the Tempo Blocker Merger Subs with and into the Tempo Blockers, respectively, and certain other transactions at the closing of the Busines Combination (the “Closing”) will be a combination of cash and equity consideration.

The Pending Business Combination is expected to consummated subject to the deliverables and provisions as further described in the Business Combination Agreement, including, among others: (i) approval of the Required FTAC Stockholder Approvals by FTAC’s stockholders, (ii) the expiration or termination of the waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, (iii) receipt of other required regulatory approvals, (iv) no order, statute, rule or regulation enjoining or prohibiting the consummation of the Business Combination being in force, (v) FTAC having at least $5,000,001 of net tangible assets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the closingrelated consolidated statements of the Business Combination, (vi) the Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be filed by Alight Pubco in connection with the Business Combination having become effective, (vii) the Alight Pubco Class A Common Stock having been approvedcomprehensive income (loss), stockholders' equity and cash flows for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, and (viii) customary bring down conditions related to the parties’ respective representations, warranties and pre-Closing covenants in the agreement. In addition, the obligation of Alight and the Tempo Blockers to consummate the Business Combination is conditioned upon, among other items, (A) the Available Cash Amount being at least $2,600,000,000 as of the closing of the Business Combination, and (B) each of the covenantstwo years in the period ended December 31, 2022, the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the period from July 1, 2021 through December 31, 2021 (Successor), the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss), members’ equity and cash flows for the period from January 1, 2021 through June 30, 2021 (Predecessor), and the related notes and our report dated February 29, 2024 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the partieseffectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Sponsor Agreement (as defined below)Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be performed as of or priorindependent with respect to the closingCompany in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Business Combination having been performedSecurities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. FTAC’s obligation to consummate

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the Pending Business Combination is also conditionedrisk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the deliveryassessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of written consents fromInternal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the requisite equityholdersreliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Chicago, Illinois

February 29, 2024

F-46


Item 9B. Other Information.

Update to Previously Reported Results

In the Company’s February 21, 2024 press release announcing its financial results for the fourth quarter and full year ended December 31, 2023 (the “Earnings Press Release”), it reported a $64 million non-cash goodwill impairment charge for the three months and year ended December 31, 2023 related to its Cloud Services reporting unit. In connection with the Company’s ongoing strategic portfolio review, the Company recorded an additional $84 million goodwill impairment charge in its audited financial results included in this Annual Report in lieu of the amount previously reported in the Earnings Press Release.

The information in this Annual Report amends and supersedes the disclosures in the Earnings Press Release, including in regard to the Company’s loss before income tax benefit for the fourth quarter and full year ended December 31, 2023, which were $200 million and $366 million, respectively, as compared to the $116 million and $282 million, respectively, initially reported in the Earnings Press Release.

Section 13(r) Disclosure

Pursuant to Section 219 of the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012, which added Section 13(r) of the Exchange Act, we hereby incorporate by reference herein Exhibit 99.1 of this report, which includes disclosures regarding activities at Mundys S.p.A. (formerly "Atlantia S.p.A."), which may be, or may have been at the time, considered to be an affiliate of Blackstone and, therefore, our affiliate.

Trading Arrangements

During the three months ended December 31, 2023, none of the Company’s directors or officers (as defined in Rule 16a-1(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) adopted, terminated, or modified a Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement or non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement (as such terms are defined in Item 408 of Regulation S-K of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended).

Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections.

Not applicable.

F-47


PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

The information required under this Item will be contained in the definitive Proxy Statement for our 2024 annual meeting of stockholders (the "Proxy Statement"), incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

The information required under this Item will be contained in our Proxy Statement, incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

The information required under this Item will be contained in our Proxy Statement, incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

The information required under this Item will be contained in our Proxy Statement, incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

The information required under this Item will be contained in our Proxy Statement, incorporated herein by reference.

F-48


PART IV

Item 15. Exhibit and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)
(1) The following documents have been included in Part II, Item 8:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Financial Statements of Alight, Inc.

Financial Statements:

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2023 and 2022

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Tempo Blockers adoptingyears ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Business Combination Agreementyears ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and approving2021

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(2) Financial Statement Schedules

Financial statement schedules have been omitted since they are either not required, not applicable, or the Pending Business Combination.

information is otherwise included.


(b)
Exhibits:

No.

Exhibit

Number

Description of Exhibits

2.1†

Amended and Restated Business Combination Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2021, by and among Foley Trasimene Acquisition Corp., Alight, Inc., Tempo Holding Company, LLC and certain other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 30, 2021).

2.1

3.1

Business Combination Agreement. (1)
3.1

Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (2)of Alight, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2021).

3.2

Amended and Restated Bylaws (3)of Alight, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2021).

4.1

Specimen Unit Certificate. (4)Description of Securities of Alight, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on March 10, 2022).

4.2

Specimen Class A Common Stock Certificate. (4)Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2017 between Tempo Acquisition, LLC, as issuer, Tempo Acquisition Finance Corp., as co-issuer, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as the trustee, transfer agent, registrar, and paying agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2021).

4.3

Specimen Warrant Certificate. (4)Form of 6.750% Senior Notes due 2025 (included in Exhibit 4.1)

4.4

DescriptionFirst Supplemental Indenture, dated as of registrant’s securities (6)November 27, 2017 between Tempo Acquisition, LLC, as issuer, Tempo Acquisition Finance Corp., as co-issuer, the guarantors party thereto, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as the trustee, transfer agent, registrar and paying agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2021).

4.5

WarrantSecond Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 14, 2018 between Tempo Acquisition, LLC, as issuer, Tempo Acquisition Finance Corp., as co-issuer, the guarantors party thereto, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as the trustee, transfer agent, registrar and paying agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2021).

4.6

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 13, 2019 between Tempo Acquisition, LLC, as issuer, Tempo Acquisition Finance Corp., as co-issuer, the guarantors party thereto, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as the trustee, transfer agent, registrar and paying agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2021).

4.7

Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 29, 2019 between Tempo Acquisition, LLC, as issuer, Tempo Acquisition Finance Corp., as co-issuer, the guarantors party thereto, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as the trustee, transfer agent, registrar and paying agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2021).

4.8

Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 9, 2019 between Tempo Acquisition, LLC, as issuer, Tempo Acquisition Finance Corp., as co-issuer, the guarantors party thereto, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as the trustee, transfer agent, registrar and paying agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2021).

4.9

Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 7, 2020 between Tempo Acquisition, LLC, as issuer, Tempo Acquisition Finance Corp., as co-issuer, the guarantors party thereto, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as the trustee, transfer agent, registrar and paying agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2021).

F-49


4.10

Indenture, dated as of May 7, 2020 between Tempo Acquisition, LLC, as issuer, Tempo Acquisition Finance Corp., as co-issuer, the guarantors party thereto from time to time, and Wilmington Trust National Association, as the trustee, transfer agent, registrar, paying agent and notes collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2021).

4.11

Form of 5.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2025 (included in Exhibit 4.9).

4.12

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 23, 2021 between Tempo Acquisition, LLC, as issuer, Tempo Acquisition Finance Corp., as co-issuer, the guarantors party thereto, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as the trustee, transfer agent, registrar, paying agent and notes collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2021).

10.1

Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Alight Holding Company, LLC, dated as of July 2, 2021, by and among Alight Holding Company, LLC, Alight, Inc., certain subsidiaries of Alight, Inc. and the other members of Alight Holding Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2021).

10.2

First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Alight Holding Company, LLC, dated as of December 1, 2021, by and between Alight, Inc., Bilcar FT, LP, Trasimene Capital FT, LP and Alight Holding Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on December 2, 2021).

10.3†

Tax Receivable Agreement, dated May 29, 2020, betweenJuly 2, 2021, by and among Alight, Inc., Foley Trasimene Acquisition Corp., Tempo Holding Company, LLC, the CompanyTRA Parties, the TRA Party Representative and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (2)each of the other persons that become a party to the Tax Receivable Agreement from time to time (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2021).

10.1

10.4

Investment Management TrustInvestor Rights Agreement, dated May 29, 2020, betweenas of July 2, 2021, by and among Alight, Inc., the CompanyLegacy Investors and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company. (2)the Sponsor Investors as of the date thereof, and each of the other persons that from time to time become party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2021).

10.2

10.5

Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 29, 2020,as of July 2, 2021, by and among Alight, Inc., the Legacy Investors and the Sponsor Investors as of the date thereof, and each of the other persons that from time to time become party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2021).

10.6

Amended and Restated Sponsor Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2021, by and among Foley Trasimene Acquisition Corp., Acrobat Holdings, Inc. (n/k/a Alight, Inc.), Tempo Holding Company, the SponsorsLLC (n/k/a Alight Holding Company, LLC) and certain other security holders named therein. (2)parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 27, 2021).

10.3

10.7

Private Placement WarrantsLimited Waiver to Amended and Restated Sponsor Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2021, by and between Alight, Inc., Alight Holding Company, LLC, Alight Group, Inc. and certain other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on December 2, 2021).

10.8

Form of Subscription Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 27, 2021).

10.9+

Alight, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2021).

10.10+

Alight, Inc. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2021).

10.11+

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Employees under the Alight, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed with the SEC on September 10, 2021).

10.12+

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for the Executive Leadership Team under the Alight, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed with the SEC on September 10, 2021).

10.1+

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Directors under the Alight, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed with the SEC on September 10, 2021).

10.14

Forward Purchase Agreement dated May 26, 2020, betweenamong the Company and the Sponsors. (2)

10.4Administrative Services Agreement, dated May 22, 2020, between the CompanyRegistrant and Cannae Holdings, Inc. (2)(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on May 18, 2020).

10.5

10.15

LetterForward Purchase Agreement among the Registrant and THL FTAC LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on May 18, 2020).

10.16+

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated May 29,as of August 18, 2021, by and between Alight Solutions LLC and Stephan Scholl (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 18, 2021).

F-50


10.17+

Employment Agreement, dated as of August 18, 2021, by and between Alight Solutions LLC and Katie Rooney (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 18, 2021).

10.18

Amendment No. 5 to Credit Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2020 betweenamong Tempo Intermediate Holding Company II, LLC, Tempo Acquisition, LLC, each of the Companyguarantors party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Lenders and the Sponsors. (2)Extending Revolving Credit Lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 12, 2021).

10.6

10.19

LetterAmendment No. 6 to Credit Agreement, dated May 29, 2020, betweenas of August 24, 2021 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the CompanyCompany’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on November 12, 2021).

10.20

Amendment No. 7 to Credit Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2022 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on March 10, 2022).

10.21

First Amendment to the Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of February 2, 2023, by and among Alight, Inc., the Existing Investors and the Sponsor Investors as of the date thereof, and each of its officers and directors. (2)the other persons that from time to time become party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 2, 2023).

10.7

10.22

An IndemnityAmendment No. 8 to Credit Agreement, dated May 29, 2020, betweenas of March 14, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company and William P. Foley, II. (2)Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 14, 2023).

10.8

10.23

An IndemnityRelease Agreement, dated May 29, 2020,as of August 18, 2023, by and between Alight Solutions LLC and Cesar Jelvez (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company and Douglas K. Ammerman. (2)Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on November 1, 2023).

10.9

10.24

An IndemnityAmendment No. 9 to Credit Agreement, dated May 29, 2020, betweenas of September 20, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company and Thomas M. Hagerty. (2)Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 20, 2023).

10.10

21.1*

An Indemnity Agreement, dated May 29, 2020, between the Company and Hugh R. Harris. (2)Subsidiaries of Alight, Inc.

10.11

23.1*

An Indemnity Agreement, dated May 29, 2020, between the Company and Frank R. Martire, Jr. (2)Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.

10.12

31.1*

An Indemnity Agreement, dated May 29, 2020, between the Company and Richard N. Massey. (2)
10.13

An Indemnity Agreement, dated May 29, 2020, between the Company and Richard L. Cox. (2)

10.14An Indemnity Agreement, dated May 29, 2020, between the Company and David W. Ducommun. (2)
10.15An Indemnity Agreement, dated May 29, 2020, between the Company and Michael L. Gravelle. (2)
10.16Amended and Restated Promissory Note, dated May 20, 2020, issued to affiliates of the Sponsors. (4)
10.17Securities Subscription Agreement, dated April 7, 2020, between the Company and the Sponsors. (4)
10.18Forward Purchase Agreement, dated May 8, 2020, between the Company and Cannae Holdings, Inc. (4)
10.19Forward Purchase Agreement, dated May 8, 2020, between the Company and THL FTAC LLC. (4)
10.20Form of Subscription Agreement. (1)
10.21Amended and Restated Sponsor Agreement. (1)
31.1*Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15(d)-14(a),of 1934, as adoptedAdopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 20022002.

31.2*

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15(d)-14(a),of 1934, as adoptedAdopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 20022002.

32.1**

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adoptedAdopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 20022002.

32.2**

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adoptedAdopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 20022002.

101.INS*

97.1*

Incentive Compensation Clawback Policy.

99.1*

Section 13(r) Disclosure.

101.INS*

Inline XBRL Instance Document (5)

101.SCH*

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101.CAL*

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

101.DEF*

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

101.PRE*

101.LAB*

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

101.PRE*

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

101.LAB*

104*

Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Documentdocument)

* Filed herewithherewith.

** Furnished herewithherewith.

+ Indicates a management or compensatory plan.

(1) Previously† Schedules to this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Registration S-K. The Registrant hereby agrees to furnish a copy of any omitted schedules to the Commission upon request.

The agreements and other documents filed as an exhibitexhibits to this report are not intended to provide factual information or other disclosure other than with respect to the Company's Current Reportterms of the agreements or other documents themselves, and you should not rely on Form 8-K filed on January 27, 2021them for that purpose. In particular, any representations and incorporatedwarranties made by reference herein.

(2) Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 1, 2020 and incorporated by reference herein.

(3) Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 6, 2020 and incorporated by reference herein.

(4) Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company's Form S-1 (File No.333-238135) initially filed on May 8, 2020 and incorporated by reference herein. 

(5) The instance document does not appearus in the interactive data file because its XBRL tags are embeddedthese agreements or other documents were made solely within the inline XBRL document.specific context of the relevant agreement or document and may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they were made or at any other time.

(6) Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company's Annual Report onItem 16. Form 10-K initially filed on February 26, 2021 and incorporated by reference herein.Summary

None.

Item 16.Form 10-K Summary

F-51


SIGNATURES

None.


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this reportReport to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.authorized.

Foley Trasimene Acquisition Corp.

Alight, Inc.

Date: February 29, 2024

By:

By:

/s/ Richard N. MasseyStephan D. Scholl

Richard N. Massey

Stephan D. Scholl

Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated below on the 29th day of February, 2024.

Name

Title

/s/ Stephan D. Scholl

Chief Executive Officer and Director

Stephan D. Scholl

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Katie Rooney

Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer

Katie Rooney

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/ William P. Foley, II

Chairman of the Board of Directors

William P. Foley, II

/s/ Daniel S. Henson

Director

Daniel S. Henson

/s/ Siobhan Nolan Mangini

Director

Siobhan Nolan Mangini

/s/ Richard N. Massey

Director

Richard N. Massey

/s/ Erika Meinhardt

Director

Erika Meinhardt

/s/ Regina M. Paolillo

Director

Regina M. Paolillo

/s/ Kausik Rajgopal

Director

Kausik Rajgopal

/s/ Denise Williams

Director

Denise Williams

April 28, 2021


F-52